THOMAS MORE UNIVERSITY

Catalog 2022 – 2023

The Thomas More University Catalog is intended for informational purposes only and does not constitute a contract between the University and the

student. While this catalog presents policies and programs as accurately as possible at the time of publication, the University reserves the right to revise

any section of the catalog as deemed necessary.

2 |TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
ABOUT THOMAS MORE UNIVERSITY .................................................................................................... 3 
MISSION STATEMENT AND PROFILE ............................................................................................................................... 3 
ACCREDITATION ........................................................................................................................................................ 4 
SHARED VISION AND STATEMENT ON VALUES ................................................................................................................. 5 
STATEMENT ON DIVERSITY AND POLICY FOR ACCOMMODATING STUDENT WITH DISABILITIES ................................................... 6 
COLLEGES AND DEGREE PROGRAMS ..................................................................................................... 8 
UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS .......................................................................................................... 11 
COSTS AND FINANCIAL AID ................................................................................................................ 17 
STUDENT LIFE ................................................................................................................................ 24 
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES ................................................................................................ 30 
ACADEMIC OPTIONS ........................................................................................................................ 47 
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................... 51 
GRADUATE PROGRAMS .................................................................................................................... 94 
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION ................................................................................................................ 102 
UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY .................................................................................................................... 214 
INDEX .......................................................................................................................................... 223 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 

About Thomas More University|55

About Thomas More University

MISSION STATEMENT

Thomas More University is the Catholic University of the Diocese of Covington, Kentucky. Inspired by the Catholic Intellectual

Tradition, we challenge students of all faiths to examine the ultimate meaning of life, their place in the world, and their

responsibility to others.

EXPLICATION

Thomas More University is the Catholic University of the Diocese of Covington, Kentucky. The University welcomes

students of all faiths and beliefs. Our primary mission is to develop and sustain challenging undergraduate, graduate,

and professional programs of study, marked by superior teaching and scholarship within the Catholic Intellectual

Tradition. Academic programs are delivered using existing and innovative teaching and learning modalities. Inspired

by the teachings of the Catholic Church, and by our patron, Saint Thomas More, we challenge students to examine the

ultimate meaning of life, their place in the world, and their responsibility to others. Our undergraduate programs of

study are grounded in the liberal arts and are complemented by co-curricular programs and opportunities intended

to foster lifelong learning, personal growth, and leadership qualities.

PROFILE

Thomas More University, named for Saint Thomas More, the English scholar and statesman, was founded by the Benedictine

Sisters in 1921 in Covington, Kentucky, as Villa Madonna College. Established as a college for women whose purpose was to

train Catholic schoolteachers, the College received its charter from the Commonwealth of Kentucky in 1923. Six years later,

in 1929, Villa Madonna College graduated its first students and in that same year was officially recognized as part of the

Diocese of Covington. It was during this time that the operation of the College was expanded to three religious orders: The

Sisters of Notre Dame, the Congregation of Divine Providence and the Benedictine Sisters.

Although founded as an institution for women, men attended many of the same classes through the Villa Madonna affiliated

Saint Thomas More College. It was in 1945 that Villa Madonna College was officially designated co-educational and Saint

Thomas More College was abolished. During the next twenty years, the College continued to grow and serve the needs of

the community; and in 1968 an increasing enrollment and affirmation of its goals prompted the College to relocate from

downtown Covington to what is now the Crestview Hills campus. The new complex was renamed Thomas More College and

was dedicated by President Lyndon B. Johnson.

Thomas More College became Thomas More University in 2018 as part of the 50

anniversary celebration of the move to

Crestview Hills, Kentucky. In 2022, the University celebrated its 100th anniversary with the launching of a new strategic plan

(Lighting the Way) and a capital campaign (Second Century Campaign).

As an institution of higher education with a rich Catholic heritage, Thomas More University seeks to provide a quality liberal

arts education in the arts, humanities, social sciences, and natural sciences. Its purpose is to awaken within each student the

quest for truth, the ability to reason and wisdom that marked the life of its namesake, Saint Thomas More.

Today, Thomas More University serves almost 2,000 full and part-time students and is an integral part of the Greater

Cincinnati and Northern Kentucky region. In addition to drawing heavily from the Greater Cincinnati and Northern Kentucky

areas, students come to Thomas More from all over the United States and around the globe.

4 | About Thomas More University

ACCREDITATION

Thomas More University is:

• accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award Master,

Bachelor, and Associate degrees. Contact the Commission on Colleges at 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia, 30033-

4097 or 404-679-4500 for questions about the accreditation of Thomas More University.

• accredited by the Accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing, Inc for the Nursing (BSN) and RN to BSN programs.

• approved by the Kentucky State Board of Nursing to offer a Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) degree.

• accredited by the Accreditation Council for Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP) for Business Administration (MBA,

BBA, BA), Sports and Entertainment Marketing (BA), and Accountancy (BA).

• licensed as a postsecondary institution by the Kentucky Council on Postsecondary Education. For questions regarding

Kentucky licensure, contact the Kentucky Council on Postsecondary Education at 1024 Capital Center Drive, Suite 320,

Frankfort, Kentucky, 40601, http://cpe.ky.gov, or 502-573-1555.

• affiliated with the Clinical Laboratory Programs of Saint Elizabeth Medical Center of Covington, Kentucky for a Medical

Laboratory Science Program.

• approved by the Kentucky Education Professional Standards Board (EPSB) to offer teacher-education programs at the

elementary, middle school, and secondary levels.

• accredited by the Council for Accreditation of Educator Preparation covering initial teacher preparation programs at

Thomas More University out of the Education Department.

• approved with the National Council for State Authorization Reciprocity Agreements, which allows the University to

provide our high-quality programs to students in other states via distance education.

About Thomas More University | 5

SHARED VISION

Thomas More University fulfills its mission through its commitment to academic excellence in the liberal arts and in career

preparation. To achieve our mission, we maintain a student/faculty ratio that permits small classes, individual attention, and

close student/faculty relationships. As a necessary foundation, we continue to develop an endowment sufficient to support

high quality academic and extracurricular programs while maintaining modest tuition costs. Our university community models

an atmosphere of openness, honesty, trust, and respect that is apparent to members and to visitors alike. Members of

Thomas More University are committed to integrity, social justice, and service to others for which our Patron Saint and

namesake – Saint Thomas More – is so justly renowned.

STATEMENT ON VALUES

Thomas More University has a twofold nature: it is 1) Diocesan Catholic University and 2) an institution of higher learning. It

consequently has a twofold goal: to promote the truth and moral values espoused by the Roman Catholic Church and to do

so in the context of providing higher education in both the speculative and practical orders. The faculty believes that such a

goal can only be achieved when certain values are embraced and conveyed. The faculty considers the statement that follows

to indicate the way in which these values are interrelated and interdependent within the framework of a truly Christian

understanding of faith, hope and love.

Because the University acknowledges the importance of human life and faith in God, it sees the pursuit of knowledge in all

realms as contributing to a deeper understanding of God and God's creation. Knowledge, then, is not merely an end in itself,

but a gateway opening to the mystery of reality, and of truth. Faith informs the process by which truth is sought and

underpins the value we place on the practice of academic freedom, which seeks to bear witness to the respect with which

God treats individuals in their quest to know and live His Truth.

As a Christian community living in hope, the University attaches particular importance to those qualities that bring the reality

of the Kingdom of God into the world. The University seeks to develop persons who will be competent in their various fields

of endeavor, who will have a sense of responsibility toward their fellow human beings, respect for all life, indeed toward all

the resources of the earth that God has placed in our care. The University community, therefore, holds out the ideal of a

world in which the justice and peace of the Kingdom can be a reality that we bring to life, not simply an image we wish for,

but do nothing to attain.

In an atmosphere characterized by Christian love, the University promotes respect for the unique talents, self-awareness,

self-fulfillment, and freedom of each person together with tolerance and compassion for their weaknesses and limitations.

Because love is not just an emotion or a passing fancy, the University community challenges itself to translate love into

commitment and service to others.

As a Catholic, liberal arts university we work to give witness to God’s creation and the dignity of the human spirit by including

the diversity of humankind in our pursuit of scholarship, service, and integrity.

6 | About Thomas More University

DIVERSITY & INCLUSION

COMMITMENT TO DIVERSITY

Thomas More University aspires to be a community that welcomes, celebrates, and promotes respect for all. Driven by the

University’s mission, we challenge every member of our community to understand and act in ways that demonstrate their

responsibility to others.

Thomas More University’s understanding of diversity and its value is closely tied to the Catholic Intellectual Tradition. One of

the foundational principles of Catholic Social Teaching is that every person is worthy of respect by virtue of being a human

being. Catholic Social Teaching also includes the principles of human equality, solidarity, participation, common good, and

protection of the vulnerable. These principles are reflected in the Saints Community Standards, which ask all to value

individual worth and to act with responsibility, self-control, and personal integrity. These foundational values call us to aspire

continuously to a higher standard to ensure that, as a community, we respect the inherent dignity of all people.

As a Catholic university committed to the search for truth and to exploring the relationship between faith and reason, we

require a safe and encouraging environment where we all can participate by asking deep, probing questions about our place

in the world and our unity with others. Promoting the common good and well-being of all members of our community remains

essential to the workings of the University. Moreover, we strive to prepare our students and graduates to engage in a world

where both differences and commonalities can be understood, appreciated, and celebrated.

Consequently, Thomas More University is committed to providing an environment in which all individuals are safe from

discrimination. The University adheres to all federal and state civil rights laws banning discrimination in institutions of higher

education. Our commitment values diversity of the individual and harmony, while banning intolerance and hatred in any

form.

To these ends, Thomas More University strives to:

• Create a campus community that is diverse and welcoming to all individuals.

• Educate our students through an intellectual exchange that requires the presence and voices of diverse faculty,

scholars, and students.

• Develop curricular and co-curricular programs with a wide range of cultural and intellectual activities that prepare

our students and graduates to engage in the diversity of the local, regional, national, and international community.

• Provide resources for projects and initiatives to support faculty, administration, staff, students, and alumni that

further our institutional commitment to diversity.

• Encourage intentional interactions among members of our community that are aligned with the Catholic

Intellectual Tradition and Catholic Social Teaching.

• Hold all community members responsible for respecting the dignity of others by upholding our Saints Community

Standards that value individual worth, responsibility, self-control, and personal integrity.

• Ensure a hospitable environment in which all individuals are safe from discrimination, intolerance, and hatred.

About Thomas More University | 7

POLICY FOR ACCOMMODATING STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES

Students with disabilities, both visible and invisible, seeking special accommodations must do so through the Office of Student

Accessibility (OSA) of Thomas More University. Section 504 of The Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans with

Disabilities Act of 1990 requires Thomas More University to provide reasonable accommodations that afford an equal

opportunity for students with disabilities. However, the University is not required to provide accommodations that would

place an undue hardship on Thomas More University, lower the standards of the academic program, or fundamentally alter

the academic program. For accommodations to be awarded, the student must provide appropriate documentation of the

disability. Documentation must include diagnosis of disability, name and credentials of the individual who made the

diagnosis, specific recommendations for needed accommodations, and be within the last 3 – 5 years. School special

education or 504 documentation may be acceptable and will be determined on a case-by-case basis. Generally, an

undergraduate student must produce documentation of the disability at the beginning of his/her/their academic tenure at

Thomas More University. However, all students receiving accommodations for disabilities must renew their registration for

accommodations at the beginning of each semester the student is enrolled.

Students seeking information about Thomas More University’s disability services or wanting to register for accommodations

should contact the Office of Student Accessibility.

8 | COLLEGES AND DEGREE PROGRAMS

COLLEGES AND DEGREE PROGRAMS

COLLEGES

Thomas More University has three Colleges:

• College of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences

Includes the School of Education

• College of Business

Includes the Institute for Organizational Management and Ethical Leadership

• College of Natural and Health Sciences

Includes the School of Nursing

GRADUATE FIELDS OF STUDY AND DEGREES AWARDED

• Master of Arts in Organizational Management and Ethical Leadership (MA)

• Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT)

• Master of Business Administration (MBA)

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES AWARDED

• Bachelor of Arts (BA)

• Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA)

• Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA)

• Bachelor of Science (BS)

• Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN)

• Associate in Arts (AA)

A student receiving a bachelor's degree from Thomas More University may receive a second bachelor's degree of a different

type from Thomas More University, e.g. a Bachelor of Arts degree and a Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree, after

completing a minimum of 30 additional credit hours beyond the requirements for the first degree, including all requirements

for the second degree program. Thomas More University does not award two separate bachelor’s degrees within the

minimum 120 credit hours required for a bachelor’s degree.

In addition, the University awards certificates for successful completion of certificate programs.

COLLEGES AND DEGREE PROGRAMS | 9

MAJOR FIELDS OF STUDY

Baccalaureate Majors available:

Accountancy (BA)

Art (BA, BFA)

Biochemistry (BS)

Biology (BA, BS)

Business Administration (BA, BBA)

Chemistry (BA, BS)

Communication (BA)

Computer Information Systems (BA)

Criminal Justice (BA)

Economics (BA)

Education:

Educational Studies (BA)

Elementary School (BA)

Middle School (BA)

Secondary School (BA)

Special Education (BA)

English and Creative Writing (BA)

Organizational Management and Ethical Leadership

(BA)

Exercise and Health Strategies (BS)

Exercise Science (BS)

History (BA)

Interdisciplinary Studies (BA)

International Studies (BA)

Law (BA)

Management Information Systems (BA)

Mathematics (BA)

Medical Laboratory Science (BS)

Nursing (BSN)

Philosophy (BA)

Physics (BA, BS)

Political Science (BA)

Psychology (BA)

Sociology (BA)

Sports and Entertainment Marketing (BA)

Theatre (BA)

Theology (BA)

Student-initiated majors provide avenues for the creative student to plan his/her own major program of study. For

example, a student who wishes to major in a discipline not listed above but in which the University has faculty expertise

may work with their advisor to plan the degree and the courses needed to fulfill its requirements. Examples include majors

in Spanish or French or Political Philosophy or Marine Biology.

Students who wish to combine fields of study may elect to major in Interdisciplinary Studies. A student majoring in

Interdisciplinary Studies may focus on a problem or topic spanning more than one subject area. For example, a student may

focus on a major societal, academic, cultural, environmental, institutional, or organizational problem – that draws upon

several disciplines for courses which together constitute an academic approach to the problem. It is a full-fledged major

but without a specific department. It must receive approval from the Director of Interdisciplinary Studies and the student

must have one or more sponsoring faculty advisors, and usually a faculty committee with representation from at least two

distinct disciplines.

Major programs enable students to prepare themselves for:

1. graduate work in the various fields of study;

2. entrance to professional schools such as dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, pharmacy, physical therapy,

veterinary medicine, and related professions; and

3. employment in a variety of fields such as teaching, medical laboratory science, nursing, engineering, industry, and

business.

Students who, subsequent to the awarding of a given degree, earn a second major for that same degree are not entitled to

participate in the graduation ceremony again, nor are they entitled to a second diploma. This regulation, however, does not

prohibit students who complete the requirements of a different degree program from either participating in the graduation

ceremony again or receiving a second diploma.

Thomas More University offers minors to complement the baccalaureate majors. Minors are designed to increase

knowledge or skills for a student’s interest and to expand career opportunities.

10 | COLLEGES AND DEGREE PROGRAMS

Minors available:

Accountancy

Art History

Biology

Biochemistry

Bioinformatics and Computational Biology

Business Administration

Chemistry

Communication

Criminal Justice

Economics

English

Environmental Science

French

Gerontology

History

Humanities

Information Systems

Interdisciplinary Studies

International Studies

Law

Liberal Arts in Film

Marine Biology

Mathematics

Multimedia Design

Music

Non-Profit and Public Administration

Organizational Management and Ethical Leadership

Philosophy

Physics

Political Science

Psychology

Sociology

Spanish

Supply Chain Management

Theatre

Theology

Visual Art

Web Design

Associate Majors available:

Management (AA)

Certificate programs available:

Organizational Management and Ethical Leadership

Theology

UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION

| 11

UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION

ADMISSION PROCEDURES

TRADITIONAL STUDENTS

Students who have been out of high school for less than five years must adhere to the following admission procedures. All

students seeking admission to undergraduate degree status for any program must be graduates of an accredited high school

(or have a G.E.D.) and must have a copy of their high school (or G.E.D.) transcript submitted directly to the University, as well

as scores on the American College Test (ACT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the Classical Learning Test (CLT). An

exception is made for students who have never been enrolled in any college for a period of more than two years after

graduation from high school who did not previously take either the ACT, SAT or CLT. They will not be required to take either

test as a condition of admission. Students who have previously been enrolled in another college must also have official

transcripts of their work submitted directly to the University. Credentials accepted for admission become the property of

Thomas More University.

The pre-university curriculum required for admission should include the following 17 units, but an applicant who lacks some

of them may be admitted at the discretion of the Admissions Committee.

English 4

Mathematics (Including Algebra II) 3

Science 3

Social Studies 3

Arts Appreciation 1

Non-native Language 2

Computer literacy 1

The admission policy of the University is based on the principle that only those who show promise of success are to be

admitted. The Dean of Admissions shall oversee the admittance of such students. A student may be admitted by the Director

of Admissions by fulfilling the following criteria:

1. A high school average of C+ or 2.5/4.0 based on college preparatory courses; or GED scores in the top 50th percentile.

2. A minimum composite score of 20 on the ACT, 1030 combined score on the SAT, or 66 on the CLT.

POST-TRADITIONAL STUDENTS

Students who have been out of high school for five or more years must complete an application, request high school

transcripts showing graduation or GED scores and transcripts from all colleges previously attended (whether credit was

earned or not) and military be submitted directly to the University. As stated under Section I, the admission policy of the

University is based on the principle that only those who show promise of success are to be admitted to degree status.

Meeting minimum academic requirements does not guarantee admission to Thomas More University.

If a student does not meet each of the above requirements, his/her file may be forwarded to the Admissions Committee for

individual consideration. The Committee then decides the student’s status from the following alternatives: unconditional

admission, conditional admission, or rejection. The Committee reserves the right to limit the number of credit hours for

which a student may register and/or restrict the student from attending accelerated classes.

12 | UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION

TRANSFER STUDENTS

Students who have been enrolled in another post-secondary institution who seek admission to the University in any of its

programs must have official transcripts submitted directly from the issuing institution and/or to Thomas More University.

Credits completed at the previous, post-secondary institution(s) that meet the criteria outlined below are considered

transferable and will be posted to the student's record at Thomas More University. Grades earned will not be used in the

calculation of the Thomas More University G.P.A. After submission of these transcripts, students may be admitted as transfer

students under one of the following conditions:

1. Students who have earned any number of transfer credit from a post-secondary institution prior to high school

graduation must meet the applicable admissions requirements previously listed for students who have been out of

high school less than five years or for students who have been out of high school for five years or more.

2. A student who has achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher (on 0–4 quality point scale) at the

previous, post-secondary institution(s) and has completed less than 12 transferable semester credits at the post-

secondary institution(s) must meet the applicable admissions requirements previously listed for students who have

been out of high school less than five years or for students who have been out of high school for five years or more.

3. A student who has achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher (on 0-4 quality point scale) at the

previous, post-secondary institution(s) and has completed at least 12 transferable semester credits at the post-

secondary institution(s) will be admitted.

4. A student who has not achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher (on 0-4 quality point scale) at the

previous, post-secondary institution(s), no matter how many credit hours were earned, may be admitted to the

University (at the discretion of the Admissions Committee). Thomas More University will, however, respect the

academic sanctions applied by other institutions.

a. Students who have been placed on probation at another institution may be granted conditional admission

to Thomas More University. The Admissions Committee will determine the conditions to be met before

the student's status may be changed to unconditional. Failure to meet those conditions would result in

dismissal from the University.

b. A student suspended or dismissed by another institution will only be considered for admission to Thomas

More University under the same criteria applied to its own students. (Cf. Suspension and Dismissal.) The

Admissions Committee may elect to grant conditional admission to such students.

THOMAS MORE ACCELERATED PROGRAM (DGP) STUDENTS

Students looking for accelerated or completely online programs and/or students seeking a degree-completion program may

apply to one of the DGP programs.

Students must complete an application, request high school transcripts showing graduation or GED scores and transcripts

from all colleges previously attended (whether credit was earned or not) be submitted directly to the University. As stated

above, the admission policy of the University is based on the principle that only those who show promise of success are to

be admitted to degree status.

A student may be admitted by the Director of DGP by fulfilling the following criteria:

1. Have been out of high school for five or more years (preferred);

2. A high school grade point average of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale based on college preparatory courses; or successful completion

of a GED;

3. A grade point average of 2.0 or above on a 4.0 scale from previous colleges; for students transferring more than 24

hours, the high school GPA requirements is waived;

4. Resume demonstrating increased levels of professional responsibility;

5. Satisfactory interview with an advisor.

UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION

| 13

Meeting minimum academic requirements does not guarantee admission to Thomas More University.

If a student does not meet each of the above requirements, his/her file may be forwarded to the Admissions Committee for

individual consideration. The Committee then decides the student’s status from the following alternatives: unconditional

admission, conditional admission, or rejection. The Committee reserves the right to limit the number of credit hours for

which a student may register and/or restrict the student from attending accelerated classes.

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS

Qualified international students may apply to the University for admission and must meet the applicable admissions

requirements previously listed for students who have been out of high school less than five years, students who have been

out of high school for five years or more, or transfer students. In addition to those requirements, students who completed

high school (or equivalent) outside of the United States and whose primary language is not English must demonstrate the

ability to read, write and understand English by submitting passing scores on the Test of English as a Foreign Language

(TOEFL), the International English Language Testing System (IELTS) or the Duolingo English Test (DET). The minimum scores

are as follows:

• TOEFL, internet-based test – 70 total score, with a minimum of 17 in each section

• TOEFL, paper-based test – 520 total score, with a minimum of 35 in each section

• IELTS – 6 total score, with a minimum of 5.5 in each section

• DET – Internet-based test – 50 total score

Students attending college for the first time must submit a complete and official record of all secondary schools (or

equivalent) previously attended, signed by an authorized official of the school, including dates of attendance, subjects

studied, and grades; a certified copy is acceptable. Students who have previously been enrolled in another college (or

equivalent) must also submit a certified translated transcript of credits from any institution previously attended and have

their credentials evaluated by an accredited member from the National Association of Credential Evaluation Services (NACES).

(The applicant is responsible for the fees charged for this service.) Counseling is available through the Office of Admissions

where they are authorized to issue I-20's (Certificates of Eligibility) for F-1 student visas.

THOMAS MORE’S DUAL-CREDIT PROGRAM (TMDC)

The Thomas More University Dual-Credit Program offers eligible high school students the opportunity to take college

courses at a reduced tuition rate while exposing them to college rigor, Thomas More’s culture and so much more. Thomas

More University partners with multiple high schools in the region to offer this program. High school students enrolled in the

Dual-Credit program are eligible to take classes at their high school (where offered), online, and/or on Thomas More’s

campus with the permission of their high school.

To qualify for this program, high school students must:

• Be a high school sophomore, junior, or senior

• Have an unweighted high school GPA of 3.0+

• Meet any course prerequisites

To remain in the program, students must:

• Maintain a Thomas More University GPA of 2.0+

To apply or to receive additional information about the program, please email dualcredit@thomasmore.edu.

14 | UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION

READMISSION

Students who have attended Thomas More University, but have not attended full-time for one semester, must apply for

readmission. They will be subject to the appropriate admission requirements currently stated in the section on admission

procedures. Exceptions are granted for students who submit an approved Notice of Enrollment Interruption form with the

Office of the Registrar prior to a break in enrollment. Students who leave for military service will be readmitted with the

same status they had when last in attendance, if the period of absence does not exceed five years. After five years, the

student must reapply. (Cf. also the Policy on Maintenance/Forfeiture of Degree Status under "Academic Regulations".)

NON–DEGREE STATUS

Individuals wishing to take courses for academic credit (or audit) but not currently pursuing a degree program may enter the

University as non-degree seeking students. Enrollment as a non-degree student does not imply admission to the degree

granting program of the University; however, non-degree seeking students are held to the same academic standards as

degree students. Non-degree seeking students are not eligible for financial aid or club and athletic participation. Registration

for non-degree seeking students is available through the Office of the Registrar.

I. Eligibility for Non–Degree Status - Enrollment in non-degree status is open to persons who:

a. have a high school diploma, or an equivalency certificate based on the results of the General Educational

Development (GED) Tests;

b. if enrolled at another collegiate institution or at Thomas More University at any time during the previous

calendar year, are eligible to return to that institution in good standing;

c. meet the prerequisite of the course or courses;

d. are international students whose previous educational attainments in foreign or U.S. schools are deemed

to be of an acceptable level by Thomas More University; or

e. have received an exemption from the above requirements by the Office of Academic Affairs.

II. Change of Status from Non–Degree to Degree Student - Only students who have applied to and been admitted

by the Office of Admissions may hold degree status. Non-degree seeking Thomas More students may apply for

admission to degree status through the Office of Admissions by filing an application with the Office of

Admissions or the Center for Adult and Professional Education after the successful completion of 24 credits with

a cumulative grade point average of C or better earned at Thomas More. A non-degree student eligible for

admission to degree status may apply up to 24 credit hours taken at Thomas More University in non-degree

status if that course work is deemed by the University to be appropriate to a degree program. Students who

choose to continue in a non-degree status after the completion of 24 credit hours have no assurance that

additional credit may be applied to a degree.

TRANSFER CREDIT

A. Transfer Credit Prior to a Student’s Matriculation to Thomas More University

Thomas More University recognizes that courses taken at other post-secondary institutions prior to a student's admission to

Thomas More may qualify for transfer, but the University reserves the right to determine the acceptability of transfer credits

in accord with its mission and goals. Usually, the following regulations and guidelines are employed in identifying university–

level learning for transfer, but these are not all–inclusive of the considerations that must be weighed in reviewing an official

transcript for the awarding of transfer credit at Thomas More University. It is the student's responsibility to request the

issuance of transcripts from other institutions to Thomas More University. Only official transcripts sent directly from the

UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION

| 15

issuing institutions to Thomas More University will be accepted. No other copies will be used in the official determination of

transferable credit.

I. Number of credit hours that may be accepted in transfer

a. Thomas More University accepts up to 90 semester–hour credits and equivalency credits in transfer

and allows them to be applied to a bachelor's degree; it allows as many as 44 semester hour credits

and equivalency credits which are accepted in transfer towards an associate’s degree; and as many as

12 semester–hour credits and equivalency credits, which are accepted in transfer to be applied to a

certificate. No more than 60 semester hours will be awarded in transfer from a two-year institution.

Students must earn at least 25% of their credit hours through instruction offered by Thomas More

University, exclusive of transfer credit and credit earned through the consortium program.

b. Of the above number of credits (A), the maximum number of credits awarded for "extra–institutional

learning" (as defined in Section II. C. below) which may be applied to a bachelor’s degree is 60, to the

associate’s is 30, and to the certificate is 8.

c. To earn a degree in a specific major, a student must complete at least 18 of the hours required in that

major for a bachelor's degree and 9 hours for an associate’s at Thomas More University.

d. Thomas More University will modify its transfer credit policy for any incoming credit completed during

the spring 2020 semester to accept pass denominations as credits completed for all courses.

II. Institutions from which credit hours may be accepted in transfer

a. Thomas More University accepts credit attached to courses taken at any post-secondary degree

granting institution of higher education accredited by one of the Regional Accrediting Associations. The

completed courses must carry a grade of C- or better (1.667 or higher on a 0-4 quality point scale).

Grades earned will not be used in the calculation of the Thomas More University G.P.A. Courses with

a Pass/Satisfactory grade will ordinarily be accepted as general elective credit only. Courses not

awarded credit by the student's previous institution(s) cannot be transferred. A quarter-hour taken at

schools operating on the quarter calendar system will convert to .667 semester hours at Thomas More

University.

b. Courses taken at a post-secondary institution of higher education not accredited by one of the Regional

Accrediting Associations will be considered on an individual basis by the appropriate Academic

Department, the Office of the Registrar, and the Office of Academic Affairs. Students who apply for

admission from other countries are required to have their credentials evaluated by American

Association of College Registrars and Admissions Officers (AACRAO) International or the World

Education Service. The applicant is responsible for the fees charged for this service.

c. The award of credit for "extra institutional learning" will be based on the recommendation of the

American Council on Education (ACE), as stated in their current publications. "Extra-institutional

learning" includes but is not limited to ACE, CLEP, Dantes, Challenge Tests, and credit for work or

professional training, including military training. Credit by examination cannot be awarded for a lower

level course in a discipline than one for which the student has already earned credit. A student may

also not earn credit by examination for a course if they have earned credit for a course with similar

content. If the credit is transferred to meet a major requirement, the department may require

supplemental learning to meet the Thomas More University equivalency. Courses not approved by

ACE will be considered on an individual basis by the appropriate Academic Department, the Office of

the Registrar, and the Office of Academic Affairs.

III. Types of courses for which credit hours may be accepted in transfer

a. Credit is granted for academic work comparable to that offered at Thomas More University. Remedial

level courses will not be accepted in transfer.

16 | UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION

b. Transfer equivalencies are evaluated by those academically qualified to make the necessary

judgements, typically the department chair (or their designee) of the equivalent course or discipline.

Transfer equivalencies are tracked and applied by the Office of the Registrar. A student’s major

department determines whether credit applicable to departmental requirements will be accepted in

transfer. The Office of the Registrar evaluates transfer courses for acceptance of general elective

credit.

B. Transfer Credit for Current Students at Thomas More University

To help ensure the achievement of its objectives, Thomas More University normally requires that a matriculated student

complete his/her study at the University; however, a full time student at Thomas More University may register through the

University for courses at any college or university in the Greater Cincinnati Collegiate Connection. In addition, a student

may be given permission to take up to 18 credit hours at other institutions at the discretion of the Office of Academic

Affairs. In all situations involving study at another institution, the student must provide, in advance and in writing,

academic justification for his/her request and obtain permission from the Office of Academic Affairs after obtaining the

signature of the Chairperson of the department of the course in question. Courses taken in violation of this policy will not

be accepted in transfer.

Please see the section about the Greater Cincinnati Consortium and Residency for more details.

COSTS AND FINANCIAL AID | 17

COSTS AND FINANCIAL AID

TUITION AND FEES

Undergraduate Traditional Programs Tuition and Fees Fall 2022 and Spring 2023

Full-Time per Semester

12-18 credit hours $17,030

Additional per credit hour in excess of 18 hrs. $690

Saints Experience Fee $875

Part-Time per semester

Per credit hour for 1 through 11 hours $740

Saints Experience Fee $87/cr. hr., Max $875

Undergraduate Traditional Programs Tuition and Fees Summer 2023

Per credit hour for 1 through 11 hours $515

12-18 credit hours $12,000

Additional per credit hour in excess of 18 hrs. $640

Saints Experience Fee $87/cr. hr., Max $875

Additional fees

Nursing differential $45 per credit hour

Graduation Fee $50

Graduation Late Fee $25

Transcript Fee (per copy) $5 for online request, $15 for in-person or mailed request

Consortium Fee (per credit hour) $15

Admission Fees as applicable

Graduate Programs Tuition and Fees 2022-2023

Master of Arts in Ethical Leadership Per credit hour $580

Master of Arts in Teaching Per credit hour $525

Master of Business Administration Per credit hour $580

Additional fees

Saints Experience Fee $230 per course

Graduation Fee $50

Graduation Late Fee $25

Transcript Fee (per copy) $5 for online request, $15 for in-person or mailed request

Admission Fees as applicable

Saints Experience Fee includes student activity, technology, printing, parking services, and textbook allowance.

NOTE: Some courses have special lab and supply fees, which range from $10 to $200. Consult the schedule of classes in the

Office of the Registrar for lab and course fees. For rates applicable to accelerated programs please consult the Accelerated

Program Office. (N.B. These rates apply for the 2022–2023 academic year only.)

There are also additional fees applicable to all students. Please consult the Bursar for more information. For Room and Board

charges, consult the Bursar or Student Life.

18 | COSTS AND FINANCIAL AID

Since income from tuition and fees covers only a portion of the total cost of educational and institutional services, the

University has to rely on other sources to meet costs including contributed services, support from the Diocese of Covington

and its parishes, annual fund programs, funded scholarships, and gifts from individuals, corporations, and foundations. Thus,

every Thomas More student actually receives financial assistance from many donors.

METHOD OF PAYMENT

The total amount of tuition, fees, and residence hall charges is due prior to the start of the semester. Thomas More University

accepts all major credit cards, including Discover, MasterCard, Visa, and American Express. All payments are to be made to

the Bursar and checks are to be made payable to Thomas More University.

Amounts from a prior semester must be paid in full before registration will be permitted for any subsequent semester. A

$100 late fee will be added if payment or payment arrangements are not made by the approved date. Also, the registration

may be canceled, and the students will have to re-register incurring a $100 reinstatement fee. No student with an account

balance will receive an official transcript of credits or a diploma. Interest is charged on any unpaid balance. Please consult

the Bursar for more information.

The University has a payment plan which has been designed to relieve the pressure of large "lump sum" payments by allowing

students to spread the cost over a period of months without borrowing money or paying interest charges. The plan may be

used to supplement all other forms of financial aid such as grants, loans, and scholarships. Participation is on a semester

basis and there is an enrollment fee. Thomas More University also offers an employer reimbursement deferred payment plan

for students eligible for employer reimbursement. The student must provide a letter on company letterhead that confirms

the student’s eligibility for full or partial reimbursement. In addition, the student will incur a $15 per credit hour

administrative fee. Any bills not paid by 30 days after the completion of the course will be subject to the University’s policy

on past due accounts. Please contact the Office of the Bursar for further details on either plan.

WITHDRAWAL AND REFUNDS

Students wishing to withdraw from a class or from the University must notify the Office of the Registrar in writing. The date

of receipt of notification is the official date of withdrawal for purpose of obtaining a pro-rated refund. THE STUDENT WILL

BE BILLED AND FINANCIALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY PAYMENT DUE TO THE UNIVERSITY RESULTING FROM THE REFUND

POLICY.

Tuition will be refunded based on the following schedule:

Traditional semester courses that meet For courses that meet alternate weeks:

16 weeks and beyond: On or before the sixth day after the

Before and during the first week – 100% course begins – 100%

During the second week – 75% Between the seventh and twentieth

During the third week – 50% day after the course begins – 50%

During the fourth week – 25% Anytime thereafter – 0%

After the fourth week – 0%

For courses that meet from 4 to 15 weeks: For courses that meet from 1 to 3 weeks:

Before or during the first week – 100% On or before the second day – 100%

During the second week – 50% On the third or fourth day – 50%

After second week – 0% After the fourth day – 0%

For further information please contact the Office of the Bursar.

COSTS AND FINANCIAL AID | 19

Note: Failure to attend class(es) does not constitute official withdrawal or eligibility for refund. Lab and course fees are not

refundable after classes begin. Refunds for room and board are determined by the Department of Student Affairs as reflected

on the Housing Contract. In extraordinary circumstances, such as serious illness or injury, when a student is forced to

withdraw from classes after the refund period has ended, a written appeal may be made. Contact the Dean of Students for

specific procedures. Appropriate documentation is required with such an appeal.

FINANCIAL AID

Financial aid is available to students at Thomas More University from federal, state, and institutional sources. All students

who feel that they need financial assistance are encouraged to apply.

FEDERAL AND STATE PROGRAMS

Federal Pell Grant • Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG)

College Access Program Grant (CAP) • Kentucky Tuition Grant (KTG)

Kentucky Educational Excellence Scholarship

Federal TEACH Grant • Nursing Student Loan

Federal Direct Student Loan

Federal Direct Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS)

COLLEGE WORK PROGRAMS

College Work Study Program (Federal)

THOMAS MORE UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIP AND GRANT PROGRAMS

Academic scholarships are awarded to entering traditional students on the basis of high school grade point average, and, if

provided, ACT/SAT score. Scholarships are automatically renewed for up to four years if the student maintains the GPA

required for their scholarship. To be considered for a scholarship, the student must complete the admission application to

be accepted to Thomas More University. A variety of other scholarships are available based on such factors as academic

achievement, major, geographic location, and financial need. A complete listing of specific scholarships is available on the

Financial Aid website.

SCHOLARSHIPS

James Graham Brown Honors Scholarship • Presidential Scholarship • Dean’s Scholarship • TMU Scholarship

Additional Scholarships Available

OTHER FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

National Merit Scholarship • Governor’s Scholarship • Out of State Award

Legacy Tuition Grant • Sibling Award

THOMAS MORE TRUST FINANCIAL AID INITIATIVE

Parochial Promise • Thomas More Access Grant • Diocese of Covington Guarantee

FINANCIAL AID

STANDARDS OF ACADEMIC PROGRESS (SAP)

In order to qualify for financial assistance from the federal and state governments as set forth by The Higher Education Act

of 1965, Thomas More University has developed standards of satisfactory academic progress prior to awarding any federal

financial aid funds to students. These standards were established to encourage students to successfully complete courses

for which federal financial aid is received and to progress satisfactorily toward degree completion. Successful completion of

a course is defined as receiving one of the following grades: A, B, C, D or P.

20 | COSTS AND FINANCIAL AID

The standards apply to the following financial aid programs: Federal Pell Grant, Federal Supplemental Educational

Opportunity Grant, Federal Work Study, Federal Direct Loans, Federal Direct Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS),

and Nursing Student Loans. These requirements also apply to the KHEAA grant programs, College Access Program (CAP) and

Kentucky Tuition Grant (KTG).

Note: These Financial Aid Standards of Academic Progress are separate from, and in addition to, academic standards

required by the University for continued enrollment.

This SAP policy is effective July 1, 2017 and supersedes all other Thomas More University SAP policies published in prior

catalogs.

The criteria used to determine financial aid academic progress are GPA, course completion rate and maximum time frame

for completion of degree requirements. All periods of enrollment are reviewed, including semesters during which no financial

aid was received.

I. Qualitative Requirement – Grade Point Average

Undergraduate students must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00. Graduate students must maintain a minimum

cumulative GPA of 3.00.

II. Quantitative Requirement – Completion Rate

Undergraduate and graduate students must successfully complete a minimum of 67% of the credit hours attempted.

Repeated Coursework

Repeated coursework for which a student previously received a passing grade will only be counted once toward financial aid

eligibility. Repeated coursework for which a student failed the course may be counted for financial aid eligibility until the

course is passed.

Withdrawal

Withdrawals count as credit hours attempted toward both completion rate and maximum time frame.

Incomplete Grades

At the time of evaluation (the end of each period of enrollment), Incomplete grades do not affect a student’s cumulative GPA

for SAP but count as credit hours attempted toward both completion rate and maximum time frame. Students with grades

of Incomplete, which become new letter grades prior to or during a subsequent period of enrollment, may affect financial

aid eligibility for that period of enrollment can contact Financial Aid department for further evaluation.

III. Maximum Time Frame for Completion of Degree Requirements

Students must complete their first degree program within 150% of the published length of their degree program. Most

programs at Thomas More University are four years in length and all majors require a minimum of 120 credit hours.

Undergraduate students may receive financial aid for a period not to exceed the equivalent of 12 semesters of full-time

enrollment (12 credit hours) or 180 attempted credit hours. Graduate students may receive financial aid for a period not to

exceed the equivalent of 6 semesters of full-time enrollment.

IV. No Passing Grades

Students who begin attendance and have not officially withdrawn and fail to earn a passing grade in at least one course

offered over the entire semester, will be treated as an unofficial withdrawal. These students may be required to return a

portion of their Title IV financial aid. Unofficially withdrawn students will have received a grade of “Y”.

V. Evaluation

All enrolled students are evaluated for SAP at the end of each semester after official grades have been posted. Students who

do not meet the satisfactory academic policy standards will receive a letter from the Office of Financial Aid indicating the

status of their financial aid awards as listed below:

COSTS AND FINANCIAL AID | 21

• Warning – Failure to make SAP but student is financial aid eligible for one more period of enrollment and must make SAP

by the end of that period of enrollment or financial aid eligibility will be suspended. Students do not have to appeal.

• Suspend – Failure to make SAP after a warning period but student is eligible to appeal. If the appeal is approved, the

student can continue financial aid eligibility for another period of enrollment under a probation status.

• Probation – Failure to make SAP but has appealed and appeal has been approved. The student is eligible to receive

financial aid for one more period of enrollment. The student may be required to follow an academic plan.

• Ineligible – Failure to make SAP and/or failure to follow required academic plan. This status also applies to appeals that

are not approved. The student is not eligible for financial aid until cumulative SAP standards are met. This status may

not be appealed.

VI. Appeal Procedures

All students who have their financial aid eligibility suspended may appeal to the Financial Aid Committee to receive financial

aid in a subsequent period of enrollment. Appeals must be completed and turned in to the Office of Financial Aid prior to

the end of the semester for which the student is appealing to receive aid. A priority deadline can be established for each

semester when notices of SAP failure are sent to students.

Appeals must be in a written format and include the following:

• Printed student name, ID, daytime phone number, and signature

• Information describing why SAP minimum standards have not been met and how the situation has changed so that SAP

will be met at next evaluation

• Details of any mitigating circumstances, including supporting documentation from a third party (e.g., police reports,

detailed hospital bill or physician’s statement, death certificate, etc.)

• Enrollment plans for the next period of enrollment (e.g., number of credit hours, change in major, academic

improvement plan details, any other academic-related documentation, etc.)

Students are notified of their SAP appeal decision through their Thomas More e-mail account. The Financial Aid Committee

decisions are final. Students whose appeals are not approved may reestablish financial aid eligibility only by meeting the SAP

cumulative standards.

Academic Plans-All students who appeal successfully and are subsequently placed on probation will create an academic plan

based on the student’s individual situation and content of appeal on a case-by-case basis. The requirements of these more

rigorous plans will be made in writing and signed by the student prior to a subsequent financial aid disbursement and the

academic plans will be monitored by the Office of Financial Aid or designee.

VII. Academic Suspension

Any student suspended from the University will be ineligible for further financial aid. If the Office of Academic Affairs grants

reinstatement, the student may appeal for reinstatement of financial aid eligibility to the Director of Financial Aid in

accordance with the Financial Aid Appeal Procedure outlined in this policy.

VIII. Scholarship Retention Requirements

To retain title to a Thomas More University scholarship, by the end of each academic year, a student must meet the required

GPA for the following scholarships:

• Maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.6 for full tuition scholarships, including James Brown Honors and Chancellor’s

Scholarship

• Maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.5 for Presidential Scholarship

• Maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.0 for the Dean’s Scholarship and Dean’s Transfer Scholarship

• Maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.5 for the following: TMU Scholarship, Transfer Award, and Parochial Promise

• Maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.0 for the following: Sibling Award, and Legacy Tuition Grant

22 | COSTS AND FINANCIAL AID

Cumulative GPAs are reviewed at the end of each academic year. Students who do not meet their cumulative GPA

requirement will forfeit $1000 of their scholarship for the next academic year. Please refer to the scholarship renewal policy

for additional information.

FINANCIAL AID WITHDRAWAL/REFUND POLICY

Students who choose to withdraw from the University prior to the end of an enrollment period (semester) should follow the

University's guidelines for withdrawing from school. An Official Withdrawal Form must be completed and submitted to the

proper office before a student can be considered officially withdrawn. Students wishing to officially withdraw should contact

the Office of the Registrar.

I. STATE AND INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS REFUND POLICY:

State and Institutional funds will be adjusted whenever a student drops credit hours or withdraws completely during the

semester. Those funds must be refunded to either the State (per regulations) or to Thomas More University. Institutional

funds will be refunded based upon Thomas More University’s tuition refund schedule.

II. FEDERAL TITLE IV FUNDS WITHDRAWAL REFUND POLICY:

Federal student aid recipients who begin attending classes during a semester and who cease attending or performing

academic activities prior to the end of the semester, and never complete an Official Withdrawal Form are considered by the

federal government to have Unofficially Withdrawn. If University records indicate that a student did begin attending classes

but subsequently unofficially withdrew, the University will consider the Unofficial Withdrawal date to be the midpoint of the

semester (unless documentation exists of an earlier or later date of attendance/academic activity by the student). If no

attendance or academic activity can be documented, the Unofficial Withdrawal student must repay the entire amount of aid

disbursed for that semester or term.

When a federal student aid recipient withdraws, officially or unofficially, after attending at least the first class day, the

University will return, and the student aid recipient will be required to repay, a prorated portion of funds received based

upon a federally required calculation (see Return of Title IV Funds section below).

If University records show a federal student aid recipient never attended a class and/or never performed an academically

related activity for a semester or term, then the recipient never established eligibility for any aid funds that may have been

disbursed for that semester or term. In addition, any student aid recipient who drops all classes or voids his/her schedule

with an effective date prior to the first day of class for a semester or term, did not establish eligibility for any aid funds that

may have been disbursed for that semester or term. In either case, the student aid recipient must repay the entire amount

of aid disbursed for that semester or term.

If a student withdraws with an effective date of first class day, he/she must repay the entire amount of aid disbursed for that

semester or term, unless documentation of attendance and/or an academic activity of that first day can be provided by an

academic official.

If a student did not receive any federal student aid but did receive other types of aid funds, and subsequently officially

withdraws, refunds and repayments will be based upon the University's refund schedule.

Return of Title IV (Federal) Funds When a Student Withdraws:

Under the Higher Education Amendments of 1998, the amount of aid a student has earned for the enrollment period, is based

on the length of time the student remains enrolled for that period. Therefore, the percentage of the enrollment period

completed is also the percentage of aid the student has earned.

• If a student withdraws on or before the 60% point of the enrollment period, the percentage of aid earned is equal to the

percentage of time completed. (Conversely, the percentage of aid unearned, is equal to the percentage of time not

completed, up to the 60% point.)

COSTS AND FINANCIAL AID | 23

• A student who remains enrolled beyond the 60% point of the enrollment period, has earned 100% of the aid for that

period. (There would be no unearned aid.)

Repayment of the Unearned Amount is Calculated as Follows:

School will return:

• the lesser of the amount of unearned Title IV aid or unearned Institutional Charges

Student will return:

• the unearned amount of Title IV Grants

• the student's and parent's earned portion of federal loan proceeds will not be returned but is to be repaid to the loan

holders according to the terms of the borrower’s promissory note.

The University will return the unearned fund and the student's account will be charged back the amount of the returns.

The Unearned Amount of Title IV aid must be returned to the applicable Title IV aid programs in the following order:

Unsubsidized Direct Loan, Subsidized Direct Loan, PLUS Loan (Graduate Student), PLUS Loan (Parent), Pell Grant, SEOG Grant,

TEACH Grant, Other Title IV aid.

Non-federal aid funds will be returned based on Institutional Refund Policy and returned in the following fund order:

Institutional, State, External funds.

Examples of Return of Funds calculations are available in the Office of Financial Aid.

Note: The information contained in this section is subject to change, without notice, in order to comply with federal, state,

or University requirements.

III. MEDICAL WITHDRAWALS:

See Medical and Compassionate Withdrawal Policy.

FINANCIAL AID FOR 4+1 UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE MASTERS PROGRAMS

Financial aid for 4+1 programs is distinctly segregated into undergraduate and graduate financial aid eligibility. During the

first four years of the program, the student is considered to be enrolled in an undergraduate program for financial aid

purposes, even if the student is taking some graduate level classes during the fourth year. The fifth year of the program is

when the student is considered to be a graduate student for financial aid purposes. All institutional scholarships and grants

are renewable while the student is considered enrolled in an undergraduate program (first four years). During the fifth year,

when the student is in the graduate year of study, all institutional scholarships and grants will be forfeited. The tuition

structure is also different for students enrolled in graduate programs, including those in the fifth year of a 4+1 program.

Please refer to the tuition and fee schedule for more specific information on the differences between undergraduate and

graduate tuition and fee costs.

ADDITIONAL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Additional policies and procedures may apply to certain institutional, federal, and state awards. These are listed on the

financial aid website.

24 | STUDENT LIFE

STUDENT LIFE

Thomas More University is committed to an integrated learning environment both in and outside the classroom. Student

Life Offices provide experiences, services, and programs which complement academic pursuits and facilitates student

involvement in the life of the University through opportunities for leadership and service. In keeping with our Catholic mission

and values, staff strive to create an environment which fosters the development of the whole person. Programs and services

encourage and support intellectual, physical, psychological, social, and spiritual growth. Programs complement the academic

mission of the University and develop students as productive and responsible citizens within the University and surrounding

communities to which we belong.

Thomas More encourages students to explore academic fields and participate in life experiences which augment the learning

process. Offices promote the development of values and decision-making skills that are rooted in values, ethics, principles,

and moral codes and prepare students to advance the common good. The Saints Community Standards identifies five

community commitments - individual worth, personal integrity, critical thinking, self-control, and community responsibility.

Our students are expected to uphold and model these characteristics in all aspects of their life while enrolled at Thomas More

University. The governing policies are designed to empower students to be responsible, respectful citizens within their living

and learning environment while recognizing that their actions and behaviors can have a greater impact on everyone within

the TMU community. In other words, our success in achieving our TMU mission and vision depends on the quality of the

community we create. By grounding our policies in values, Thomas More University ensures that we are a community which

develops and educates students for their whole lives.

Students are expected to familiarize themselves with policies and procedures as outlined in the Saints Community Standards

as well as the Sexual Misconduct Policy and if living in the residence halls, the Residence Life Policies and Procedures. Please

visit https://www.thomasmore.edu/info-for/new-current-students/policies/ for a complete listing of these policies.

CAMPUS MINISTRY

Campus Ministry offers more than just an opportunity to worship and invites all members of the community to join its

activities and programs. Guided by the Catholic Faith and inspired by the steadfast convictions of our patron Thomas

More, the mission of Campus Ministry is to provide students, faculty, and staff opportunities for growth in their faithful

and loving relationship with Christ, in community, with respect for others, through liturgy, personal prayer, education

and service. Mass is offered in the Mary, Seat of Wisdom Chapel daily, and Sunday Evening is the student Mass is

offered during the academic year. The Sacrament of Reconciliation is offered weekly on Thursday evenings in the

Chapel. Spiritual Direction is also available.

In addition, Campus Ministry Programs include:

• RCIA (Right of Christian Initiation of Adults)

• Student led bible studies/faith sharing

• Student Lead, Student Retreats

• Social Justice Programs

• Community Service

• Leadership/Team building Development

STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES

Student Health Services (859-344-3529) is located in the Saints Center. A registered nurse coordinates health programming

and routine health needs at no charge to students. Referrals are made to local physicians and hospitals if needed.

COUNSELING AND WELLNESS PROGRAMS

STUDENT LIFE | 25

Counseling services are provided by a professional licensed counselor and available to all Thomas More University students

during the academic year at no cost and without billing insurance. The counselor can provide treatment for a variety of issues

that often impact students’ well-being, such as feelings of anxiety or depression, grief and loss, trauma history, LGBTQA

concerns, self-esteem, stress management, and relationship or interpersonal conflicts. All counseling services are

confidential. The counseling department also takes part in prevention activities on campus to promote education and mental

health awareness. The Director of Counseling works closely with community providers to connect students to resources

outside the University as needed. Counseling is located in the Saints Center.

STUDENT ACCESSIBILITY

See Policy for Accommodating Students with Disabilities, page 7.

INSTITUTE FOR LEARNING DIFFERENCES (ILD)

The ILD is a fee-based additional academic support program designed for students with documented learning differences

who need support beyond traditional accommodations. This program includes individualized learning plans, professional

tutoring for each academic subject the student is enrolled during the semester. The program provides individual

mentoring/coaching, and executive function skills development focused on improving eight executive functions: working

memory, task initiation, planning, organizing, flexibility, self-monitoring, emotional control, and self-control. The ILD provides

academic monitoring and early alert as well as monitoring graduation progress and career development. The ILD provides

educational assistive technology for students to improve classroom engagement, comprehension, and overall study skills. All

these services are coordinated through a strategic learning specialist who meets with students weekly.

Accommodations in compliance with section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 are offered to the student at no charge.

Please see the Office of Student Accessibility or contact disability@thomasmore.edu for more information.

THE STUDENT LEARNING COMMONS (SLC)

The Student Learning Commons (SLC) brings together academic co-curricular functions, such as Advising/Coaching, Tutoring,

coordinating internships/co-ops, and career and graduate school guidance. The Benedictine Library and the Student Success

Center, which together constitute the University’s Student Learning Commons (SLC), supports the student-centered ethos of

the University.

The SLC, located in the Benedictine Library, functions as a vibrant and accessible learning hub for undergraduate and graduate

students, an inviting space that encourages students to read, think, and collaborate with each other and their faculty, thus

enabling them to develop habits of lifelong learning that will serve them well as they lead and serve their communities.

ACADEMIC ADVISING AND COACHING

The University augments student advising by Faculty Advisors through a qualified team of Professional Academic

Advisors/Coaches. Every student in their first two years of study at Thomas will be advised and guided by a Professional

Academic Advisor/Coach who will be available throughout the year to field questions that go beyond the selection of classes.

Professional Advisors/Coaches provide personalized attention to their advisees and help students navigate issues by directing

them to, or by liaising directly with, other offices such as Financial Aid or Student Life and Activities. Coaching sessions with

Professional Advisors/Coaches are scheduled individually throughout each semester and equip students with skills focused

on: time management, organized and efficient study habits, adopting effective learning styles, note taking, and stress

management. Our team of Professional Academic Advisors/Coaches assist students in their pursuit of success inside and

outside the classroom, thus preparing them for their future beyond university.

TUTORING SERVICES

Thomas More University offers students free tutorial assistance in all academic areas in peer-to-peer or online tutoring. The

Tutoring Center provides assistance to all students who wish to improve their academic performance. TMU supports all

students and encourages them, irrespective of their academic standing in courses to use tutoring services. Set up as an

26 | STUDENT LIFE

individualized process, the tutor/student relationship is designed to aid in academic success across the curriculum. This

service assists students with classes, though not as a substitute for the instructor. Tutors engage students to develop their

skills and to own their work as authors. As a part of TMU’s tutorial services, there are writing and math centers dedicated to

assisting students in those academic areas and a general Academic Tutoring Center for assisting students in the other

academic areas. The Writing Center is located in room 2209 of the 2200 Bldg. (phone 859-344-3382). The Math Center is in

room S215 of the Science Wing - hours are posted on door. The Academic Tutoring Center is located in the Library (phone

859 344-3507).

For information regarding the services provided, please visit http://www.thomasmore.edu/academics/support.cfm.

INSTITUTE FOR CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GRADUATE SCHOOL PLANNING

The Institute for Career Development and Graduate School Planning (ICG) provides services that guide and teach students

the process of career development, thus enabling effective career decision-making and workforce readiness.

The following services are available to all current students at no additional cost:

• Individual career counseling and exploration

• Career and graduate school focused guidance for those exploring majors

• Coaching on job search strategies, resumé writing, interviewing techniques, and networking

• Resources on career opportunities, employers, graduate schools and graduate application materials, career planning and

job search strategies

• On-campus recruiting

• Career events such as the annual Career and Internship Fair, the annual Mock Interview Competition (undergraduate

only), information sessions, tabling events, networking events, and panel discussions, etc

• Online job board, Handshake, with employment opportunities including full and part-time positions, internships, co-ops,

and Experiential Learning opportunities

• Administration of the Focus 2 Career platform to help students, especially in their first two years, to select a major,

explore occupations, make informed career decisions, and act on their career development based on aptitude and

interests

• Support for the experiential learning program

The following services are available to all alumni in their first five years after graduation. There is no cost for these services.

• Individual career counseling and exploration

• Coaching on job search strategies, resumé writing, interviewing techniques, and networking

• Resources on career opportunities, employers, graduate schools and graduate application materials, career planning, and

job search strategies

• Attendance at some career events

• Online job board, Handshake, with employment opportunities including full and part-time positions, internships, co-ops,

and Experiential Learning opportunities

The Institute for Career Development and Graduate School Planning is located on the second floor of the Administration

Building. For information regarding services, please contact the Coordinator of Career Planning at 859-344-3545 or visit

https://www.thomasmore.edu/academics/student-success/thomas-more-success-center/republic-bank-foundation-

institute-for-career-development-and-graduate-school-planning/.

THE THOMAS MORE BENEDICTINE LIBRARY

The Benedictine Library is at the center of academic life at Thomas More University.  The library aligns its mission with the

University by providing information literacy support services, curated resources, and space for academic support to students,

faculty, staff, and the community.  

STUDENT LIFE | 27

The library holds approximately 75,000 volumes of books, periodicals, and AV materials, as well as being an online participant

in the United States Federal Depository Library Program (FDLP).  A special collections room on the upper level includes

numerous works by and about the University's patron and namesake, St. Thomas More, the Kentuckiana Collection, and other

rare volumes. There is a Teacher Resource Room on the lower level containing a wide range of curriculum materials and

instructional aids. 

The library provides access to thousands of full-text journals and periodicals through over 200 online databases that are

accessible both on and off campus.  Thomas More University is a member of the Kentucky Virtual Library (KYVL), the

Federation of Kentucky Academic Libraries (FoKAL) and the Southwest Ohio and Neighboring Libraries (SWON) consortiums. 

As a result, Thomas More students and faculty have borrowing privileges at colleges and universities across the

Commonwealth, as well as at various types of libraries throughout Southwestern Ohio and Northern Kentucky.  In addition,

students and faculty can request books and articles from institutions all over the country via interlibrary loan. 

The Benedictine Library is open over 80 hours a week during the regular academic year, and electronic access to materials is

available to students, faculty and staff 24 hours a day/7 days a week.  Reference service is available during most hours of

operation and can be obtained on-site or virtually. The library staff provides bibliographic instruction to students in the first

year experience courses and other courses and will give bibliographic instruction to groups or individuals upon request. There

are ample computer and printing facilities on the premises, including a computer area on the entry level.  There is space for

individual and group study. The University Archives and the Eva G. Farris Art Gallery are located in the Benedictine Library, as

are several classrooms.

HOUSING AND RESIDENCE LIFE

Thomas More University strives to create a community in our on-campus Residence Hall facilities which fosters the overall

development and growth of each student. The Residence Life Department supports this goal by creating an inclusive

environment that develops students’ academic success and personal growth by providing learning opportunities and

promoting a sense of social responsibility. Housing and Residential Life attends to the holistic development of students

through safe and inclusive living in community, intentional student programming, and by fostering students’ talents and

potential to be effective leaders and citizens.

Students with fewer than 60 earned semester hours are required to live in the residence halls; exceptions to this policy require

completion of the “Housing Exemption Form” on MyTMU (https://mytmu.thomasmore.edu/ICS/) and approval by the Dean

of Students. Only students who are full-time may live in the residence halls; however part-time students may live in the

residence halls under special circumstances with permission from the Assistant Dean of Students. Any student needing

disability accommodations for housing should contact the Office of Student Accessibility.

The Residence Life Department is administered by the Assistant Dean of Students and includes one live-in professional staff

member, the Residential Life Coordinator, as well as student staff who serve as Residence Assistants (RA) and Senior Resident

Assistants (SRA). The staff is trained to provide residents with the support necessary for a meaningful living-learning

experience. Housing and Residence Life works closely with Campus Safety to ensure a safe, secure living and learning

environment.

For more information contact 859-344-3544 or visit: http://www.thomasmore.edu/studentlife/residence_life.cfm.

CAMPUS ORGANIZATIONS AND STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Student activities and campus organizations provide opportunities for students to develop a variety of skills including

leadership, communication, and time management. Thomas More University has over 30 student organizations hosting a

variety of activities that are educational and recreational in nature. The Office of Student Affairs serves as the hub of student

life. Assistance is provided in leadership training, programming, and membership development.

28 | STUDENT LIFE

Student Government Association (SGA) serves as the official representative organization of the student body and acts as the

liaison between students and the faculty, university leaders, and Board of Trustees. In conjunction with the Office of Student

Affairs, they provide oversight to allocate the student activity fee budget; and serve as an advocate for Thomas More

University.

Student Activities Board (SAB) - is TMU’s programming body that plans cultural, social, and educational programs for the

campus community. The Student Activities Board is composed of four officers and twelve student representatives.

If you are interested in more information on specific organizations, opportunities, or campus events, please visit us online

and fill out our Interest Form: https://www.thomasmore.edu/student-life/. A staff member will respond to you personally

with more information.

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS

For a current listing of the clubs and organizations at Thomas More University, please refer to the Office of Student Life

website: https://www.thomasmore.edu/student-life/clubs-activities/ .

ATHLETICS

Thomas More University is a member of the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). Sports at Thomas More

University include intercollegiate athletics, intramural competition, and recreation. Whatever level of involvement, the

University feels strongly that physical development and athletic competition are important components in the overall

development of the individual.

INTERCOLLEGIATE TEAMS

The University holds membership in the NAIA Mid-South Conference and competes with some of the premier athletic

programs in the country. The men's program includes baseball, basketball, bowling, cheer, diving, football, golf, lacrosse,

rugby, soccer, tennis, cross country, track and field, volleyball, and wrestling. The women’s program includes basketball,

bowling, cheer, dance, diving, golf, soccer, softball, tennis, volleyball, lacrosse, cross country, and track and field. The athletic

program supports the concept of the student-athlete, placing priority on the student's academic progress. Academic progress

is monitored for all athletes.

INTRAMURALS/RECREATION

Team play is organized in basketball, flag football, softball, volleyball, and wallyball, while individual competition is available

in many sports. The Five Seasons Country Club, which students use on a fee waived basis, the Connor Convocation/Athletic

Center, and baseball, soccer and football fields serve the campus. Five Seasons includes 16 tennis courts (8 indoor), 4

racquetball courts, weight and exercise room, swimming pool, running track, sauna and steam rooms, hot tub and two

restaurants. These facilities provide numerous opportunities for informal, individualized recreation.

SPIRIT PROGRAMS

Thomas More University offers a variety of creative means of expressing one’s thoughts, interests, attitudes, emotions, and

ideas.

BAND: Students may join the Band program and participate in performances. Scholarships are available.

CHEERLEADING: Cheerleading and a chance to be a Tommy, our Mascot, allows students to bring a different dynamic and

energy level within a top-notch squad dedicated and committed to success. Two-time champions, our cheerleading squad

and Mascot (Tommy) perform at home football and basketball games as well as special events throughout the year.

DANCE: The Dance Team provides an opportunity for students to explore a variety of dance styles, build upon technique, and

support Thomas More University Athletics at school and community events. They too perform at both home football and

basketball games as well as special events.

STUDENT LIFE | 29

Students interested in obtaining further information about Band, Cheerleading, Dance, or the Mascot, should contact 859-

344-3536.

CHOIR, THEATRE, and CREATIVE WRITING: Other co-curricular activities such as Theatre and Choir are represented under

the academic department of Creative Media and provide additional opportunities for students to earn credit while pursuing

their passion for performance. Words, the literary art magazine featuring original drawings, photographs, poetry, and

prose submitted by Thomas More University students.

CAMPUS BOOKSTORE

The Thomas More University Bookstore, The More Store, is located in the Saint’s Center. The More Store offers apparel,

school supplies, and other everyday supplies for students. Students have the option to pick up their books in the store at the

beginning of each semester, but they must print out a shipping label and take to a UPS to return them at the end of each

semester. Visit The More Store (https://bookstore.thomasmore.edu/) for store hours and additional information.

CAMPUS SAFETY

The Office of Campus Safety is located on the first floor of the Saints Center. Thomas More strives to provide a healthy and

safe environment for our students, faculty, and staff. Officers are on duty 24/7 and always available to assist students when

needed. The Office provides escorts to cars, or around campus, is responsible for the production of Student ID’s, issues

parking permits and provides oversight of the Emergency Notification System (text message alerts) in case of emergencies.

In addition to these services, the Office liaises with the surrounding police departments of Crestview Hills, Lakeside Park and

Edgewood. For more information about any of these services, please contact 859-341-4867.

PARKING

Students may have motor vehicles on campus that are registered with the Office of Campus Safety. Parking is available in

designated areas at no charge. All vehicles must display a current parking hang tag. Parking regulations are available through

the Office of Campus Safety.

30 | ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES

To assure the quality of its offerings as well as equitable treatment of its students, Thomas More University has developed

several academic regulations. All students are held responsible for knowing and adhering to the regulations. A request for

an exemption to an academic regulation must be submitted to the Office of Academic Affairs.

2022-2023 ACADEMIC CALENDAR

The Academic Calendar is intended for informational purposes only. While this calendar presents policies as accurately as

possible at the time of publication, the University reserves the right to revise any section or part of the calendar without

notice or obligation.

FALL SESSION – 2022

Date

Day of the Week

Event

Aug 8

Monday

6-Week Session 6A Begins

Aug 13

Saturday

Weekend Classes Begin

Aug 15

Monday

Holy Day: Assumption of the Blessed Virgin Mary

Fall Full-Term Classes Begin

First 8-Week Session Begins

4-Week Session 4A Begins

Aug 19

Friday

Last Day to drop classes without record

Aug 22

Monday

Appropriate signatures required to add and/or withdraw from classes

Aug 26

Friday

Last day to add a class for full term courses

Sep 5

Monday

Labor Day – University closed

Sep 11

Sunday

4-Week Session 4A Ends

Sep 12

Monday

4-Week Session 4B Begins

Sep 16

Friday

Last day to change grading system for full term courses

Sep 18

Sunday

6-Week Session 6A Ends

Sep 19

Monday

6-Week Session 6B Begins

Oct 6-8

Thursday – Saturday

Mid-term break

No classes Oct. 6-8 for full-term classes, University closed Oct. 7

Oct 9

Sunday

4-Week Session 4B Ends

First 8-Week Session Ends

Oct 10

Monday

Mid-term grades due electronically

4-Week Session 4C Begins

8-Week Session Begins

Oct 11

Tuesday

Saints Serve (Students will undertake a service project; faculty and staff will join them in

our University’s commitment to service and community.)

(In lieu of day classes, students and faculty are expected to join service day projects.)

(Evening classes meet at regularly scheduled times.)

Oct 11-14

Tuesday – Friday

Mid-term grade access for students / First-Year advising sessions

Oct 17-21

Monday - Friday

Spring 2023 advising week for all currently enrolled students

Oct 21

Friday

Last day to withdraw with a passing grade

Oct 24-27

Monday – Thursday

Spring 2023 priority registration week

Monday, Oct. 24 – Seniors

Tuesday, Oct. 25 – Juniors

Wednesday, Oct. 26 – Sophomores

Thursday, Oct. 27 – First-Years

Oct 28

Friday

Open registration for Spring 2023

Oct 30

Sunday

6-Week Session 6B Ends

Oct 31

Monday

6-Week Session 6C Begins

Nov 1

Monday

Holly Day: All Saint’s Day (Classes in session)

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES | 31

Nov 6

Sunday

4-Week Session 4C Ends

Nov 7

Monday

4-Week Session 4D Begins

Nov 15

Tuesday

Graduation Applications for Spring 2023 due in the Registrar’s office

Nov 23-26

Wednesday- Saturday

Thanksgiving Holiday – University closed

Dec 2

Friday

Last day of classes before final exams

Dec 3

Saturday

Final Exams for Saturday classes

Dec 5-8

Monday – Thursday

Final Exams for weekday and evening classes

Dec 8

Thursday

Holy Day: Feast of the Immaculate Conception (Exams in session)

Fall semester ends for traditional courses

Dec 11

Sunday

4-Week Session 4D Ends

Second 8-Week Session Ends

6-Week Session 6C Ends

Dec 12

Monday

Final grades due electronically

Dec 15

Thursday

Fall 2022 Graduation (no ceremony)

WINTER SESSION – 2023 (Counts towards the Spring 2023 term)

Date

Day of the Week

Event

Dec 12

Monday

Winter Session Begins

Dec 25

Sunday

Holy Day: Christmas

Jan 1

Sunday

Holy Day: Solemnity of Mary, Mother of God

Jan 15

Sunday

Winter Sessions Ends

Jan 16

Monday

Martin Luther King, Jr. Day – University closed

Jan 17

Tuesday

Winter Session Final Grades Due

SPRING SESSION – 2023

Date

Day of the Week

Event

Jan 3

Tuesday

6-Week Session 6A Begins

Jan 7

Saturday

Weekend Classes Begin

Jan 9

Monday

Spring Full-Term Classes Begin

4-Week Session 4A Begins

First 8-Week Session Begins

Jan 13

Friday

Last Day to drop classes without record

Graduation Applications for Summer 2023 due in the Registrar’s office

Jan 16

Monday

Martin Luther King, Jr. Day – University closed

Jan 17

Tuesday

Appropriate signatures required to add and/or withdraw from classes

Jan 20

Friday

Last day to add a class for full term courses

Feb 5

Sunday

4-Week Session 4A Ends

Feb 6

Monday

4-Week Session 4B Begins

Feb 10

Friday

Last day to change grading system for full term courses

Feb 12

Sunday

6-Week Session 6A Ends

Feb 13

Monday

6-Week Session 6B Begins

Mar 5

Sunday

4-Week Session 4B Ends

First 8-Week Session Ends

Mar 6-11

Monday – Saturday

Mid-semester/Spring Break (No classes for traditional semester

courses)

Mar 13

Monday

Summer Registration Opens

Mid-term grades due electronically

4-Week Session 4C Begins

Second 8-Week Session Begins

Mar 13-17

Monday – Friday

Fall 20223 advising week for all currently enrolled students

Mid-term grade access

Mar 17

Friday

Last day to withdraw with a passing grade

32 | ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES

Mar 20-23

Monday – Thursday

Fall 2023 priority registration week

Monday, Mar. 20 – Seniors

Tuesday, Mar. 21 – Juniors

Wednesday, Mar. 22 – Sophomores

Thursday, Mar. 23 – First-Years

Mar 24

Friday

Open registration for Fall 2023

Mar 26

Sunday

6-Week Session 6B Ends

Mar 27

Monday

6-Week Session 6C Begins

Apr 7-10

Friday – Monday

Easter Recess – No classes for traditional semester courses Friday and

ending Monday at 5:00 PM. Evening classes meet on Monday.

University closed on Friday and Offices closed on Monday

Apr 9

Sunday

4-Week Session 4C Ends

Apr 10

Monday

4-Week Session 4D Begins

Apr 14

Friday

Graduation Applications for Fall 2023 due in the Registrar’s office

Apr 29

Saturday

Final Exams for Saturday classes

May 1

Monday

Last day of classes before final exams

May 2-5

Tuesday - Friday

Final Exams for weekday and evening classes

May 5

Friday

Spring Full-Term Semester Ends

2023-24 Catalog changes due to the Registrar’s office

May 7

Sunday

4-Week Session 4D Ends

Second 8-Week Session Ends

6-Week Session 6C Ends

May 8

Monday

Final grades due electronically

May 13

Saturday

Baccalaureate Mass, Commencement, and Spring 2023 Graduation

SUMMER SESSION – 2023

Date

Day of the Week

Event

May 8

Monday

12-Week Session Begins

6-Week Session 6A Begins

May 18

Thursday

Holy Day: Ascension of Jesus (Classes in session)

May 29

Monday

Memorial Day – University closed

Jun 18

Sunday

6-Week Session 6A Ends

Jun 19

Monday

6-Week Session 6B Begins

6-Week Session 6AS Final Grades Due

Jul 4

Monday

Independence Day Observed – University closed

Jul 30

Sunday

12-Week Session Ends

6-Week Session 6B Ends

Jul 31

Monday

12-Week Session Final Grades Due

6-Week Session 6B Final Grades Due

Aug 3

Thursday

Summer 2023 Graduation Date (no ceremony)

The University reserves the right to change these dates as deemed necessary.

REGISTRATION

Students are required to register for courses before each academic term.

Students may drop and/or add courses through the first week of classes without incurring a fee. Changing sections of courses,

changing grading system for courses, and changing from credit to audit are all treated as "drop/adds.” The student’s advisor

must approve all registration and drop/add forms before processing. The Office of Financial Aid should be consulted when

dropping a course if the student is receiving any kind of aid. If a course is dropped, the tuition may be refunded at the rate

described under withdrawals and refunds.

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES | 33

Thomas More University reserves the right to refuse a student's registration or to withdraw a student from class for cause.

Most standard courses can only be added within the first two weeks of classes. Standard classes dropped during the first

week of class are not recorded as part of the student’s academic record, but after the first week of class, drops will be

recorded with a “W” grade and students are responsible for the cost of the course based on the refund schedule. Students

may withdraw through the last day of class before final exams.

GRADE REPORTS

Official transcripts and grade reports are available online through MyTMU. Students may request an official, sealed copy of

their grade report for employer tuition reimbursement purposes. Students can order a grade report for any externally funded

tuition reimbursement free of charge using a form located in the Office of the Registrar.

TRANSCRIPTS

Transcripts are available to all current and former students of Thomas More University, and all former students of Thomas

More College and the Seminary of St. Pius X. The transcript will include all undergraduate and graduate work completed at

Thomas More University.

Transcripts can be requested online through the National Student Clearinghouse. The fee for this request is $5 per transcript

plus processing fees. In addition, transcripts can be requested in-person or by mail and the fee is $15 per transcript.

Transcript requests will not be processed if there is an outstanding balance with the University. If you have questions

regarding your student account, please contact the Office of the Bursar at 859-344-3330.

The Office of the Registrar does not produce unofficial transcripts. Currently enrolled students may access their unofficial

transcripts through MyTMU.

Transcripts and other documents received from other institutions are the property of Thomas More University and under the

control of the Office of the Registrar. Under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (FERPA), all

students have the right to view documents in their files, but the University is not required to provide copies nor allow students

to make copies.

CLASSIFICATION

Student classification is determined by the number of credit hours earned by the student prior to the opening of each new

semester, as follows:

First-Year 0-29 credit hours

Sophomore 30-59 credit hours

Junior 60-89 credit hours

Senior 90 or more credit hours

RESIDENCY POLICY

Thomas More University maintains a residency policy which requires that at least 25 percent of the credit hours required for

an undergraduate degree are earned at the University. A minimum of 30 credit hours for the bachelor's degree must be

taken at Thomas More University. The final 30 hours for a bachelor’s degree must be taken at Thomas More University or

through the Consortium. The final 30-hour requirement is waived for certain pre-professional programs such as Engineering

and Medical Laboratory Science, but students in these programs must still complete 30 credit hours at Thomas More

University. For the associate degree, the final 20 credit hours must be taken at Thomas More University. In addition, to earn

34 | ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES

a degree in a specific major, a student must complete, at Thomas More University, at least 18 of the hours required in that

major for a bachelor's degree and 9 hours for an associate degree.

Students working on a graduate degree must earn at least one-third of the credit hours required from Thomas More

University. Graduate students can transfer up to 12 semester-hour credits towards their master’s degree.

MAINTENANCE/FORFEITURE OF DEGREE STATUS

A student is bound by the academic regulations in effect at the time of initial enrollment. If a person interrupts enrollment

for one year, that person must apply for readmission. If readmitted, the academic requirements in effect at the time of re-

enrollment will apply. (Cf. also the Readmission policy under “Admissions Requirements”.)

ACADEMIC ADVISING

All students are assigned a faculty academic advisor. In their first two years of study students are also assigned a Professional

Advisor of Studies. Students are encouraged to maintain close contact with their advisors who can assist them in meeting

their changing developmental needs for advising. Although the University provides assistance in making educational, career

and personal decisions, the primary responsibility for correctly registering and completing degree requirements remains with

the individual student and students are expected to familiarize themselves with published degree requirements and

University policies.

GRADUATION APPLICATIONS

It is the responsibility of the Office of the Registrar to verify that each candidate for a degree has fulfilled all requirements for

the degree. Students are required to file a Graduation Application with the Office of the Registrar. Applications must be

received in the Office of the Registrar by April 15 for graduation in December, November 15 for graduation in May, and

January 15 for graduation in August. Applications submitted after those dates will be charged a late fee. Please consult the

Bursar or Registrar for current graduation fees.

GRADUATION CEREMONY

Thomas More University offers three official graduation dates in May, August, and December. There is, however, only one

commencement ceremony scheduled in May. Students who will have completed all degree requirements in May or August

of a given year may participate in the May commencement. Those who will complete their degree requirements for

graduation in December may participate in the commencement ceremony the following May. The diploma will be issued

only after all requirements have been met, and the date on the diploma will reflect the graduation date at which all

requirements have been completed.

Should it happen that a student has participated in a commencement ceremony before the requirements have been

completed (e.g. in the case of an August graduate) and some requirement is not met by the date of the anticipated graduation,

that student may not again participate in the ceremonies nor may the individual's name appear again in the commencement

program.

Students who, subsequent to the awarding of a given degree, earn a second major for that same degree are not entitled to

participate in the graduation ceremony again nor are they entitled to a second diploma. This regulation, however, does not

prohibit students who complete the requirements of a different degree program from either participating in the graduation

ceremony again or receiving a second diploma.

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES | 35

DESCRIPTIONS OF GRADING SYSTEMS

GENERAL PRINCIPLES CONCERNING GRADES

I. Registration and Withdrawal from courses is governed by the following principles:

a. The last day to add a course is the end of the tenth day of each semester or the equivalent for alternate

calendar scheduled courses.

b. The last day to drop a course without record is the fifth day of the first week of each semester or the

equivalent for alternate calendar scheduled courses.

c. The last day to change the grading system is the end of the fifth week of class of each semester or the

equivalent for alternate calendar scheduled courses.

d. A grade of “W” will be automatically recorded by the Registrar for courses dropped after the second week

of the semester and by the last day of classes before final exams.

e. Students who fail to withdraw by the deadline may receive a “Y” grade for failure to withdraw or their

earned grade as determined by the instructor.

f. Students are expected to determine whether they have the interest, time and/or ability to successfully

complete the course before the appropriate deadlines.

g. Exceptions to this policy will only be granted in extenuating circumstances with the approval in writing of

the instructor, the Department Chair, College Dean, and/or the Office of Academic Affairs.

II. All courses listed as requirements for a major must be taken under the Letter System unless the major department

permits otherwise. A minimum of 96 semester hours must be earned under the Letter System. All courses taken to

satisfy Core Requirements must be taken under the Letter System. When registering for any course, the student

shall indicate his/her choice of being graded under either the Letter System or the Pass/Fail System; however, during

the first five weeks of classes in the semester or the first two weeks in either summer session, the student has the

option to change from one system to the other. This time limit also applies to changes from credit to audit.

III. Incomplete grades, “I”, may be awarded at the end of a course when all but a minor portion of the course work has

been completed. Before the end of the course, the student must make arrangements with the instructor to receive

an incomplete grade and specify the remaining work to be completed with a time limit. The student must submit

the signed Incomplete Grade Request Form to the Office of the Registrar before the deadline to submit grades or

the student will automatically be assigned a failing grade. If the incomplete grade is not changed by the following

deadlines it will automatically be change to “F”: February 1 for fall semester courses, July 1 for spring semester

courses, October 1 for summer semester courses.

IV. A student who receives an “N” may have it changed upon the successful completion of the work. The deadlines for

such changes are the end of the spring semester for the fall semester N's, the end of summer semester for spring

semester N's and the end of the fall semester for summer semester N's. The instructor of the course must submit

appeals for extension of these deadlines to the Registrar in writing.

V. It is the student's responsibility to report any errors in his/her grade report to the Registrar, no later than February

1 for fall semester courses, July 1 for spring semester courses, October 1 for summer semester courses.

VI. Students who repeat a course, regardless of the grade or credit earned in the previous course, will have only the

latest attempt count in their cumulative grade point average and semester hours. All grades received must appear

on the transcript, but only the last grade received is counted. Repeated courses will remain on the transcript with a

‘repeated’ notation and cannot be used to fulfill graduation requirements. Courses with a W (withdrawal) grade are

not considered. This policy does not apply to courses allowed as repeatable as indicated in the catalog, such as

special topics or co-operative education courses. For repeatable courses all attempts are counted in the cumulative

grade point average and semester hours.

36 | ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES

GRADUATE LETTER GRADING SYSTEM

Grade

Quality Points

Explanation

4.0

Distinguished work demonstrating superior analysis, synthesis, and evaluation skills.

Completeness and complexity of thought is evident and communicated in a clear, organized,

professional manner.

B+

3.5

Work stronger than that needed for a B but not attaining the level of distinction required for

an A.

3.0

Strong work demonstrating commendable analysis, synthesis, and evaluation skills.

Completeness and complexity of thought is evident though work indicates significant but

non-critical gaps. Findings are communicated in a clear, organized, professional manner.

C+

2.5

Work demonstrating a lesser degree of completeness and complexity than required for a B,

yet rising above the level of mere adequacy needed for a C.

2.0

Adequate work demonstrating fair analysis, synthesis, and evaluation skills. Some complexity

of thought is present, but the work is flawed by critical gaps. Findings are presented in a

clear, organized, professional manner.

0.0

Work of unsatisfactory nature not worthy of professional graduate credit.

Incomplete course requirements; changes to F after a designated period.

Satisfactory progress in a course that continues beyond the usual term.

Official withdrawal.

0.0

Unofficial withdrawal. Issued when a student ceases to attend or never attended but has not

withdrawn.

UNDERGRADUATE LETTER GRADING SYSTEM

Grade

Quality Points

Explanation

A+

4.0

Mastery of Content

A-

3.667

B+

3.333

3.0

Strong Performance

B-

2.667

C+

2.333

2.0

Acceptable

C-

1.667

D+

1.333

1.0

Marginal

D-

0.667

0.0

Unacceptable

Incomplete course requirements. Automatically becomes an F if the instructor does not

submit a change of grade by the deadline for such changes. The student should not expect

that this grade will automatically be assigned.

Satisfactory progress in a course for which work normally extends beyond one semester.

Automatically becomes an F if the instructor does not submit a change of grade by the

deadline for such changes.

Automatically recorded for any course withdrawn during the second through the ninth week

of the semester.

0.0

The grade of Y (unofficial withdrawal) is used when a student has ceased to attend a course

(or never attended) but has not withdrawn officially.

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES | 37

PASS/FAIL SYSTEM

Grade

Quality Points

Explanation

Successful completion of course. P implies grade of A, B, C or D.

0.0

Failure in course

I, N,

W, Y

As indicated above

REMEDIAL GRADING SYSTEM

Remedial courses are not calculated in academic standing and do not count toward degree and graduation requirements.

However, these courses are calculated in attempted hours and are used to determine enrollment status. The only grades

issued in remedial grading are A, B, C and F.

AUDIT GRADING SYSTEM

Any course can be taken on the audit grading system. Students will coordinate with the instructor what is required in the

course. No credit is received for courses taken on the audit system, and these courses cannot be used toward determining

enrollment status.

ATTENDANCE POLICY

Class attendance is critical for success. The Attendance Policy applies to all classes.

Face-to-face classes: Students must physically attend the class where there is opportunity for direct interaction between the

instructor and students.

Online classes: Students must actively participate in the online class. Examples of active participation in online classes include

completion of tests or quizzes, discussion forums, submission/completion of assignments, and communication with the

instructor regarding the academic subject.

A. General Requirements Pertaining to Attendance

• Punctual and regular class attendance is expected of every student. Specific expectations concerning attendance

will be determined by the instructor and stated in the course syllabus.

• Attendance Reporting Periods

Classes scheduled for a full semester: The instructor will report attendance for all scheduled class meetings for the

first two weeks.

Classes scheduled for less than a full semester: The instructor will report attendance for the first scheduled class

meeting.

Students who fail to begin attendance and fail to actively participate in a course may be dropped as a “no-show”

from the course. This may affect a student’s bill, housing, and financial aid eligibility.

• After the Attendance Reporting Period, attendance issues should be reported through the Early Alert System.

Instructors may choose to monitor attendance as determined by their course syllabus.

• It is the student’s responsibility to know the specific attendance policy for each course in which he/she is enrolled

and to communicate with the course instructor regarding absences or other attendance issues.

B. Participation in University Sponsored Events

• Students representing Thomas More University in an approved athletic event, academic activity, or other University

sponsored function will be excused from class for the specific event.

38 | ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES

• Absences related to school-sanctioned events must be approved in advance by the President, the Office of Academic

Affairs, or the Dean of Students. Absences related to school sanctioned athletic events will be approved by the

Faculty Athletic Representative.

• Students who are scheduled to participate in a university sponsored function must notify their instructors in advance

of the absence and must meet individual faculty requirements regarding completing course work and/or activities

for each class missed.

• Students who fail to provide adequate notice may be counted as “absent-unexcused” for the class or classes missed

as indicated in the instructor’s syllabus.

• Activities covered under this policy will not allow a student to miss more than 10% of class time for any class in a

particular semester. Other exemptions may be granted by an individual faculty member.

OFFICIAL AND UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWALS

Official and Unofficial Withdrawals

• Students who drop a class within the add/drop period will have no record on their transcript. Students must drop

before the end of the first week. This may affect the student’s bill, housing, and financial aid eligibility.

• Student initiated withdrawals occurring after the first week of the term and before the last day of class before final

exams will be issued a “W” grade. This grade does not affect GPA but can affect satisfactory academic progress to

degree for financial aid purposes.

• Faculty use the Early Alert System to identify students with attendance or other academic issues.

• After the withdrawal deadline, faculty have the option to assign one of the following grades:

o Earned letter grade

o “Y”, student ceased attending and failed to officially withdraw by the deadline

• There is no appeal process.

Medical and Compassionate Withdrawal

Students who withdraw from one or more of their courses in a semester and receive a “W” on their academic record will be

billed and remain financially responsible for any and all payment(s) due to the University.

Requests for medical and compassionate consideration may be submitted up to two weeks after the semester ends to the

Dean of Students and should be based on a record of complete withdrawal in the semester or term. Information regarding

medical or compassionate considerations require thorough and credible documentation.

ACADEMIC STATUS POLICY – UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS

Students are expected to maintain Good Academic Standing to progress toward degree completion.

A student's Grade Point Average (GPA) is computed by dividing quality points by quality hours. Grades of AU, I, N, P, and W

and remedial grades are disregarded in the computation of averages. The records of students are reviewed as they stand at

the end of any given semester.

Students who do not maintain Good Academic Standing will be placed on, removed from, or continued on Academic

Probation, Suspension or Dismissal at the end of any given semester. Any student with “I” (incomplete) grades at the end of

the semester will be re-evaluated after the deadline to change such grades has passed (see grading policies). Students can

be placed on or removed from probation at that time.

I. Good Standing

Students who maintain a 2.0 cumulative GPA at the conclusion of each semester are in Good Academic Standing.

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES | 39

II. Academic Warning

A student who falls below a 2.0 cumulative GPA at the conclusion of their first semester at Thomas More

University will receive a letter of Academic Warning from the Office of Academic Affairs.

III. Academic Probation

Students who do not meet the cumulative GPA of 2.0 required for Good Standing for a second time at the

conclusion of a semester will be placed on Academic Probation for the next semester.

At the end of the Academic Probationary semester, students will be removed from probation if their semester

and cumulative GPA is 2.0 or above.

If the student’s cumulative GPA remains below 2.0, but the semester GPA is 2.0 or above, the student will

continue on Academic Probation.

Any student who continues to attain a semester GPA of 2.0 but does not achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.0 at the

end of the conclusion of a semester will continue on Academic Probation up to a maximum of four semesters.

Continued Academic Probation is cleared, and the student achieves Good Academic Standing when the

cumulative GPA is 2.0 or above.

Students on Academic Probation may be limited to a maximum of 13 credits in the semester.

Students will also be held to the following:

i. limitation on serving as officers or committee members in any campus organization;

ii. restrictions on publicly representing the University (e.g., in athletic or other intercollegiate

competition, in dramatic productions, etc.).

IV. Academic Suspension

At the end of any Academic Probation semester, if the student’s cumulative and semester GPAs remain below

2.0, they will be suspended.

Students placed on academic suspension may appeal to the Office of Academic Affairs for immediate

reinstatement if they believe extenuating circumstances contributed to their poor academic performance. If

such circumstances do not exist or if the appeal for immediate reinstatement is denied, they may be considered

for reinstatement after the lapse of one semester or session upon appeal to and approval of the Office of

Academic Affairs. Reinstatement, however, is not automatic. Students must present convincing evidence of a

change in circumstances or conditions that support their request for reinstatement. The academic status for

reinstated students is Academic Probation.

V. Dismissal

Students who do not meet the cumulative minimum GPA of 2.0 required for Good Academic Standing for a

fourth time at the conclusion of a semester or term will be dismissed from the University.

If a student's academic performance leads to a second suspension, dismissal is automatic. The period of

academic dismissal continues for at least three calendar years and is considered a permanent action, although

substantive appeals for reinstatement can be considered after the full dismissal time has expired.

40 | ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES

VI. "Fresh Start"

The "Fresh Start" policy is a provision which allows a student returning to Thomas More University that has

remained out of any college or university for three or more calendar years to void a portion of the work done

prior to readmission. A student who meets the time-eligibility requirement above and who wishes to take

advantage of this option may do so by:

a. applying to the Admissions Committee for readmission to the University;

b. taking at least 12 more semester hours on the letter grading system;

c. earning at least a 2.0 GPA in the courses taken since readmission to the University, with passing grades in

each course; and

d. submitting the "Fresh Start" request to the Registrar as soon as possible after taking 12 more hours on the

letter grading system, but in no case later than six months before the intended date of graduation.

After the "Fresh Start" is granted, all courses remain on the permanent record. Only those courses that were

not voided by the "Fresh Start" will apply toward the minimum 120 credit hours graduation requirement, and

only those same courses will be included in the grade point average.

ACADEMIC STATUS POLICY – GRADUATE STUDENTS

Students are expected to maintain Good Academic Standing to progress toward degree completion.

A student's Grade Point Average (GPA) is computed by dividing quality points by quality hours. The records of students are

reviewed as they stand at the end of any given semester.

Students who do not maintain Good Academic Standing will be removed from the program. Any student with “I” (incomplete)

or “N” (in progress) grades at the end of the semester will be re-evaluated after the deadline to change such grades has

passed (see grading policies).

I. Good Standing

Students who maintain a 3.0 cumulative GPA at the conclusion of each semester are in Good Academic Standing.

II. Academic Suspension

Students who do not meet the cumulative minimum GPA of 3.0 after the conclusion of a term or semester are

withdrawn from the program.

Appeals for reinstatement must be submitted within one semester from the date of withdrawal to the Graduate

Council. Students who do not appeal and want to return in a later semester must reapply for admission to the

program.

ACADEMIC HONESTY - Pick up here Next week

Academic dishonesty (which includes plagiarism and cheating) is a form of theft. It is inconsistent with the moral character

expected of students in a university committed to the spiritual and intellectual growth of the whole person. It also subverts

the academic process by distorting all measurement. It is a serious matter and will be dealt with accordingly.

I. Sanctions

a. For the first offense (administered by the instructor or Dean):

Minimum penalty: Grade of 0 or F for the examination, quiz or paper affected without opportunity to make

it up.

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES | 41

Maximum penalty: Grade of F for the course affected and academic probation as determined by the Office

of Academic Affairs.

b. For all subsequent offenses (administered by the Office of Academic Affairs):

Minimum penalty: Grade of F for the course and possible academic probation or suspension.

Maximum penalty: Academic dismissal from the University with loss of all credit for the semester, without

opportunity to reapply.

II. Procedures

a. An instructor who has evidence that a student has committed an offense against the University’s Policy on

Academic Honesty may confront the student with the allegation in a confidential and private interview

within 48 hours of having detected the alleged offense. The instructor will, at that time, describe the

circumstances of the allegation, remind the student of the University Policy on Academic Honesty, and allow

the student to state his/her response to the allegation. If the student admits to having committed the

offense, the professor will apprise the student of the sanction to be imposed. A record of the offense, a

statement of the admission and the sanction will be recorded on the Academic Violation Form. The

instructor and the student will sign the form. A copy of the form will be given to the student and a copy

will be submitted by the instructor to the Office of Academic Affairs. The instructor shall impose the

sanction. A record of the event will become a part of the student's record in the Office of the Office of

Academic Affairs. If there is an earlier violation on file in the Office of Academic Affairs, the Office will

impose a sanction as stipulated in Section I. No allegation of academic dishonesty may be made after the

degree being pursued has been conferred.

b. If the student does not agree, or if the student refuses to meet with the instructor, or after admitting the

allegation refuses to sign the University’s Academic Violation Form, the instructor will present the

accusation and supporting documentation in writing to the College Dean. The Dean will forward a copy of

the accusation to the student, examine the evidence, and will confer with the student. After reviewing the

evidence, the Dean will apprise the student of his/her judgement, including the sanction. The student will

acknowledge in writing that he/she understands (and, if appropriate, accepts) the Dean’s judgment. The

Dean will inform the instructor, the sanction will be imposed and all documentation in the case will be made

a part of the student's record while he/she is at the University.

c. The student has five days to appeal the judgement of the Dean. Appeals must be submitted in writing to

the Office of Academic Affairs. If the student neglects to submit the written request for appeal under the

prescribed conditions, the judgment of the Dean will prevail, and the sanction will be imposed. After

receiving an appeal, a hearing committee will be formed.

d. Composition of the Hearing Committee: i. The Hearing Committee consists of two (2) faculty members and

two (2) students. Each represents a different department from that directly involved in the appeal. The

Student Government will select the students upon request and the Faculty Coordinating Committee will

provide the faculty upon request. ii. A third faculty member from a related department, such as another

department in the same division or a similar discipline, serves as an ad hoc appeal board member at the

request of the Provost and votes only if one of the two other faculty members is not in attendance. iii. The

Provost chairs the meeting, may ask questions, or supply requested information, but does not vote.

e. The hearing panel or hearing agent will notify the student of the date, time and location of the hearing.

Prior to the hearing the student may forward to the hearing panel or agent a written statement concerning

the alleged offense. The hearing panel or agent will notify the instructor of the date, time and location the

hearing. The instructor may choose to submit a written statement of his/her allegation along with any

appropriate documentation prior to the hearing. The hearing panel or agent may call to the hearing any

person(s) directly concerned with the allegation. During the hearing, the student will be given every

consideration and opportunity to be heard. A complete and verbatim record of the hearing will be kept.

The hearing panel or agent will take a reasonable period to deliberate. All matters pertaining to the hearing

will be kept strictly confidential. Written notification of the decision and sanction imposed by the hearing

42 | ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES

panel or agent will terminate the appeal process. The record of the hearing and all supporting

documentation will be made a part of the student's record while he/she attends the University and for

three (3) years after the last semester of attendance. If at any point in the process the student has been

cleared of the charges, all records pertaining to the incident will be destroyed. At every stage in the process,

the student will have a right to submit in writing his/her statements regarding the events.

ACADEMIC EVALUATION APPEAL PROCESS

Students who consider themselves the victims of unfair evaluation may appeal the grade in the following manner:

1. The student tries to clarify the matter by conference with the course instructor.

2. If still dissatisfied after the conference, the student consults with the Chairperson of the Department in which the

grade was given.

3. If the issue is still unresolved, the student consults with the Dean of the College, who will confer with the instructor.

4. If the disagreement persists, the Dean of the College convenes the Appeal Board.

a. Upon receipt of a formal written request for the student or instructor, the Appeal Board hears the appeal.

i. The appeal of a particular grade can be made only once by a student.

ii. The deadline for the formal written request is the time limit for making a grade change under

University policy (February 1 for the Fall semester, July 1 for the Spring semester and October 1

for the Summer Sessions).

b. Composition of the Appeal Board:

i. The Appeal Board consists of two (2) faculty members and two (2) students. Each represents a

different department from that directly involved in the appeal. The Student Government will

select the students upon request and the Faculty Coordinating Committee will provide the faculty

upon request.

ii. A third faculty member from a related department, such as another department in the same

division or a similar discipline, serves as an ad hoc appeal board member at the request of the

Dean and votes only if one of the two other faculty members is not in attendance.

iii. The Dean chairs the meeting, may ask questions, or supply requested information, but does not

vote.

c. Grade Appeal Hearing Process

After introductory remarks by the Chairperson, the meeting proceeds in the following order (both parties

may be present for steps i, ii, and iii):

i. Presentation by Student, including statement of facts and documentation.

ii. Presentation by Instructor/Professor, including statement of facts and documentation.

iii. Questions from Appeal Board for information and clarification.

iv. Deliberation of Appeal Board in absence of Student and Instructor/Professor.

v. Communication of Appeal Board's decision to Student and Instructor/Professor.

vi. Record of the procedure will be kept on file in the Dean of the College.

5. The Dean of the College conveys the decision of the Appeal Board within two working days. The student and

instructor will each receive a written copy of the decision with the reasons for the decision.

6. If the Appeal Board decision is unsatisfactory to either the student or the instructor, that person may appeal the

decision to the Office of Academic Affairs. The materials of the grade appeal should be supplied to the Office of

Academic Affairs by the Dean of the College upon request. The Office of Academic Affairs’ decision is final.

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES | 43

ACADEMIC HONORS

Thomas More University recognizes academic excellence in several ways, including membership in national honor societies.

Dean's Honors: At the end of the fall and spring semesters each College Dean publishes a list of Dean’s Honors students.

Students must be seeking a baccalaureate degree, have achieved a semester GPA of 3.5 or higher, and earned at least six

credit hours at Thomas More University or through the Greater Cincinnati Collegiate Connection. The list of Dean’s Honors

students is prepared for publication based on the student’s primary major and grades earned and reported to the Office of

the Registrar no later than ten days after the last day of the semester.

Graduation Honors: To be eligible for graduation honors a student must have earned a minimum of 60 credit hours while in

residence at Thomas More University. Transfer credits are not included in the minimum of 60 credit hours required for

graduation honors. The three levels of graduation honors acknowledged upon conferral of the bachelor’s degree are

determined on the basis of cumulative grade point averages as follows:

3.50 Cum laude

3.80 Magna Cum laude

3.90 Summa Cum laude

The initial determination of Graduation Honors, for the purpose of the Commencement Program, is made on the basis of the

cumulative grade point average and cumulative earned hours plus current attempted hours as it stands on April 10 of the

year of graduation. The final determination of Graduation Honors, for the purpose of the permanent academic record, is

made after grades are posted for all courses taken in fulfillment of degree requirements.

Although grades for the final semester are not figured in the cumulative standing for Commencement Program purposes,

continued high quality of achievement, attested by the faculty, is demanded.

Disciplinary Honors: Some majors allow students to pursue an Honors track in the major through additional course work in

related areas. Students are typically invited by faculty to pursue these Honors tracks within the major. Additional coursework

may include competencies such as language acquisition through study beyond the first year.

FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT (FERPA) POLICY STATEMENT

In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA) students have certain rights concerning

their education records, including the right to inspect and review their educational records, the right to request amendment

of education records they believe to be inaccurate or misleading, the right to have some control over the disclosure of

information derived from their education records, and the right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education.

Thomas More University is committed to protecting the rights of students, informing the Thomas More University community

about FERPA, and ensuring that the University handles educational records and directory information in a secure manner

consistent with Federal regulations. Thomas More University has adopted a policy statement to maintain compliance with

the FERPA, to insure the rights of students are protected, and to give guidance to faculty and staff as to the appropriate

procedure when handling student records. These guidelines are available in the Office of the Registrar.

DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this policy, Thomas More University ("the University") has used the following definitions of terms:

Student - any person who attends or has attended Thomas More University, Thomas More College, Villa Madonna College,

or the Seminary of St. Pius X.

44 | ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES

Education records - any record (in handwriting, print, tapes, diskette, film, or other medium) maintained by Thomas More

University or an agent of the University, which is directly related to a student, except:

A. A personal record kept by a staff member if it is kept in the sole possession of the maker of the record and is not

accessible or revealed to any other person except a temporary substitute for the maker of the record.

B. An employment record of an individual, whose employment is not contingent on the fact that he or she is a student,

provided the record is used only in relation to the individual's employment.

C. Records maintained by an office in the University if the records are maintained solely for law enforcement purposes,

are revealed only to law enforcement agencies of the same jurisdiction, and this University office does not have

access to education records maintained by the University.

D. Records maintained by the Health Clinic if the records are used only for treatment of a student and made available

only to those persons providing the treatment.

E. Alumni records which contain information about a student after he or she is no longer in attendance at the University

and which do not relate to the person as a student.

F. The financial statements of the student’s parents/guardians.

G. Letters and statements of recommendation for which the student has waived his or her right of access, or which

were placed in file before January 1, 1975.

H. Records connected with an application to attend Thomas More University, Thomas More College, Villa Madonna

College, or the Seminary of St. Pius X if that application was denied.

I. Those records which are excluded from the FERPA definition of education records.

Note: Education records held by Thomas More University are considered the property of the University.

Office of the Registrar - administrative office with official responsibility for the maintenance of student academic records.

The only office authorized to release official and unofficial transcripts and verifications.

RELEASE OF INFORMATION: "Directory Information" may be released for any purpose at the discretion of the University

when it is believed to be in the best interest of the student. Under the provisions of FERPA, students have the right to

withhold the disclosure of all "Directory Information" as follows: student name, address, email address, telephone number,

major field of study, dates of attendance, enrollment status, degrees, academic honors and awards received, club and athletic

participation records, and photographic, videotaped, and electronic images. The University will disclose any of these items

without prior written consent from the student, unless notified in writing by the student to the contrary. The University will

disclose only dates of attendance, enrollment status, major field of study and degrees received via telephone. Other

“Directory Information” will be disclosed by written response. If the student does not wish to have this information released

for any purpose, including the student directory, press releases, etc., the student must inform the University in writing by the

end of the second week of classes in any semester. Notification forms are available in the Office of the Registrar. If the

student's correspondence is not received in the appropriate office, the University will disclose the above information until

the next notification. Please consider very carefully the consequences of any decision to withhold "Directory Information."

Should a student decide to inform the University not to release “Directory Information,” requests for ALL “Directory

Information” from any third party will be refused.

RIGHT TO REVIEW YOUR RECORDS: Once enrolled, students have the right to review their educational records except those

excluded by law within 45 days of the day the University receives a request for access. Students should submit written

requests that identify the record(s) they wish to inspect. The University will make arrangements for access and notify the

student of the time and place where the records may be inspected.

CORRECTION OF EDUCATION RECORDS: Students have the right to ask the University to have records corrected that they

believe are inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of their privacy rights. The following are the procedures for the correction

of records:

A. A student must request, in writing, to the University official responsible for the record, to amend a record. In so

doing, the student shall identify the part of the record he/she wants changed and specify why he/she believes it is

inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of his/her privacy or other rights.

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES | 45

B. The University may comply with the request or it may decide not to comply. If it decides not to comply, the University

will notify the student of the decision and advise him/her of his/her right to a hearing to challenge the information

believed to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the student's rights.

C. Upon request, the University will arrange for a hearing, and notify the student of the date, place, and time of the

hearing.

D. The hearing will be conducted by a hearing officer who is a disinterested party; however, the hearing officer may be

an official of the institution. The student shall be afforded a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant

to the issues raised in the original request to amend the student's education records.

E. The University will prepare a written decision based solely on the evidence presented at the hearing. The decision

will include a summary of the evidence presented and the reasons for the decision.

F. If the University decides that the challenged information is not inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the student's

right of privacy, it will notify the student that he/she has a right to place in the record a statement commenting on

the challenged information.

G. The statement will be maintained as part of the student's education records as long as the contested portion is

maintained. If the University discloses the contested portion of the record, it will also disclose the statement.

H. If the University decides that the information is inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the student's right of privacy,

it will amend the record and notify the student, in writing, that the record has been amended.

REFUSAL TO PROVIDE COPIES

With an understanding that it cannot deny students access to their educational records, the following describes the

circumstances in which the University may deny students a copy of their education records if the student has an unpaid

financial obligation to the University or if there is an unresolved disciplinary action against the student.

CONFIDENTIALITY: All student records will be treated with confidentiality. University faculty and staff will have access to

student records on a "need-to-know" basis. The office responsible for any particular education record or office requesting

information for a legitimate educational interest will be responsible for ensuring that such confidentiality is maintained.

DISCLOSURE OF EDUCATION RECORDS

Disclosure of any information other than Directory Information requires a signed release, with original signature, from the

student. This may include, but is not limited to, release of grade point averages, grades, test scores, etc.

Deceased Students: The University will not permit the release of educational records of deceased students unless authorized

in writing by the executor/executrix of the deceased student's estate.

The University will disclose information from a student's education records only with the written consent of the student,

except:

A. To school officials who have a legitimate educational interest in the records. A school official is a person employed

by the University in an administrative, supervisory, academic, research, or support staff position (including law

enforcement personnel and health staff); a person or company with whom the University has contracted (such as

an attorney, auditor or collection agent); a person serving on the Boards of Trustees; or a student serving on an

official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another school official in performing

his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official is performing a task that is

specified in his or her position description or by a contract agreement, performing a task related to a student's

education, or performing a task related to the discipline of a student.

B. To certain officials of the U.S. Department of Education, The Comptroller General, and state and local educational

authorities, in connection with certain state or federally supported education programs.

C. In connection with a student's request for or receipt of financial aid, as necessary to determine the eligibility, amount

or conditions of the financial aid, or to enforce the terms and conditions of the aid.

D. If required by a state law requiring disclosure that was adopted before November 19, 1974.

46 | ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES

E. To organizations conducting certain studies for or on behalf of the University.

F. To accrediting organizations to carry out their functions.

G. To comply with a judicial order or a lawfully issued subpoena after a reasonable attempt is made to notify the

student. The University is not required to give prior notice when responding to a Federal grand jury subpoena or

other law enforcement subpoena that states the student not be informed; and that the contents of or existence of

the subpoena not be disclosed.

H. To comply with State statutes in connection with a juvenile justice system.

I. To a court when the University initiates legal action against a student and gives the student prior notice of the

intended disclosure.

J. To appropriate parties in a health or safety emergency.

Note: The University will be prohibited from permitting specific third-party access to personally identifiable student

information for a period of five years if that third party re-discloses personally identifiable student information in violation of

FERPA.

SOLOMON AMENDMENT

The Solomon Amendment mandates that institutions must fulfill military requests for student recruiting information. Federal

law defines student recruiting information as name, address, telephone number, age or date of birth, class level, academic

major, place of birth, degrees received, and most recent educational institution attended. Requests can also include

additional directory information as defined by the institution, such as email address. Students who have elected to withhold

directory information will not have their information released under the Solomon Amendment.

PARENTAL OR GUARDIAN ACCESS TO STUDENT'S EDUCATION RECORDS

The University may, at its discretion, release student educational records only under the following circumstances:

1) through the written consent of the student, i.e. academic records;

2) in compliance with a subpoena; or

3) by submission of evidence that the parents or guardians declare the student as a dependent on their most recent

Federal Income Tax form (Internal Revenue Code of 1954, Section 152), i.e., student financial account records or

notarized statement of intent to claim the student as a dependent.

RECORD OF REQUESTS FOR DISCLOSURE

The University will maintain a record of all legitimate written disclosures of a student's educational record released without

student's signature as set forth in the exceptions noted above.

ANNUAL NOTIFICATION

A. Students will be notified of their FERPA rights annually by publication in all student handbooks published by Student

Development/Dean of Students and the Digital, Graduate & Professional Programs.

B. Other notification may be made available through publication in the University Catalog, the Faculty Policy Manual,

and the Part-Time Adjunct Policy Manual. Also, handouts will be made available at all times in the Office of the

Registrar.

ACADEMIC OPTIONS | 47

ACADEMIC OPTIONS

Experiential Learning

I. Experiential Learning-Learning extends beyond the classroom at Thomas More University. Providing students with

opportunities for experiential learning that connects classroom content to the real world is vital for delivering a

comprehensive liberal arts learning experience. Recognizing this, all traditional undergraduate students, as part of

the requirements for any baccalaureate degree, will complete an experiential learning component to the satisfaction

of the student’s department of major study. Detailed categories are explained in the subsections below. See major

requirements and courses of instruction for additional information about the major’s experiential learning offerings.

Requirements for all Experiential Learning options:

• Department approval. The department chair from the student’s department of major must approve experiential

learning components. The chosen experiential learning component will allow students to enhance their learning by

applying academic coursework to life experiences, potentially in their field of study.

• Student Learning Outcomes. All Experiential Learning options require documented learning outcomes that connect

the student’s curriculum to the experiential learning activities. In addition, students must reflect on the meaning of

the experience as it relates to their understanding of the University’s mission statement and on how they will

integrate their experience into future coursework or their career. Thomas More University faculty will oversee all

academic components.

• Course credits. Up to 12 credit hours may be earned through experiential learning, excluding those credit hours

required for specific programs (e.g., Nursing and Education). At least 1 credit hour of Experiential Learning is

necessary to meet the experiential learning graduation requirement.

A. Contracted Experiential Learning: The objective of contracted experiential learning is to provide

opportunities for students to enrich their education through learning experiences beyond the course

offerings of the University, to acquaint themselves with means for extending the learning process past

their formal training and into the world, and to allow flexibility in their approach. Students will work with

faculty to establish individual learning outcomes as indicated above. See the course description for EXP

200 for additional information.

B. Apprenticeship: Students have an opportunity to work under and learn skills from an experienced

professional in the field who will act as a mentor. Students must complete 45 work hours throughout the

semester per credit hour. Students will work with faculty to establish individual learning outcomes as

indicated above.

C. Clinical Education: Students complete hands-on experience directly tied to their area of study under the

supervision of a credentialed practitioner. Credit is granted for academic courses as listed in the catalog

under specific academic departments. Students will work with faculty to establish individual learning

outcomes as indicated above.

D. Community Service: Community service allows students to obtain experiences in non-profit organizations

within the community. Students will work under the supervision of a faculty member, who will establish

relevant service experiences and a connection with classroom content. Students must complete a

minimum of 45 service hours through the semester per one credit hour. Service hours include field work

or other direct contact with the community partner. Additional time such as library research, off-site

meetings, and assignments will be required by the faculty member. Students will work with faculty to

establish individual learning outcomes as indicated above. See the course description for EXP 200 for

additional information.

48 | ACADEMIC OPTIONS

E. Cooperative Education: Cooperative education (Co-op) is a learning process which integrates classroom

theory with paid practical work experience. Students must maintain at least a 2.5 GPA and have

completed 30 credit hours of classwork to be eligible for participation in the Co-op Program. First-Year

students who have completed 15 credit hours with a GPA of 3.5 or higher are eligible to do a co-op.

Academic departments may have additional requirements. One to three credit hours per work semester

may be earned. Students must complete a minimum of 45 work hours throughout the semester per credit

hour.

Students work either part-time for consecutive semesters while continuing full-time study (parallel model)

or work full-time with alternating semesters of full-time study (alternating model). Students working the

alternating model are considered full-time, although they need not be enrolled in 12 credit hours during

work semesters. (NOTE: To comply with NCAA and certain Financial Aid regulations, students need to be

registered for six credit hours per alternating work term.)

Students are expected to work a minimum of two work terms and maintain a 2.5 or better GPA.

Employment approval by both the Director of Experiential Learning and the student’s department of

major is required for participation in the program. Employment assistance is provided, but co-op jobs are

not guaranteed. A faculty member monitors student progress via supervisor evaluations and site visits.

These measures enable faculty to determine if the student’s learning objectives are being fulfilled. By

completing the required academic assignment, students may earn one to three credit hours per semester

for participation in the Co-op Program. The appropriate course number will be assigned when a

placement is made. Students will work with faculty to establish individual learning outcomes as indicated

above. Refer to the Courses of Instruction section of this Catalogue for specific course numbers.

F. Internships: An internship mirrors a co-op in that students work for business, industry, government, or

non-profit organizations to gain career-related work experience. The differences are that internships may

be paid or unpaid, students may work one (or more) semester, and work hours range from 9 to 20 per

week (or 40 hours per week during the summer or for some special programs; see department

requirements for details). Students must complete 45 work hours throughout the semester per credit

hour. Students work through their academic departments to arrange credit for internship experiences.

Students will work with faculty to establish individual learning outcomes as indicated above. Eligibility

requirements and course requirements may vary between disciplines; see the respective course

description and department for details.

G. Research: Students perform research under the supervision of TMU faculty or an off-campus supervisor.

The purpose is to provide additional learning experiences by means of a structured project and by

expanding the student’s exposure to a particular field. Students will work with faculty to establish

individual learning outcomes as indicated above.

H. Service Learning: Through service learning, students bolster their formal academic learning while serving

the community. Relative to traditional academic classes there are three additional components involved

in service learning: planning and preparing for a service placement with the associated faculty member,

hands-on experience working in a community non-profit organization, and reflection on one’s experience

through discussion, writing and further research. Students further develop a sense of agency and

community involvement, gain practical work experience, learn to directly apply class learning, realize a

deeper understanding of social issues, and are emotionally and intellectually challenged. Students will

work with faculty to establish individual learning outcomes as indicated above.

Service Learning is offered as part of the academic curriculum and can be completed in two ways:

1. Many service learning courses are housed within academic departments. For these courses, 45 field-

work hours are required. At the discretion of the instructor, some courses may include in these hours

skill development related to the service.

2. GEC 206, a 1-3 credit service learning course, is offered under the supervision of a faculty member as

another way to fulfill service learning. To earn service learning credit through GEC 206, students must

ACADEMIC OPTIONS | 49

complete a minimum of 45 service hours throughout the semester (additional credit is determined by

department). Service hours include field work or other direct contact with the community partner.

Additional time such as library research, off-site meetings, and assignments will be required by the

faculty member. See the course description for GEC 206 for additional information.

I. Student Teaching: Student candidates put into practice the knowledge and skills they have developed in

the preparation program. Student teaching involves on-site experience in a partner school and includes

candidate reflection on their teaching experience. Students will work with faculty to establish individual

learning outcomes as indicated above. Credit is granted for academic courses as listed in the catalog

under specific academic departments.

J. Study Abroad: Through study abroad experiences, students are introduced to new cultures and

challenged to navigate unfamiliar situations as they are molded into global citizens. In addition, they

further develop an appreciation and understanding for cultural differences, foreign languages, foreign

policies, and global trends. Students will work with faculty to establish individual learning outcomes as

indicated above. Interested students will be directed to the appropriate individual(s) to obtain specific

details and requirements depending upon the program chosen. See International Studies in the Courses of

Instruction section and the Academic Options section of the course catalog for more information.

Study abroad as part of the experiential learning requirement can be completed in 3 ways with

preapproval by the student’s academic major department:

1. Students may choose to enroll in a study abroad course through TMU.

a. Students may enroll and participate in a program that is guided by a faculty member

and that combines an intensive study abroad experience with directed study activities

preceding and/or following a travel portion of the program.

b. Or students may enroll in courses offered through the Cooperative Center for Study

Abroad (CCSA) or Kentucky Institute for International Studies (KIIS).

2. Students may choose to apply and study at one of TMU’s partner institutions (see International

Studies in the Courses of Instruction section of the catalog for list of all partner institutions), or

students may seek out other institutions and apply for admissions, working ahead of time with

TMU to ensure that credit taken abroad will transfer back to TMU.

Students may seek study abroad placement through independent study abroad agencies and

organizations.

II. Greater Cincinnati Collegiate Connection: To provide curriculum enrichment and to expand the number and

variety of educational opportunities available to its students, Thomas More University is a member of the

Greater Cincinnati Collegiate Connection (GC3), which includes a number of regionally accredited institutions

throughout the Greater Cincinnati Area. Please see the Office of the Registrar for a current list of member

institutions.

Students from the participating institutions are permitted to enroll in a course or courses offered by a GC3

college or university on a space available basis. Tuition payments for the courses are made to the home

institution at the home institution's rate, and the host institution collects special fees for the courses. Grades

earned for courses taken through the GC3 program will be used in the calculation of the Thomas More University

G.P.A.

Students must be in good academic standing to participate in the GC3. All full-time and half-time degree seeking

students are eligible to earn a maximum of half their semester or quarter hours at GC3 schools with a limit of

up to two (2) courses or six (6) semester hours in any given term. Summer status is determined by the student’s

credit hour load the previous semester. Students are responsible for ensuring they have taken the necessary

prerequisites for a consortium course and for ensuring that the course taken will fulfill the desired requirement.

The course also must be unavailable at Thomas More University. Students may take 16 credit hours through

50 | ACADEMIC OPTIONS

the GC3 over the course of their undergraduate program. See section on residency for additional policies.

Further explanation of rules and procedures are available in the Office of the Registrar.

III. Military Science (ROTC): The Department of the Army at Xavier University, Cincinnati, Ohio, in cooperation with

Thomas More University, provides the opportunity for any qualified student to enroll in the Army's Military

Science commissioning program.

Military Science classes are presented on the Xavier University campus. These courses are taken through the

Consortium. Upon graduation and successful completion of the Military Science program, students will be

commissioned as Second Lieutenants in the United States Army. No obligation for military service is incurred

during the first two years of the program.

For further information about the curriculum and professional development requirements, contact the Military

Science Department at Xavier University, Cincinnati, Ohio, by telephone at (513) 745-3646.

• Student Advising: Students enrolled in a Military Science program will have two advisors: a Military Science

advisor and an academic advisor. The Military Science advisor will advise students only on matters concerning

the military science program. Students must consult with their academic advisor on all questions concerning

course and graduation requirements in their academic field of study.

• Academic Correlation: Certain bachelor's degree programs correlate directly with certain branches of the

Army. Among those are Nursing and the Army Nurse Branch. Students whose career plans are in such a

professional area should consult a Military Science advisor.

• Advanced Placement: Students may qualify for direct enrollment in the advanced course when awarded

placement credit for the basic course by the Military Science Chairperson.

• Financial Assistance: There are currently two- and three-year scholarships available to Military Science

Students. All are competitive and awarded on a best-qualified basis.

A similar program exists in conjunction with the Air Force ROTC at the University of Cincinnati. For additional

information call (513) 556-2237, or write to AFROTC Dept. 665, University of Cincinnati, 2535 Dennis Street,

Cincinnati OH 45221-0042.

IV. Cooperative Center for Study Abroad (CCSA) and Kentucky Institute for International Studies (KIIS):

CCSA and KIIS are higher education consortium of colleges and universities offering study abroad programs.

Full-time or part-time students in good academic standing at Thomas More University are eligible to participate

in any CCSA or KIIS program. Contact the Office of Academic Affairs for information on various programs

available for Thomas More University credit.

V. Credit by Examination: Advanced Placement with credit will be given to high school graduates who have

received the minimum score required by Thomas More University on one or more of the Advanced Placement

Examinations of the College Entrance Examination Board.

Thomas More University recognizes the General and Subject Examinations of the College Level Examination

Program (CLEP) of the College Entrance Examination Board and Dantes Standardized Subject Tests (DSST) for

the award of credit. A posting and processing fee is applicable to all students including those who submit scores

of CLEP taken elsewhere while enrolled as students at Thomas More University.

Credit by examination cannot be awarded for a lower level course in a discipline than one for which the student

has already earned credit. A student may also not earn credit by examination for a course if they have earned

credit for a course with similar content. If the credit is transferred to meet a major requirement, the department

may require supplemental learning to meet the Thomas More University equivalency.

The University also recognizes the Proficiency Examination Program (PEP) of the American College Testing

service for the award of credit.

Additional information on all credit by examination is available in the Office of the Registrar.

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

| 51

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Students must complete the specific academic requirements as listed in this catalog in order to earn a degree.

I. NON–CURRICULAR REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL BACHELOR AND ASSOCIATE DEGREES

Students must fulfill the following additional requirements to earn a degree from Thomas More University. Students will not

receive a diploma or transcript from the University until the following requirements and obligations are met.

A. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 is required for all students. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 is also required in the

student's major(s).

B. All core requirements must be taken under the Letter Grading System. All courses listed as requirements for one’s

major(s) must be taken under the Letter Grading System unless the major department permits otherwise. A

minimum of 96 semester hours must be earned under the Letter Grading System for the bachelor’s degree, and 48

semester hours for the associate degree.

C. To assist the University’s efforts in maintaining the quality of its academic programs, students are required to

participate in all assigned assessment activities. Core assessment will occur in individual courses or through

scheduled assessment activities. Students will be notified of their required participation. Students who expect to

graduate at any specific graduation date should ascertain from a faculty advisor in their major field(s) what

assessment activities are required to complete the major requirements.

D. Students must fill out the Application for Graduation, obtain approval, and submit to the Office of the Registrar by

the appropriate deadlines. See section on Graduation Applications.

E. In addition to the academic and non-curricular requirements for all degrees, students must satisfy all financial

obligations to the University before receiving their transcript and diploma.

II. CURRICULAR REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES AS LISTED ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES:

52 | UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

BACHELOR OF ARTS, BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE AND

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING

Thomas More University offers nearly thirty (30) undergraduate majors for attaining the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine

Arts, and Bachelor of Science degrees. Courses are offered in sixteen-week semesters that may include some condensed

eight-week and four-week terms. Students complete a comprehensive Core Curriculum, all requirements for the major they

choose, and elective courses totaling a minimum of one hundred and twenty (120) credits to attain their undergraduate

degrees.

Students majoring in Medical Laboratory Science, the RN to BSN program, and accelerated online degrees complete a

modified Core Curriculum specific to these programs.

In exceptional circumstances, individual students in the traditional BA or BS degrees may be advised by Faculty Advisors to

undertake a, Abridged Core Curriculum consisting of thirty-four (34) credits. This choice must be approved by the Dean of

the College.

Students pursuing this course of study must first have been directed to do so by their faculty advisor, gain their advisor’s

approval, declare their intention to pursue this program of study, and submit their intent with a signed approval by their

Faculty Advisor and College Dean to the Office of the Registrar. Students in this program must complete all requirements

for a major offered by the University, the Abridged Core Curriculum, and elective courses totaling a minimum of one

hundred and twenty (120) credits to attain their degree to receive their Bachelor’s degree. The degree may be completed

through a combination of traditional or accelerated formats and a combination of courses in online, hybrid, and in-person

instruction.

BACHELOR OF ARTS, INDIVIDUALIZED STUDIES

Thomas More offers a BA in Individualized Studies to students who wish to be broadly prepared in a variety of disciplines

and do not wish to specialize in a single discipline. Students work with their Professional Advisor of Studies and/or a Faculty

Advisor to design an individualized course of study that integrates their interests and abilities with career goals. The BA in

Individualized Studies may be completed through courses in traditional or accelerated formats and through a combination

of courses in online, hybrid, or in-person instruction. Students must complete course work totaling a minimum of one

hundred and twenty (120) credits to attain the degree.

BACHELOR OF ARTS, INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

Thomas More University offers a BA in Interdisciplinary Studies for students who wish to make cross-disciplinary

connections across several disciplines. This is a structured degree and Advisors will guide students through the array of

courses which count towards the degree. The BA in Interdisciplinary Studies may be completed through courses in

traditional or accelerated formats and through a combination of courses in online, hybrid, or in-person instruction. Students

must complete course work totaling a minimum of one hundred and twenty (120) credits to attain the degree.

ACCELERATED UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES

Thomas More also offers a few majors in accelerated formats to facilitate degree completion by working adults and

returning learners who may have already attained some college credits. Undergraduate degree-completion majors include

Business Administration (BBA), Organizational Management and Ethical Leadership (BA), Psychology (BA), and Nursing (RN-

BSN).

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

| 53

These degrees are delivered in accelerated formats and are designed for adult or returning students who build upon their

professional experiences in pursuing their educational goals. Eligible students who are admitted to these programs must

satisfactorily complete a minimum of one hundred and twenty (120) credit hours, including the Abridged Core Curriculum,

requirements for the major, and other specified co-curricular requirements (such as clinical placements or co-ops and

internships).

I. Comprehensive Core Requirements for B.A., B.F.A., B.S., and B.S.N. degrees:

Core Area

Required Credit Hours

First Year Seminar:

FYS 150

Experiential Learning

English:

ENG 150, Literature and English 200 or higher level, see English department listing

Communication:

See Communication department listing, (not required of all majors)

Fine Arts:

See department listings for Art, Dance, English, Music, Theatre; (not required of all majors)

5-6

Foreign Language:

See department listings for French, German, Latin, and Spanish, (not required of all majors)

3-6

History:

See History department listing, (Education majors require specific history course)

Mathematics:

Any course numbered 121 or higher; see Mathematics department listing

Natural Science:

Two courses, each one from a different department (Biology, Chemistry or Physics);

one course must have a laboratory component; see science department listings

6-7

Philosophy:

See Philosophy department listing

Social Science:

See department listings for Economics, Law, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology

Theology:

One course in Sacred Scripture; one course in Systematic Theology; see Theology department

listing

Senior Theology:

THE 425 Social Issues (note required of all majors)

TOTAL CORE CREDITS

57-62

*See major requirements listing for more information

II. Major and Supporting Courses

Students must fulfill all requirements for a major as determined by at least one department. Many students have the

opportunity to fulfill the requirements for two majors. The University encourages the student to identify his/her major(s) as

soon as possible in order to permit completion in the normal period of time. An approved student initiated major which is

multidisciplinary and includes a minimum of 36 semester hours earned in courses from several departments may be

substituted for a major with the approval of the Office of Academic Affairs.

III. Experiential Learning

Learning extends beyond the classroom at Thomas More University. Providing students with opportunities for experiential

learning in order to connect classroom content to the world is vital for delivering a comprehensive liberal arts learning

54 | UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

experience. Recognizing this, all undergraduate students, as part of the requirements for any Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of

Science, or Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree, will complete an experiential learning component to the satisfaction of the

student’s department of major study. Detailed categories are explained in the section on Academic Options. See major

requirements and courses of instruction for additional information about the major’s experiential learning offerings.

IV. First Year Experience Students

All first time first-year students who have been out of high school less than five years and have transferred no more than

eleven credit hours from another accredited institution to Thomas More University are enrolled in the First Year Experience

as one of their academic courses during their first semester. First Year Experience provides a very effective method for

introducing the student to university level learning. Research and study methods as well as time management and university

adjustment are part of every course. Students in the course are offered a full program of diverse lectures and activities on

campus to enrich their university experiences during the crucial first semester.

Abridged Core Requirements for B.A., BBA, B.S., and BSN (RN to BSN) Degrees:

Core Area

Required Credit Hours

English:

ENG 150, Literature and English 200 or higher level, see English department listing

Communication:

See Communication department listing

Fine Arts:

See department listings for Art, Dance, English, Music, Theatre

2-3

History:

See History department listing

Mathematics:

Any course numbered 121 or higher; see Mathematics department listing

Natural Science:

One course from Biology, Chemistry or Physics (lab optional); see science department listings

3-4

Philosophy:

See Philosophy department listing

Social Science:

See department listings for Economics, Law, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology

Theology:

See Theology department listing

TOTAL CORE CREDITS

32-34

*Transcript notations will denote that student completed an Abridged Core.

II. Majors

Students may earn one or more selected majors by fulfilling departmental and University requirements for the majors they

choose. If no major is declared, students should work with an advisor to develop an individualized program which includes

specific courses that are in harmony with their interests, abilities, and career goals. Students are encouraged to declare their

intention to pursue an Individualized Studies program within the first thirty hours of being admitted or readmitted to the

University.

| 55

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS, MANAGEMENT

Thomas More University also offers the AA consisting of twenty-four (24) credits in the core and twenty-one (21) credits in

the major. Students pursuing this course of study are accepted into the accelerated program. Students in this program of

study must complete all requirements for a major offered by the University, the Associate of Arts Core Curriculum, and

elective courses totaling a minimum of sixty (60) credits to attain their degree.

I. Core Requirements for A.A. Degree:

Core Area

Required Credit Hours

English:

ENG 150 Literature, Writing and Research

Communication:

See Communication department listing

History:

See History department listing

Natural Science:

One course from Biology, Chemistry or Physics (lab optional); see science department listings

3-4

Philosophy or Theology:

See the department listings for Philosophy and Theology

Social Science:

See department listings for Economics, Law, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology

Theology:

See Theology department listing

TOTAL CORE CREDITS

24-25

II. Major and Supporting Courses

The student must fulfill all requirements for the associate major as determined by a department.

56 |

ACCOUNTANCY

The mission of the baccalaureate program in accountancy is to prepare students for accounting and related careers by providing

them with the knowledge and skills necessary for professional success.

The goal of the Department of Accountancy is to provide students with a broadly oriented education with special attention

devoted to the functions, theory, and practice of accounting as related to contemporary society. As such, the accountancy

curriculum prepares students for positions in public accounting, industry, the government, and the not-for-profit sector. The

curriculum meets the course requirements in accountancy and business administration recommended by professional

organizations and mandated by many State Boards of Accountancy. The baccalaureate program is fully accredited by the ACBSP,

The Accreditation Council for Business Schools and Programs.

The Accountancy Department has several flexible educational options available for students planning to sit for the Uniform CPA

Examination. These options include: entering Thomas More University’s MBA program upon receipt of the undergraduate

accounting degree; selecting an additional undergraduate major field of study; pursuing one or more minors and/or associate’s

degrees; or choosing a variety of elective courses tailored to specific career goals. Students should consult with their advisor

early in the program to determine the plan of study best suited to their needs. The Department also actively supports the CMA,

CIA, and other professional certifications. Interested students should contact their advisor for additional information. The

Accountancy Department encourages all accountancy majors to participate in the Co-op Program to gain valuable practical

experience prior to graduation.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN ACCOUNTANCY

• Accountancy (36 hours): ACC 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 302, 311, 312, 401, 402, 420, 422 (ACC 101, 102 should be taken

in the First-Year)

• Business Administration (21 hours): BUA 291, 292, 301, 302, 311, 321, 341

• Economics (3 hours): ECO 105

• Mathematics (7 hours): MAT 143 and statistics (BUA 249 or MAT 205 recommended)

• Psychology (3 hours): PSY 105

• Philosophy (3 hours): PHI 217: Business Ethics

• Computer Literacy (3 hours): CIS 111 or equivalent

• Experiential Learning: CED 310, ACC 311 with GEC 206, or BUA 270 with GEC 206

OPTIONAL

• 4+1 MBA Concentration (15 credit hours): Students must apply in the spring of their Sophomore year. See the

requirements in the Graduate Programs section.

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN ACCOUNTANCY

• Accountancy (18 hours): ACC 101, 102, 201, 202; 6 hours of ACC electives at the 300-level or above

• Economics (3 hours): ECO 105

ART

The Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art will provide students the opportunity for additional work in studio classes and to develop a

professional portfolio. This degree is suited for students who intend on a career in a professional art field, or a field that demands

a specific skill. The program will also provide students with the portfolio work required for graduate students in studio art (the

MFA).

| 57

The bachelor's degree in Art provides a program that leads toward the development of artistic awareness, aesthetic judgment,

critical analysis, technical competence and artistic quality. The broad based program prepares students for immediate goals in

studio art, art education or graphic design, and a long term goal of continuing personal and creative growth.

The Art Department embraces the following objectives:

1) to develop visual as well as spoken and written communication skills;

2) to develop a capacity for critical thinking, imagination and innovation;

3) to instill a sense of personal and social responsibility;

4) to develop competence in the student's preferred field of emphasis;

5) to familiarize the student with the major achievements in the history of art, including the works

and intentions of leading artists in the past and present; and

6) to assist the student in achieving greater understanding of the creative process.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE OF FINE ARTS MAJOR IN ART

• Foundation and Capstone Courses (29 hours): ART 116, 117, 138, 219, 224, 234, 238, 248, 480, 481, 482

• Art History (12 hours): ART 251, 252, 353, 3 hours Art History elective

• Experiential Learning: ART 248

• Concentration – 18 hours in one of the following areas:

o Studio Art: ART 135, 230, 235, 270, 315, 325, 330, 335, 338, 370, 430, 435, 438, 470

o Sculpture: ART 135, 235, 324, 335, 424, 435

o Graphic Design: ART 265, 267, 360, 451, 460, 461

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN ART

• Foundation and Capstone Courses (23 hours): ART 116, 117, 130, 138, 224, 238, 248, 480

• Art History (9 hours): ART 251, 252, 353

• Art Electives (12 hours from the following): ART 135, 219, 230, 235, 265, 267, 270, 315, 324, 325, 330, 338, 360, 370, 424,

430, 435, 438, 451, 460, 470

• Experiential Learning: ART 248

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN ART HISTORY

• Art History (21 hours): ART 251, 252, 353; four electives from among the following, two of which must be 300 level or

higher: ART 152, 256, 257, 268, 272, 273, 350, 351, 357, 466

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN MULTIMEDIA DESIGN

• Art (21 hours): ART 117, 248, 265, 267, 340, 341, 342

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN VISUAL ART

• Foundation Courses (12 hours): ART 116, 117, 138; one Art History course

• Emphasis (9-12 hours):

o Drawing (9 hours): ART 219, 238, three credit hours of 300-level or higher drawing course(s)

o Painting (9 hours): ART 130, 230, three credit hours of 300-level or higher painting course(s)

o Ceramics (9 hours): ART 135, 235, 435

o Sculpture (9 hours): ART 224, 324, 424

o Illustration (9 hours): ART 270, 370, 470

o Graphic Design (12 hours): ART 248, 265, 267, 360

o Printmaking (9 hours): ART 234, 334, 434

58 |

BIOCHEMISTRY

The Biochemistry major is specifically tailored for students with a strong interest in both Biology and Chemistry. This program

will provide a strong foundation in the basic areas of Biology and Chemistry designed to prepare the student for a career in

industry or further study in graduate or pre-professional programs. The program may be readily adapted for students specifically

interested in medical or pharmacy school.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOCHEMISTRY

• Chemistry (36 hours): CHE 111/111L, 113/113L, 220/220L, 240/240L, 301, 304, 313/313L, 339,340, 342L, 385/385L, 411/412

• Biology (12 hours): BIO 101/101L, 206/206L*, 341/341L

*BIO 206 prerequisites waived by biology department chair for biochemistry majors

• Physics (10 hours): PHY 141/141L and 142/142L

• Mathematics (8 hours): MAT 151 and 152

• Experiential Learning: CHE411 and CHE412

• A student seeking a degree in Biochemistry must earn a grade of C or above in all chemistry courses.

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN BIOCHEMISTRY

• Chemistry (23 hours): CHE 111/111L, 113/113L, 220/220L, 240/240L, 339, 340; CHE 342L, or 370

• Mathematics (6 hours): MAT electives at 143 level or higher

• Elective (6 hours): 6 hours of Biology, Physics, Mathematics, or Computer Information Systems electives approved by

Chemistry chair

• A student seeking a minor in Biochemistry must earn a C or above in all Chemistry courses.

BIOLOGY

The curriculum in Biology, formulated according to both classical and contemporary biological concepts, prepares the student

for continuing intellectual growth and professional development in the life sciences. The major program in Biology can be

adapted to meet the requirements for a number of different professional and graduate school programs, including (but not

limited to) medical school, dental school, veterinary school, physical therapy school, and marine biology graduate school.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY

• Biology core (21 hours): BIO 101/101L, 102/102L, 204, 205, 206/206L, 489

• Biology electives (16 hours): four 4-hour electives (level 300 or above) other than BIO 400 with at least one chosen

from each of the following three categories:

A. Cellular and Molecular Biology: BIO 317/317L, 319/319L, 326/326L, 330/330L, 341/341L

B. Organismic Biology: BIO 211/211L and 212/212L, 301/301L, BIO304/304L, 305/305L, 315/315L, 329/329L,

340/340L

C. Ecological Biology: BIO 308/308L, 309/309L, 311/311L, 318/318L, 325/325L, 328/328L

• Chemistry (16 hours): CHE 111/111L, 113/113L, 220/220L, 240/240L

• Mathematics (7 hours): MAT 143, 205

• Physics (8 hours): PHY 121/121L, 122/122L

• Computer Literacy (3 hours): CIS 111

• Experiential Learning: EXP 200, BIO 489 or as determined by the department

• No Biology major may graduate with more than one letter grade lower than a “C” in a Biology (BIO) course required

for the major

Additional Requirements for a Concentration:

• Concentrations may be obtained in each of the following categories:

| 59

Cellular and Molecular Biology, Organismic Biology, and Ecological Biology

• Biology electives (26 hours):

o Six 4-hour electives, including: four designated 4-hour electives (level 300 or above) from the category in

which the area of concentration is to be obtained and an additional 4-hour elective from each of the two

remaining categories

o One 2-4-hour BIO elective from among independent study, internship, co-op or related experience, as

approved by the Department, in areas related to the concentration

• No Biology major may graduate with more than one letter grade lower than a “C” in a Biology (BIO) course required

for the major

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BIOLOGY

• Biology core (21 hours): BIO 101/101L, 102/102L, 204, 205, 206/206L, 489

• Biology electives (16 hours): four 4-hour electives (level 300 or above) chosen from each of the following three

categories:

A. Cellular and Molecular Biology: BIO 317/317L, 319/319L, 326/326L, 330/330L, 341/341L

B. Organismic Biology: BIO 211/211L and 212/212L, 301/301L, 304/304L, 305/305L, 315/315L, 329/329L, 340/340L

C. Ecological Biology: BIO 308/308L, 309/309L, 311/311L, 318/318L, 325/325L, 328/328L

• Chemistry (8-16 hours): CHE 111/111L, 113/113L, 220/220L, 240/240L (Physics may be substituted for Organic

Chemistry)

• Mathematics (3 hours): MAT 205

• Physics (0-8 hours): PHY 121/121L, 122/122L (Organic Chemistry may be substituted for Physics)

• Computer Literacy (3 hours): CIS 111

• Experiential Learning: EXP 200, BIO 489 or as determined by the department

• No Biology major may graduate with more than one letter grade lower than a “C” in a Biology (BIO) course required

for the major

Requirements for a Concentration:

• Concentrations may be obtained in each of the following categories:

Cellular and Molecular Biology, Organismic Biology, and Ecological Biology

• Biology electives (26 hours):

o Six 4-hour electives, including: four designated 4-hour electives (level 300 or above) from the category in

which the area of concentration is to be obtained and an additional 4-hour elective from each of the

remaining two categories

o One 2-4-hour BIO elective from among independent study, internship, co-op or related experience, as

approved by the Department, in areas related to the concentration

• No Biology major may graduate with more than one letter grade lower than a ‘C’ in a Biology (BIO) course required for

the major

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN BIOLOGY

• Biology (15 hours): BIO 101/101L, 102/102L, 204, and 206/206L

• Biology electives (8 hours): two 4-hour electives at the 300-level or above

• No Biology major may graduate with more than one letter grade lower than a “C’’ in a Biology (BIO) course required

for the major

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN BIOINFORMATICS AND COMPUTATIONAL BIOLOGY

• Minimum overall GPA requirement of 3.0 to declare the minor

• No more than one grade below a “B-“may be counted toward the minor

• Biology (11 or 12 hours): BIO 101/101L, 206/206L, 333A or 333/333L

• Computer Information Systems (9 hours): CIS 111 or 113, 114, 267

60 |

• Mathematics (7 hours): MAT 143 or 151; MAT 205 or 340

• Elective (3 hours): MIS 415, BIO 330/330L, BIO341/341L

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

• Biology (12 hours): BIO 101/101L, 102/102L, 318/318L

• Environmental Science (10 hours): ENV 214/214L, 215, 316

• Mathematics (3 hours): MAT 205

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN MARINE BIOLOGY

• Biology (27-28 hours): BIO 101/101L, 102/102L, 236 or NSB 236, BIO 311/311L, 336/336L, 400, 496

INFORMATION ABOUT THE EARLY ASSURANCE PROGRAM FOR MEDICAL SCHOOL

Thomas More University students planning to attend medical school now have the opportunity to participate in the University

of Kentucky College of Medicine – Northern Kentucky Early Assurance Program. Although the primary benefit of successfully

completing the Early Assurance Program requirements is “automatic” acceptance* into the UK College of Medicine-Northern

Kentucky Campus, the program offers to students numerous, additional advantages. Early Assurance Program participants will

be provided with a variety of enrichment activities designed to support students as they navigate their way through their premed

years (e.g., assistance with applications, mock interviews, MCAT review opportunities). In addition, students will participate in a

wide variety of activities designed to enhance their knowledge of the healthcare field and to better prepare them for the medical

profession.

The criteria for acceptance into the Early Assurance Program is intended to select not only academically gifted students, but also

those who exhibit personality traits inherent in an ideal physician – compassion, dedication, and a genuine concern for others.

Given the growing demand for healthcare personnel in the Northern Kentucky region, a further criterion for admittance into the

program is a sincere interest in establishing a practice in Northern Kentucky to meet the growing medical needs of this

population.

Eligibility Criteria for the Early Assurance Program

UK College of Medicine description of the Early Assurance Program and access to the electronic application can be found here:

https://meded.med.uky.edu/medical-education-early-assurance-program-nky-campus.

Thomas More University students must meet the following criteria in order to be eligible for application to the program:

• An ACT composite score of 26 or higher, or SAT equivalent.

• Course/curriculum requirements:

o Completion of 4 full-time semesters by the end of the Spring semester in which they apply.

▪ Anticipated college graduation within 3-4 additional full-time semesters

o Successful completion or be in progress of completing 5 full-time semester science courses (includes but is

not limited to: Biology, Chemistry, Physics and/or Math).

o Successful completion of any 2 full-time semesters of Humanities coursework that emphasizes written or

spoken communication.

• A cumulative grade point average of a 3.6 or better in both science coursework and overall.

• Evidence of the dedication, compassion, personal and professional bearing necessary to be a competent and caring

physician.

• Indicated clear interest in establishing medical practice in the Northern/North Central region of Kentucky.

• Commitment to participate in all elements of the Early Assurance Program.

Selection Process for the Early Assurance Program

• Eligible students must submit application materials to the Office of the Dean for the College of Arts and Sciences in

collaboration with the Thomas More University (TMU) Premedical Committee by the stated deadline.

• Interviews for admission to the NKY EAP will be conducted by members of the UKCOM-NKY Admissions Advisory

Committee and will occur at the UK College of Medicine-Northern Kentucky Campus.

• Students will be provisionally selected for the program contingent upon successful completion of all coursework in

progress (Spring semester course work). An unofficial transcript must be submitted with Spring grades before students

will be notified of the final selection decision by the UKCOM Admissions Committee.

• Final decisions will be communicated no later than May 31st.

| 61

Early Assurance Program Activities

Special enrichment experiences for admitted Early Assurance Program students from Thomas More University will begin during

the summer following acceptance and culminate the following summer, prior to their application to the UK College of Medicine-

Northern Kentucky Campus. Activities based at Thomas More University, Northern Kentucky University, and St. Elizabeth

Healthcare facilities as well as other facilities in the Northern Kentucky area may include:

▪ Exposure to hospital and office practice.

▪ Shadowing and mentoring experiences with physicians. academic advising at TMU.

▪ Targeted research/seminar/course experiences.

▪ MCAT preparation.

▪ One-week boot camp experience in Northern Kentucky during the second summer to assist students in preparation

for their application to the UK College of Medicine-Northern Kentucky Campus medical school.

*Program Requirements for Thomas More University Students Receiving Assured Admission to the UK College of Medicine-

Northern Kentucky Campus

• Fulfill the prerequisite course requirements to the UK College of Medicine.

o Minimal requirements for admission to the UK Collee of Medicine are satisfied with the equivalent of:

Two semesters of studies in physics

Two semesters in the biological sciences

Four semesters in chemistry, including organic chemistry and biochemistry

A minimum of two semesters of college English with emphasis on communication skills such as

reading, writing, and speaking.

• Maintain a collegiate grade point average of a 3.5 or better in both science coursework and in cumulative grade point

average at TMU.

• Record a MCAT total score of 504 or higher, with no subscale score below 124.

• Participate in all Early Assurance Program components.

• Submit an AMCAS application to the UK College of Medicine by August 1, applying Early Decision to the University of

Kentucky College of Medicine-Northern Kentucky Campus medical program.

• Obtain a minimum of 2 letters of recommendations.

• Complete a satisfactory interview for admission to the University of Kentucky College of Medicine-Northern Kentucky

Campus.

• Pass a criminal background check.

For further information or questions, please contact the Department Chair for Biology.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

The mission of the Department of Business Administration and Economics is to provide a quality, business learning experience

to both undergraduate and graduate students that fosters the development of multidisciplinary business analysis and problem-

solving skills thus allowing them to be successful in professional careers in business, government, and the non-profit sector. The

department is further committed to offering quality, broad-based business-related education and expertise to business and

industry.

Thomas More University prepares students to be skilled, confident professionals through its Business Administration program.

The Kohlhepp Business Administration Center, along with skilled faculty, provides the resources for success.

The Business Administration curriculum for undergraduate degrees is intended to prepare students for management careers in

business, the non-profit sector, and government. Effective management requires wisdom in making moral and ethical

judgments, skill in scientific analysis of problems, and the capacity to lead and motivate others in order to reach agreed upon

objectives. The curriculum requires students to deal with each of these areas in an integrated way. Experience can be gained

through participation in co-op, practicum, and internships.

62 |

Various degree options and delivery system options are provided. This allows for better matching the needs of students with

the program. The content for the major is the same within each bachelor option and within each associate option.

The Associate of Arts in Management curriculum provides an avenue for the adult student with little or no college experience to

complete a degree at the associate and/or bachelor level in an accelerated format.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Applicable to students with either traditional or non-traditional admission.

• Accountancy (6 hours): ACC 101, 102

• Business Administration (36 hours): BUA 105, 241, 291, 301, 302, 305, 311, 321, 331, 341, 405, 498

• Computer Information Systems (3 hours): CIS 111

• Economics (6 hours): ECO 101, 102

• Mathematics (3 hours): MAT 205

• Experiential Learning: BUA 255 or BUA 270 or BUA 273 or BUA 355 or BUA 392 or CED305 or an Internship

• Area of Concentration (9 hours): Students may select from within the Department of Business Administration:

Management/Human Resources, Marketing, Finance, Business Law, Operations Management and Quantitative Analysis.

Areas of emphasis from other departments may also be chosen. These include Accountancy, Computer Information

Systems, International Studies, Economics, and/or another approved area. Selection is made prior to the junior year and is

subject to approval by the student's advisor and the chairperson of the Department of Business Administration.

1. Management: BUA 307, 313; one of the following: BUA 270, 303, 306, 314, 403, 406 or 407

2. Human Resource Management: BUA 303, 403; one of the following: BUA 306, 307, 313, 314, 406 or 407

3. Marketing: BUA 416, 417; one of the following: BUA 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 415, SEM 410

4. Finance: three of the following: BUA 218/ECO 218, BUA 325/ECO 325, BUA 350; ECO 205, BUA 421, 422

5. Business Law: BUA 292; two of the following: BUA 306, 406, 407, POS 425, ACC 312

6. Operations Management: BUA 435; BUA 306 or appropriate courses from Computer Information Systems and/or

Mathematics as approved by the Chairperson

7. Sports and Entertainment Marketing: three of the following: SEM 310, 380, 410, 420

8. Healthcare Management: HCM 370, 410, 420

9. Quantitative Analysis: Students interested in the option should choose it no later than the second semester of the first

year. A custom package of existing mathematics, business, and computer information systems courses will be

designed to accommodate the student. Approval of chairperson is required.

10. Student Designed: Some students may have career goals or other situations for which the above areas are not entirely

suitable. Such students may design an area of concentration suited to their needs in conjunction with their advisor

and with the approval of the Chairperson. Existing courses from Thomas More University and the Greater Cincinnati

Consortium of Colleges and Universities must be used. A brief proposal must be submitted stating the objectives that

the area of concentration is designed to help the student achieve, each course and its description, the contribution of

each course to achieving the stated objectives, the projected enrollment date for each course, and other information

that may be useful in evaluating the proposal. The student’s advisor should be consulted for assistance in both

designing the area of concentration and preparing the proposal.

11. 4+1 MBA Concentration (15 credit hours): Students must apply in the spring of their Sophomore year. See the

requirements in the Graduate Programs section.

• Course Sequence: ACC 101, 102, BUA 105, CIS 111, ECO 105, and MAT 143 should be taken in the first-year. BUA 241, 301,

302, and 341 should be taken in the sophomore year. BUA 291, 311, 321 and 331 should be taken in the junior year. BUA

405 and 498 should be taken in the senior year. The core requirement in Speech should be delayed until a later date by

students having to make up mathematics deficiencies as determined by the Math Placement Test. Business majors may not

use economics to fulfill the core requirement in Social Science.

| 63

MBA 4+1 REQUIREMENTS

See the Graduate Programs section in the catalog.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

1. Accelerated degree completion option (Applicable only to students with DGP admission)

The accelerated degree completion option is offered to students through Thomas More University Accelerated & Graduate

Programs (DGP). The program delivery system is unique with courses offered as a highly integrated package to students

progressing through the program in cohorts. Current Thomas More University students should consult with a DGP advisor as

early as possible if planning to transfer to DGP. This will ensure a smooth transition and compliance with transfer regulations.

• Prerequisites: 30 hours or completion of DGP AA program; prerequisite course work of ECO 101 and MAT 096 or the

equivalent; and significant employment experience.

• Course credit will not be granted for:

o BUA 106 Fundamentals of Business Writing after receiving credit for BUA 305 Effective Business Writing

o BUA 107 Mathematics for Business Decision Making after receiving credit for BUA 241 Mathematical Analysis

for Management

o BUA 108 Financial Analysis for Managers after receiving credit for BUA 321 Business Finance

o BUA 264 Marketing and Consumer Value after receiving credit for BUA 311 Marketing

• Accountancy (6 hours): ACC 205, 208

• Business Administration (45 hours): BUA 105, 241, 291, 301, 302, 305, 311, 321, 331, 341, 405, 498

• Economics (3 hours): ECO 102

• Philosophy (3 hours): PHI 217

2. Standard option (Applicable only to non-traditionally admitted students)

• Accountancy (6 hours): ACC 101, 102

• Business Administration (36 hours): BUA 105, 241, 291, 301, 302, 305, 311, 321, 331, 341, 405, 498

• Computer Information Systems (3 hours): CIS 111

• Economics (6 hours): ECO 105 and an ECO elective

• Area of Emphasis (9 hours) See “Area of Concentration” above in the Bachelor of Arts section

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

• Business Administration (15 hours): BUA 105, 302, 311, 321; BUA 303, 291, or 292

• Accountancy (3 hours): ACC 101

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

• Supply Chain Management (6 hours): SCM 205, 245

• Business Administration (6 hours): BUA 105, 301

• Two Tracks (choose one):

o Quantitative (9 hours): BUA 249 or another statistic course; BUA 341; ECO 338; MIS 390, 405

o Leadership (9 hours): BUA 302, 307, 313; ELS 115, 302, 325

REQUIREMENTS FOR ASSOCIATE OF ARTS IN MANAGEMENT

The AA is only available to students with DGP admission.

• Business Administration (21 hours): BUA 104, 106, 107, 108, 205, 263, 264

• Supporting Courses (6 hours): COM 204, ECO 101

• Management majors may not use ECO 101 to fulfill the core requirement in Social Science.

64 |

CHEMISTRY

The Chemistry Department offers a challenging program of study providing the student with a strong foundation in the basic

areas of chemistry designed to prepare the student for a career in the industry or further study in graduate or pre-professional

programs. The major program in Chemistry develops the student’s appreciation for the science of chemistry, embraces the

importance of critical thinking, and refines problem-solving abilities in areas such as General, Organic, Physical, Analytical,

Inorganic, and Biological Chemistry.

Students learn Chemistry not only in the small, personalized atmosphere of lecture courses, but also through hands-on

experimentation provided by the laboratory and research components of the curriculum. Research projects are chosen by the

student in consultation with a faculty mentor. Projects are possible in a number of concentrations, including organic/inorganic

synthesis and environmental analysis, among others. Laboratory proficiency is developed as a part of both lab and research

courses.

The Department offers three different degree options for students interested in chemistry. The Bachelor of Science degree in

Chemistry, based on course requirements endorsed by the American Chemical Society, is the recommended program for

students going on to graduate school in Chemistry or immediately entering the job market following graduation. The Bachelor

of Arts degree in Chemistry allows for a greater degree of flexibility with the scheduling of certain upper-level courses and may

readily paired with another degree (i.e., B.A. in Biology) if desired. The minor in Chemistry provides additional curricular support

to students majoring in other fields.

Additionally, the Department of Chemistry also lends support to Bachelor of Science degree in Biochemistry.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY

• Chemistry (43 hours): CHE 111/111L, 113/113L, 220/220L, 240/240L, 301, 304, 313/313L, 314/314L, 358/358L, 385/385L,

411-412 (3 hours), 415/415L, and 2 hours of advanced topics

• Supporting Courses (22 hours): PHY 141/141L, 142/142L; MAT 151, 152, 201

• MAT 202 is strongly recommended

• Experiential Learning: CHE 411 and CHE 412

• A student seeking a degree in Chemistry must earn a grade of “C” or above in all Chemistry courses

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS IN CHEMISTRY

• Chemistry (37 hours): CHE 111/111L, 113/113L, 220/220L, 240/240L, 301, 313/313L, 415/415L; 12 hours of electives from

among: CHE 304, 314/314L, 358/358L, 370, 385/385L, 411, 412, 425, 435

• Supporting Courses (18 hours): PHY 141/141L, 142/142L or 121/121L, 122/122L; MAT 151, 152

• Experiential Learning: CHE 411 and CHE 412

• A student seeking a degree in Chemistry must earn a grade of “C” or above in all Chemistry courses

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN CHEMISTRY

• Chemistry Courses (23 hours): CHE 111/111L, 113/113L, 220/220L, 240/240L, and at least seven hours of CHE courses at

the 300 level or higher

• Supporting Courses (12 hours): 6 credit hours in MAT (not including MAT 115, 121, 122, 125); 6 credit hours in Biology,

Physics, Math, or Computer Information Systems approved by the Chairperson of the Chemistry Department.

• A student seeking a minor in Chemistry must earn a grade of “C” or above in all Chemistry courses

REQUIREMENTS FOR FORENSIC SCIENCE CONCENTRATION

• Chemistry Courses (8 hours): CHE 385/385L, 415/415L

• Biology Courses (4 hours): BIO 101/101L

• Criminal Justice Courses (6 hours): CRJ 101, 301

• Optional Courses: BIO 206/206L, 341/341L; PSY 105, 206

• A student seeking a concentration in Forensic Science must earn a “C” or above in all courses for the concentration.

| 65

PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

The major program in Chemistry is easily adapted to meet the requirements of medical, dental, and veterinary schools. Several

options are also available for adapting the program to further study Chemical and Metallurgical Engineering and Material Science

at the undergraduate and graduate levels. Consult the chairperson of the Chemistry Department for more details.

COMMUNICATION

The academic programs in Communication prepare students for graduate school, business, teaching, public relations, media, and

other related careers. Students, in consultation with Communication faculty, build upon the required Communication

coursework with the use of electives, independent studies, co-ops, internships, interdisciplinary coursework and consortium

courses to develop focused concentrations in general communication, communication-theatre, mass media, public relations, and

speech education. Any student interested in coursework relating to these concentrations should speak with a faculty member

about how the degree in Communication may facilitate the achievement of his or her specific educational and career goals.

Communication students are encouraged to explore Communication internships and co-op experiences as a part of their program

study.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN COMMUNICATION

• Communication (36 hours): COM 105, 201, 215, 225 or 330, 230, 325, 350, 370, 435, 450, 460, 490

• Communication electives (12 hours): With approval of the departmental chairperson the student may substitute two

courses from another department as electives. Optional areas of concentration to fulfill 9 credit hours are as follows:

o Electronic Journalism: COM 301, 310, 210 or 327

o Media: COM 210, 310, one elective

o Organizational Communication: COM 225 or 330, 403

o Strategic Communication: COM 317, 310 or 361, 403

o Communication Disorders: Leveling Program in cooperation with the Department of Communication Science

& Disorders at the University of Cincinnati. Department permission required.

• Experiential Learning: COM 250 or COM 255 or COM 395 or any study abroad experience

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN COMMUNICATION/

SPORTS AND ENTERTAINMENT MARKETING

• Communication (30 hours): COM 105, 201, 215, 225, 320, 450, 460; Communication electives 9 hours

• Sports and Entertainment Marketing (18 hours): SEM 310, 380, 392, 410, 420, 498

• Supporting Courses (28 hours): BUA 105, 241, 291, 311; ACC 101, 102; ECO 105, ECO elective; MAT 143

• Computer Literacy (3 hours): CIS 111

• Experiential Learning: SEM392

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN COMMUNICATION

• Communication (21 hours): COM 201, COM 450 or 460; Communication electives 15 hours, 6 hours must be at the 300 or

400-level

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR LIBERAL ARTS IN FILM

• Core Courses (6 hours): COM 210, PHI 233

• Supporting Courses (12 hours): ART 243; COM 355, CRJ 321, ENG 255, 260; FRE 305; POS 355; SPA 321

• 6 hours must be at the 300 level

66 |

COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Computer Information Systems has emerged as a professional discipline in recent years and the importance of computer

technology in science, business and our daily lives is well recognized. The program is structured to prepare students for graduate

school or employment in the business sector. The program emphasizes skills and professional practice set in the context of an

integrated liberal arts education. An optional cooperative educational program is available to provide additional related

experience. Programs with dual majors in Accounting, Business and Mathematics are encouraged.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS

• Core Courses (39 hours): CIS 113, 114/L, 115/L, 211, 226/L, 231, 267, 314, 341, 342; MIS 450; Senior Seminar: 1- 3 hours of

CIS 410 and 411 are both required for a minimum total of 3 hours

• Computer Information Systems Electives (12 hours): Students must complete 12 hours of electives and at least 6 hours must

be at the 300 or 400 level. These electives may include 6 hours of Co-op in an approved computer related field and/or up to

6 hours of approved substitutes from Mathematics. CIS 348 is not an option for an elective.

• Math Requirement (7 hours): MAT 143 and 205 or a minor in Mathematics

• Experiential Learning: CIS 410 or CIS 411

• A student seeking a degree in Computer Information Systems must earn a grade of “C- “or above in all Computer

Information Systems and Math courses required for the major.

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS

• Information Systems (18 hours): CIS 113/MIS 113 (waived if completed CIS 111); CIS 114/L/MIS 114/L or MIS 150; MIS 320;

MIS 350; MIS 405; MIS 460

• Electives (6 hours): six hours in CIS or MIS electives

• A student seeking a minor in Information Systems must earn a grade of “C- “or above in all CIS and MIS courses required for

the minor.

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN WEB DESIGN

• Computer Information Systems courses (12 hours): CIS 240, 267, 323, 341

• Art (12 hours): ART 117, 248, 265, 280

CRIMINAL JUSTICE

The goal of the Department of Sociology and Criminal Justice is to contribute to the intellectual growth and empowerment of

majors and the student body as a whole. This goal is realized by offering students opportunities to promote this growth both in

and around the classroom. Particularly, the student will explore the relationships between society, culture, and self in

preparation to contribute to the disciplines’ humanitarian mission in the future positions of responsibility (such as, citizen, family

member, employee/employer, government official, and/or graduate student). The departmental curriculum is geared toward

flexibility, thus allowing the student to tailor coursework around interests and career aspirations, be they roles in the non-profit

sector, research, government, human/community service, business, graduate education, or others.

Students who are Criminal Justice majors must maintain a 2.50 grade point average. Majors must meet this requirement in both

their major courses and their overall classes. If a student does not meet either of these grade point average standards, the

department reserves the right to suspend their declaration of major. Similarly, any major who does not meet these requirements

by their matriculation will not be recommended for candidacy for graduation by the departmental chair. Those students who

do not meet these requirements in any given semester are required to meet with the Chair of the Department at the beginning

of the following semester to discuss appropriate course of action.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE

• Criminal Justice (36 credit hours): CRJ 101, 225, 311, 401, 409; 21 hours of departmental electives

| 67

• Sociology (6 credit hours): SOC 105; 216 or 217

• Supporting Courses (9 hours): MAT 208 or PSY 201; PSY 105 or ECO 105 or POS 105; one elective from among BUA 270, LAW

320, PSY (not 105), ECO (not 105), POS (not 105), HIS (not 101 or 102), or COM (not 105, 204, 207, or 305) courses

• Experiential Learning: CRJ 401

• Students must maintain a 2.5 grade point average – see statement above.

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE

• Criminal Justice (18 credit hours): CRJ 101, 225; 12 hours departmental electives, 6 of which must be at the 300- or 400-

level

ECONOMICS

The Department of Economics seeks to provide a purposeful analytical approach to society's allocation of scarce resources

tempered by ethical and institutional considerations. The curriculum is designed so as to allow the student, in consultation with

the academic advisor, to tailor a program according to his/her long range goals; e.g. graduate study, professional study, law, or

a career in economics, finance, or banking. To facilitate a focused program of study, the student may choose to pursue a major

in economics with a concentration in political economy and government, or a major in economics with a concentration in finance.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN ECONOMICS

• Economics (30 hours): ECO 105, 106, 215, 216, 333, 481; 12 hours departmental electives

• Business Administration (3 hours): BUA 241

• Mathematics (4 hours): MAT 143

• Supporting Studies (21 hours): selected from Business Administration, Computer Information Systems, Mathematics, or

other approved areas. Selection is subject to the approval of the academic advisor and the departmental chairperson.

• Experiential Learning: EXP 200 or as determined by the Department

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN ECONOMICS

Concentration in Political Economy and Government

The major is intended for individuals interested in either academic or policy-making careers requiring both economics and

political science. Typically, these individuals have interests that require mastery of several academic disciplines.

• Economics (24 hours): ECO 105, 106, 215, 216, 333, 481; 12 hours department electives chosen from ECO 305, 306, 310,

338, 353, 355, 360, or 455

• Business Administration (3 hours): BUA 241

• Mathematics (4 hours): MAT 143

• History (3 hours): Any 200 or 300 level History Course

• Political Science (9 hours): POS 105; six hours departmental electives from POS 215, 230, 335, 370

• Philosophy (3 hours): PHI 235 or 327 (fulfills part of the core requirement in Philosophy)

• Supporting Studies (6 hours): from Computer Information Systems, History, Political Science, or International Studies

• Experiential Learning: EXP 200 or as determined by the Department

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN ECONOMICS

Concentration in Finance

This major maintains the liberal arts core of the Economics major while also providing students with coursework emphasizing

finance, including risk analysis, financial analysis, corporate financial management and related topics. This concentration

prepares graduates for career opportunities in financial services, banking, and insurance.

• Economics (30 hours): ECO 105, 106, 215, 216, 218, 307, 325, 333, 481, 3 hours of department electives

• Business Administration (6 hours): BUA 241, 321

68 |

• Accountancy (6 hours): ACC 101, 102

• Mathematics (4 hours): MAT 143

• Supporting Studies (12 hours): Selected from Business, Mathematics, Computer Information Systems, or other approved

areas. Selection is subject to approval from the academic advisor and departmental chairperson.

• Experiential Learning: EXP 200 or as determined by the Department

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN ECONOMICS

Concentration in Data Science

This major maintains the liberal arts core of the Economics major while also providing students with coursework that focuses

on building data analytics skills.

• Economics (27 hours): ECO 105, 106, 215, 216, 481, 12 hours of department electives

• Mathematics (4 hours): MAT 143

• Data Science (15 hours): ECO 333, MIS 320, 415, 450, MAT 205 or PSY 201 or BUA 241

• Supporting Studies (12 hours): Selected from Computer Information Systems, M Information Systems, Mathematics,

Political Science, or other approved areas. Selection is subject to approval from the academic advisor and departmental

chairperson.

• Experiential Learning: EXP 200 or as determined by the Department

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN ECONOMICS

• Choose one combination of courses (18 hours):

o Economics: ECO 105, 106, 215, 216; 6 hours of ECO electives at the 300- or 400-level

o Economics with focus in Finance: ECO 105, 106, 215, 216, 307, 325

o Economics with focus in Political Economy and Government: ECO 105, POS 105, ECO 106 or 216, ECO 305, 3

hours ECO elective at the 300- or 400-level, 3 hours POS elective at the 300- or 400-level

EDUCATION

The School of Education at Thomas More University carries out the mission of the University by preparing individuals for initial

entry into the teaching profession and related educational endeavors. Faculty members of the School of Education strive to

provide superior teaching and scholarship in order to foster learning environments in which individuals can develop the

knowledge, dispositions, values, and skills required to help all students learn. Consistent with the mission of the University,

education graduates are expected to be effective, proactive members of the teaching profession who practice lifelong learning,

reflection, and service to diverse constituencies; and who honor Christian values. Graduates are expected to be leaders among

those with whom and for whom they work. Our vision statement, The Teacher as Leader in a Learning Community, summarizes

the purposes and goals of our education programs.

The Teacher Education Program at Thomas More University for bachelor majors combines classroom learning with field

experience. The elementary (P-5), middle school (5-9), and secondary (8-12) preparation programs comply with the Kentucky

Department of Education standards for certification. Candidates in Education are carefully selected and are given every

opportunity to develop in the fields for which they have the greatest aptitude.

In accordance with Kentucky regulations, the School of Education at Thomas More University conducts a thorough program of

selection, admission, and retention. This process is designed to ensure that those candidates who advance into the teaching

profession will have a successful and rewarding career.

Certification in Kentucky, as well as other states, requires a bachelor’s degree from an approved teacher education institution;

successful performance of professional tasks and development of a professional portfolio demonstrating fulfillment of Kentucky's

and Thomas More University's Teacher Standards; and passing scores on the Praxis II (content area) and Principals of Learning

and Teaching (PLT) tests. Information about registration and testing sites can be found at www.ets.org/praxis.

| 69

REQUIREMENTS FOR PARTICIPATION IN FIELD EXPERIENCE

According to State regulations, documentation of a tuberculosis (TB) screening test showing negative results must be submitted

to qualify for participation in any form of field experience: observations, aide work, clinical field experience, or student teaching.

In accordance with Kentucky regulations and district-specific policies, the School of Education at Thomas More University

mandates multiple background checks for teacher education majors. This process is designed to ensure that candidates meet

the legal and ethical standards established for the teaching profession.

All education majors are required to complete an initial background check in EDU 101 utilizing the Kentucky Administrative Office

of the Courts (AOC) website. It is the responsibility of the student to submit a copy of the background check results to the

Education Office. NOTE: Background checks must be completed by August 31st in order to be placed in schools in the fall

semester. Failure to comply with background check requirements will prohibit students/teacher candidates from participating

in classroom experiences.

All education majors will be required to complete an additional background check through VIRTUS, a program of education to

promote the safety of children and the prevention of child sexual abuse designed by and required by the Diocesan Catholic Board

of Education. Students/candidates are responsible to remain VIRTUS compliant during the entirety of the Education Program.

FEES

Fees required for the Education program include but are not limited to: VIRTUS, CAN Check, and AOC background checks,

CASE/Praxis tests. Note: A second background check through the KY AOC will be required during junior clinical courses prior to

placement in the classroom. Individual schools may require background checks specific to their district. Notify your education

advisor if you are asked to complete any additional background checks by a school.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM (TEP)

In accordance with Kentucky regulations, the School of Education at Thomas More University conducts a thorough program of

selection, admission, and retention. This process is designed to ensure that those candidates who advance into the teaching

profession will have successful and rewarding careers.

In order to be considered for the Teacher Education Program, students must meet the following criteria:

• Minimum GPA: 2.75

• Completion of EDU 101/201/202 with a “B” or better

• Core Academic Skills for Educators (CASE) Tests (Candidates must pass all CASE tests to be admitted to the Teacher

Education Program. Minimum scores: Reading-156; Writing-162; Mathematics-150) or ACT Composite of 22 or individual

benchmark scores (English 18, Math 19, Reading 20)

• Speech Proficiency: A grade of “B” or better in one of the following: COM 105, 205, 207, 305

• VIRTUS: candidate must be VIRTUS compliant, i.e., candidate must have completed the VIRTUS background check and

training; submitted the acceptance letter and volunteer form to the Education Office, and remain up to date with VIRTUS e-

mail bulletins

In order to apply for admission to the TEP, candidates must submit to the School of Education by March 1:

• Application Form for Admission to the Teacher Education Program

• Signed Professional Code of Ethics Form

• Signed Character & Fitness Form

• Recommendation Forms (3) - from individuals who can identify your character and suitability for the teaching profession

(family members and Thomas More Education Faculty are not accepted)

• Essay

Forms are available in the Education Office or on the School of Education Program Information Canvas Course.

Interview Process

Applications are reviewed by members of the Teacher Education Committee, which consists of members of the School of

Education, TMU faculty, teachers and administrators from local public and private schools, and a current teacher candidate. The

70 |

applicant is interviewed by a minimum of two Committee members. Prior to the interview, committee members review the

candidate's application materials. Following the interview, the Committee formally confers, and candidates will be notified in

writing of their application results. Candidates are encouraged to meet with their Education advisors for feedback regarding their

application and interview.

Continuous Evaluation

After admission to the Teacher Education Program and thereby to upper division courses, the candidate continues to receive

guidance and support. At the end of each semester, the grade point average is reviewed to ensure continuation in good standing.

Candidates who do not meet GPA requirements are offered special advising and additional academic support.

Note: Candidates earning a “D, F or I” in a 200-level Education course may not advance to 300-level Education Courses;

Candidates earning a “D, F or I” in a 300-level Education course may not advance to 400-level Education Courses; Candidates

earning a “D, F or I” in Student Teaching will not be recommended for certification.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR STUDENT TEACHING

In accordance with Kentucky regulations, the School of Education at Thomas More University conducts a thorough program of

selection, admission, and retention. This process is designed to ensure that those candidates who advance into the teaching

profession will have successful and rewarding careers.

In order to be considered for Student Teaching, students must meet the following criteria:

• Previous admission to the Teacher Education Program and continuation in good standing

• Senior Status (minimum of 90 semester hours)

• Completion of 200 hours of field experience under 16 KAR 5:050 Section 3 prior to beginning student teaching placement

• Minimum required GPA: 2.75

• Praxis II content Tests (Candidates must pass Praxis II contents test(s) to be admitted to student teaching

• Completion of three-fourths of required professional education courses, including field work through junior level

• Degree Audit with Certification Officer/Senior Advisor by March 1

• Acceptable Dispositions on record prior to student teaching

• VIRTUS training and compliancy

In order to apply for Student Teaching, candidates must submit to the School of Education by March 1:

• Application for Student Teaching Form

• Signed Professional Code of Ethics Form

• Signed Character & Fitness Form

• Satisfactory Portfolio Entries:

• Self-Analysis (Reflection of Field Experience)

• Lesson Plan

Secondary Education Majors:

• Completion of three-fourths of required course work in teaching major

• Signature of Chairperson(s) of teaching major on Application Form

Interview Process

Applications are reviewed by members of the Teacher Education Committee, which consists of members of the School of

Education, TMU faculty, teachers and administrators from local public and private schools, and a current teacher candidate. The

applicant is interviewed by a minimum of two Committee members. Prior to the interview, committee members review the

candidate's application materials. Following the interview, the Committee formally confers, and candidates will be notified in

writing of their student teaching status. Candidates are encouraged to meet with their Education advisors for feedback regarding

their application and interview.

Requirements AFTER Admission to Student Teaching:

• Background Check through the placement Board of Education (The Director of Student Teaching will provide the information

upon admission to student teaching regarding the procedure for this background check.)

• Kentucky Department of Education Medical Examination Form completed by physician, including TB test with negative results

| 71

• NEA Educators Employment Liability insurance program via KEA

Dispositions:

Teachers not only facilitate their students’ intellectual growth, but also influence overall personal development. Therefore,

teacher candidates must demonstrate essential dispositions such as acceptance of others, a capacity for empathy, and a belief

in the ability of every child to learn. To this end, candidates’ behavior and oral and written expressions are observed by Education

faculty in classroom interactions, assignments, advising sessions and out-of-class situations throughout their entire time at

Thomas More University. The Teacher Education Committee does not knowingly admit or retain candidates whose behavior or

oral or written communication manifests any form of discrimination. Candidates excluded by this regulation receive personal

advising by Education faculty and by other professionals as may be needed.

Exit Criteria required for Program Completion and Certification:

• Minimum of “C” or Better in Student Teaching based on KTIP Evaluations

• Student Teaching Portfolio Sources of Evidence

• Cooperating Teacher Evaluations

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS

In view of changing national, state and local educational needs, degree requirements are subject to change. It is the

responsibility of the student to be aware of any program or policy changes by frequently visiting the School of Education

Program Information Canvas Course and meeting with his or her advisor on a regular basis.

*Modified Core Curriculum: Only 3 credit hours of History, HIS 102 is required.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN EDUCATIONAL STUDIES

Recognizing the advantage that can be derived from the study of Education by persons who are not pursuing certification, the

department also offers a major in Educational Studies. Persons not seeking certification but wishing to pursue studies in

Education should consult with an Education advisor to design a curricular plan suited to their background and anticipated needs.

•

Education (32 hours): EDU 101, 201, 202, EDU 265 (or CIS 111), EDU 340, EDU 426

*Additional optional courses are available with Advisor approval.

•

Diversity Series (6 hours): CEH 110, 210, 310, 410

•

The Education Department requires that BAES candidates also earn a Major or Minor in a relevant content area.

•

Experiential Learning: EDU 426

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (Grades P-5)

•

Education: EDU 101, 201, 202A, 205, 265, 275, 301A, 302A, 319, 325A, 326A, 327A, 328A, 332, 340, 407A, 422, 425

•

Supporting Courses:

Fine Arts (6 hours): ART 221, MUS 231

Mathematics (6 hours): MAT 121, 122

Health, PE (3 hours): PHE 105

Natural Science (3-4 hours): 3-4 hours

Social Science/History (18 hours): HIS 102, HIS 114, HIS 115 GEO 201, POS 105, PSY 105

English (6 hours): ENG 150; ENG 200+ (ENG 250 preferred)

Diversity Series (6 hours): CEH 110, 210, 310, 410

•

Experiential Learning: EDU 407

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN MIDDLE SCHOOL EDUCATION (Grades 5–9)

•

Education: EDU 101, 201, 202B, 265, 275, 301B, 302B, 336, 340, 407B, 422, 425

•

Supporting Courses:

Natural Science (3-4 hours): 3-4 hours in Biology, Chemistry, or Physics; one must have a lab

component

Social Science (3 hours): PSY 105

72 |

English (6 hours): ENG 150; ENG 200+ (preferred ENG 250)

Diversity Series (6 hours): CEH 110, 210, 310, 410

•

Teaching Specialties: Choose two from the following:

Language Arts: One elective 200+, 212, 320, 420; one literature course; one creative writing course;

EDU 325B (Fall and Spring)

Social Studies: HIS 102, 114, 115; ECO 105; GEO 201; EDU 326B (Fall and Spring)

Mathematics: MAT 121, 122, 123 or 124, 125, 143, 204; EDU 328B (Fall and Spring)

Science: Includes Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Earth science, and EDU 327B (Fall and Spring)

▪

NSB 267/267L, NSC 206/206L, NSP 236/236L (or PHY 237/237L), NSP/PHY 225 (or NSP 238)

•

Experiential Learning: EDU 407B

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN ART-EDUCATION (Grades P-12)

•

Education: EDU 101, 201, 202DC, 265, 275, 301D, 302D, 329 (Fall and Spring), 336, 340, 418, 422, 425

•

Supporting Courses:

Natural Science (3-4 hours): 3-4 hours in Biology, Chemistry, or Physics; one must have a lab

component

Social Science (3 hours): PSY 105

English (6 hours): ENG 150; ENG 200+

Diversity Series (6 hours): CEH 110, 210, 310, 410

•

Art (49-51 hours): ART 116, 117, 118, 121, 146, 215, 216, 221, 231, 241, 251, 252, 261, 311, 321, 353, 416

•

Experiential Learning: EDU 418

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN SECONDARY EDUCATION-BIOLOGY (Grades 8-12)

•

Education: EDU 101, 201, 202C, 265, 275, 301C, 302C, 327C, 329, 336, 340, 417, 422, 425

•

Supporting Courses:

Social Science (3 hours): PSY 105

English (6 hours): ENG 150; ENG 200+ (ENG 250 preferred)

Diversity Series (6 hours): CEH 110, 210, 310, 410

•

Biology (34 hours): BIO 101/101L, 102/102L, 204, 205, 206/206L, 319/319L, 305/305L, 328/328L, 329/329L, 318/318L

•

Experiential Learning: EDU 417

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN BUSINESS & MARKETING - EDUCATION (Grades 5–12)

•

Education: EDU 101, 201, 202C, 265, 275, 301C, 302C, 329 (Fall and Spring), 336, 340, 418, 422, 425

•

Supporting Courses:

Social Science (3 hours) PSY 105

English (6 hours): ENG 150; ENG 200+ (ENG 250 preferred)

Diversity Series (6 hours): CEH 110, 210, 310, 410

•

Accounting (6 hours): ACC 101, 102

•

Business Administration (30 hours): BUA 105, 241, 291, 301, 302, 311, 321, 405

•

Computer Literacy (3 hours): CIS 111 (or EDU 265)

•

Experiential Learning: EDU 418

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN SECONDARY EDUCATION-CHEMISTRY (Grades 8-12)

•

Education: EDU 101, 201, 202C, 265, 275, 301C, 302C, 327C, 329, 336, 340, 417, 422, 425

•

Supporting Courses:

Natural Science (3-4 hours): 3-4 hours in Biology, Chemistry, or Physics; one must have a lab

component

Social Science (3 hours): PSY 105

| 73

English (6 hours): ENG 150; ENG 200+ (ENG 250 preferred)

Diversity Series (6 hours): CEH 110, 210, 310, 410

•

Chemistry (30 hours): CHE 111/111L, 113/113L, 220/220L, 301, 304 or 370, 313/313L, 358/358L, and 385/385L, 425

•

Supporting Courses (18 hours): MAT 151, 152, PHY 121/121L, 122/122L 141/141L, 142/142L

•

Experiential Learning: EDU 417

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN SECONDARY EDUCATION-ENGLISH (Grades 8-12)

•

Education: EDU 101, 201, 202C, 265, 275, 301C, 302C, 325C, 329, 336, 340, 417, 422, 425

•

Supporting Courses:

Natural Science (3-4 hours): 3-4 hours in Biology, Chemistry, or Physics; one must have a lab

component

Social Science (3 hours): PSY 105

Diversity Series (6 hours): CEH 110, 210, 310, 410

•

English: ENG 295, 495

•

Literature (select 4): from ENG 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316

•

Creative Writing (select 2): from ENG 301CW, 302CW, 303CW, 304CW, 305CW

•

Dramatic Literature (select 2): from ENG 314 (one must have a Shakespeare focus)

•

Elective: any two 200+, OR one from EDU 212, COM 301, COM 310, COM 327, THR 301, THR 302

•

Experiential Learning: EDU 417

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN SECONDARY EDUCATION-MATHEMATICS (Grades 8-12)

•

Education: EDU 101, 201, 202C, 265, 275, 301C, 302C, 328C, 329, 336, 340, 417, 422, 425

•

Supporting Courses:

Natural Science (3-4 hours): 3-4 hours in Biology, Chemistry, or Physics; one must have a lab

component

Social Science (3 hours): PSY 105

English (6 hours): ENG 150; ENG 200+ (ENG 250 preferred)

Diversity Series (6 hours): CEH 110, 210, 310, 410

•

Mathematics (36 hours): MAT 151, 152, 201, 206, 210, 231, 306, 320, 340, 411; elective from MAT 123, 124, 202, 205,

207, 240, 303

•

Experiential Learning: EDU 417

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN SECONDARY EDUCATION-PHYSICS (Grades 8-12)

•

Education: EDU 101, 201, 202C, 265, 275, 301C, 302C, 327C, 329, 336, 340, 417, 422, 425

•

Supporting Courses:

Natural Science (3-4 hours): 3-4 hours in Biology, Chemistry, or Physics; one must have a lab

component

Social Science (3 hours): PSY 105

English (6 hours): ENG 150; ENG 200+ (250 preferred)

Diversity Series (6 hours): CEH 110, 210, 310, 410

•

Physics (33 hours): PHY 141/141L, 142/142L, 241/241L, 242, 312, 321, 322, 6hrs PHY 200+ electives

•

Mathematics (16 hours): MAT 151, 152, 201, 202

•

Experiential Learning: EDU 417

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN SECONDARY EDUCATION-SOCIAL STUDIES (Grades 8-12)

•

Education: EDU 101, 201, 202C, 265, 275, 301C, 302C, 326C, 329, 336, 340, 417, 422, 425

•

Supporting Courses:

Natural Science (3-4 hours): 3-4 hours in Biology, Chemistry, or Physics; one must have a lab

74 |

component

Social Science courses (12 hours): ECO 105, GEO 201, POS 105, PSY 105

English (6 hours): ENG 150; ENG 200+ (ENG 250 preferred)

Diversity Series (6 hours): CEH 110, 210, 310, 410

•

History (18 hours): HIS 101, 102, 114, 115, 497, and a HIS elective

•

Economics: ECO 206, 238

•

Political Science: POS 106, 230

•

Experiential Learning: EDU 417

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN SPANISH EDUCATION (Grades P – 12)

• Education: EDU 101, 201, 202CD, 265, 275, 301D, 302D, 329, 336, 340, 418, 422, 425

•

Supporting Courses:

Natural Science (3-4 hours): 3-4 hours in Biology, Chemistry, or Physics; one must have a lab

component

Social Science (3 hours): PSY 105

English (6 hours): ENG 150; ENG 200+ (ENG 250 preferred)

Diversity Series (6 hours): CEH 110, 210, 310, 410

•

Spanish (49 hours): SPA 255 (if testing out of: 101/111, 102/112, 201, 202), 255, 260, 303, 304, 306, 321, 331, 401, 431,

435, 455

Theory and Methods; Study Abroad in a Spanish-speaking country.

•

Experiential Learning: EDU 418

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN THEATRE - EDUCATION (Grades P-12)

• Education: EDU 101, 201, 202CD, 265, 275, 301D, 302D, 329, 336, 340, 418, 422, 425

• Supporting Courses:

o Natural Science (3-4 hours): 3-4 hours in Biology, Chemistry, or Physics; one must have a lab

component

o Social Science (3 hours): PSY 105

o English (6 hours): ENG 150; ENG 200+ (ENG 250 preferred)

o Diversity Series (6 hours): CEH 110, 210, 310, 410

• Theatre (27 hours): THR 105, 205 or 206, 207, 225, 230, 301 or 302, 330, 401, 425;

• English (9 hours): ENG 314 – Modern, ENG 314 – Shakespeare, ENG 305CW Writing Scripts

• Experiential Learning: EDU 418

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN SPECIAL EDUCATION

*This major must be earned as a second major to an elementary, middle, or secondary program at Thomas More University.

• Education (18 hours): EDU 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345

• Education Practicum and Field Experience (16 hours): choose one

o Elementary with Special Education: EDU 359, 361, 430

o Middle Grades with Special Education: EDU 362, 363, 431

o Secondary with Special Education: EDU 364, 365, 432

ENGLISH

A major in English and Creative Writing prepares the student for graduate study, careers in law, teaching, creative and

professional writing, and business. The English and Creative Writing major develops analytical abilities as well as written and

verbal communications skills and provides an encounter with the works of great literary minds and a deeper understanding

| 75

of human behavior. The Department also offers general requirements, general electives, and advanced courses in written

communication.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN ENGLISH AND CREATIVE WRITTING

• Department core requirements (9 hours): ENG 295, 395, 495

• Supporting Courses (18 hours): Chose 6 courses from among ENG 301CW, 302CW, 303CW, 304CW, 305CW, 311, 312,

314, 315, or 316 from among ENG 355/455 Special topics with an American Focus, 449

• Electives (9 hours): English electives from among the ENG 240, 250, level 300 or above; electives may be one of the

following COM 301, 310, or 327; electives may be one of the following THR 301, or 302; electives may include EDU 212

• Experiential Learning (3 hours): ENG 395

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN ENGLISH

• English (18 hours): 18 credit hours in English courses above ENG 150; 6 hours must be at the 300- or 400-level, electives

may include either THR 301 or THR 302

EXERCISE AND HEALTH STRATEGIES

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR IN EXERCISE AND HEALTH STRATEGIES

• Exercise Science (44 hours): EXS 105, 150, 220, 224, 250, 260, 310, 350, 380, 400, 460, 490, 491

• Chemistry (8 hours): CHE 103/103L, 104/104L

• Support Courses (15 hours): NSB 209A; CIS 111; PHI 214; PSY 105, 208; PSY 201 or MAT 208

• Diversity Series (6 hours): CEH 110, 210, 310, 410

• Experiential Learning: EXS 490 and EXS 491

• Choose an area of concentration (9 credit hours in one area; one course must be 300-level or above):

o Business: BUA 105, 207, 291, 301; SEM 380

o Personal Health: PSY 205, 209, 214 ,311

o Community Health: SOC 215, 216, 217, 304; POS 206, 215, 370; NSC 255B – Introduction to Public Health

o Information Systems: CIS 111 or 113, 240; MIS 320, 405, 450

o Sports Administration: EXS 205, 301, 305

o Orthopedic Technology: EXS 210, 215, 315

EXERCISE SCIENCE

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR IN EXERCISE SCIENCE

• Exercise Science (46 hours): EXS 105, 150, 220, 224, 250, 320, 330, 350, 400, 430, 460, 480, 490, 491

• Chemistry (8 hours): CHE 111/111L, 113/113L

• Biology (8 hours): BIO 211/211L, 212/212L

• Physics (4 hours): PHY 121/121L

• Mathematics (3 hours): MAT 205 or 208

• Support Courses (6 hours): LAW 105; PHI 214

• Diversity Series (6 hours): CEH 110, 210, 310, 410

• Experiential Learning: EXS 490 and EXS 491

76 |

FRENCH

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN FRENCH

• 15 credit hours beyond FRE 202: FRE 252, 301, 302 and two of the following: FRE 305, 352, 355

GERONTOLOGY

Thomas More University offers a multidisciplinary program in Gerontology with required courses and electives applicable

toward a minor. Students should consult the Biology Department for academic advising and the selection of electives.

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN GERONTOLOGY

• Biology (9-13 hours): Choose from: Track I (typically Biology majors): BIO 207, 211/211L, 212/212L, 227; Track II

(typically Nursing majors): BIO 211/211L, 212/212L, BIO 207, NUR 206; or Track III (all other majors): NSB 208, NSB

209/209L, BIO 207

• Psychology (6 hours): PSY 105, 218

• Sociology: (6 hours): SOC 105; 216, 217, or 218

• Theology/Philosophy (6 hours): PHI 305; THE 308 or PSY 316

• Gerontology Practicum (3 hours): BIO 401. Nursing students may substitute NUR 404 or 405.

HISTORY

History is the substructure of a liberal education. History programs provide for students aspiring to careers in law,

government, teaching, and archival or museum administration, but it is recognized that a major in History is a useful

preparation for any profession. The study of History gives perspective and depth to every other area of investigation. Co-op

and internship opportunities are available in law offices, government agencies, libraries, archives, museums, and historical

organizations.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN HISTORY

• History (33 hours): HIS 101, 102, 114, 115, 201, 202, 203, 204, 393, 394, 497

• History Electives (12 hours) as follows: 3 hours in upper level European history, 3 hours in upper level United States

history, 6 hours in two of the following categories: Contemporary World, Developing World, or Asian History

• Experiential Learning: HIS 497

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN HISTORY

• History (21 hours): HIS 101, 102, 114, 115, History electives (9 hours at the 300- or 400-level) as follows: 3 hours in

modern European History, 3 hours in American History, 3 hours in Contemporary World, Developing World, or Asian

History

HUMANITIES

The Humanities program studies the nature and challenges of the human condition through a broad and well-rounded

interdisciplinary educational experience. The University offers a minor in Humanities.

| 77

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN HUMANITIES

• Humanities Electives (18 total hours): 3 hours each from Art History or Theatre, English, History, Foreign Language,

Philosophy, and Theology. All courses must be beyond fulfillment of the core requirements and at least at the 200-level.

At least 6 hours must be at the 300- or 400-level.

INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

Student initiated majors are also possible for the creative student who wishes to plan his/her own major program as an

alternative to other majors. The interdisciplinary approach to a major program paves the way for majors that are

responsive to the contemporary student’s quest for exploration of a problem or topic spanning more than one subject area

which not relaxing the standards which the University has set for the more traditional majors. An interdisciplinary major is

defined as an academic program focusing on a wide-ranging topic or significant concern – for example, a major societal,

academic, cultural, environmental, institutional or organizational problem – that draws upon several disciplines for courses

which together constitute an academic approach to the problem. It is a full-fledge major but without a specific department.

It must receive approval from the Director of Interdisciplinary Studies and the student must have a sponsoring faculty

advisor, and usually a faculty committee with representation from at least two distinct disciplines.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

• Interdisciplinary Core (4 hours): IDS 150, 450

• Academic Areas of Inquiry (35 hours): Hours from among existing minors, certificates, or other groupings, explicitly

woven together and justified. Course work must include two different groupings with a minimum of 12 hours in each.

Up to 9 credit hours may count for both core and major requirements, otherwise all courses must be beyond fulfillment

of the core and at the 200 level or about; 13 hours must be at the 300 level or about. Course work for the major must

be submitted in a formal, written proposal to the Director of the Institute for Ethical Leadership and Interdisciplinary

Studies for entry into the program.

• Recommended Courses (6 hours): ELS 115; LAW 105

• Experiential Learning: IDS 355 or any approved experiential learning course

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

• Required Courses (13 hours): ELS 115; IDS 150, 355, 450; LAW 105

• Recommended Courses: PHI 105 and/or and Ethics Course

• Academic Areas of Inquiry (4 hours): Courses must be approved by department

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

International Studies is an interdisciplinary program designed to prepare students for careers in the contemporary world.

The program strives to recognize and understand the complexities and problems of our world, and to offer meaningful, just

solutions consonant with the Christian values espoused by Thomas More University.

Candidates for the BA degree are required to choose one area of concentration from among European, Latin American and

Caribbean Studies, or Developing World. The choice of concentration determines the foreign language to be studied.

Students intending to pursue graduate work in International Studies or International Relations are encouraged to take the

following courses in addition to the requirements listed: a language at the advanced (3rd year) level, ECO 215, ECO 216 and

a quantitative analysis course.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

European Concentration

• Required Courses (27 hours): GEO 201; ECO 105; ECO 238; INT 400; POS 105, 230, 335; SOC 105; 3 hours chosen from

ART 251, ART 252, MUS 260, THR 301, THR 302; Recommended Course: NSB 214/214L

78 |

• European Language (6 hours in one language at the 200 level or higher)

• Electives (6 hours) chosen from: HIS 326, 327, 328, 329, 340, 349, 431, 432, 433, 434, 442, 455

• Study Abroad through one of the University’s affiliated programs in a geographically appropriate region

• Experiential Learning: Any study abroad experience

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

Developing World Concentration

• Required Courses (27 hours): GEO 201; ECO 105; ECO 238; INT 400; POS 105, 230, 335; SOC 105; 3 hours chosen from

ART 251, ART 252, MUS 260, THR 301, THR 302; Recommended Course: NSB 214/214L

• Foreign Language (6 hours in one language at the 200 level or higher)

• Electives (6 hours) chosen from: BUA 252, HIS 349, 435, 452, 461, 462, 465, PHI 255 Latin American Philosophy, SOC 381

• Study Abroad through one of the University’s affiliated programs in a geographically appropriate region

• Experiential Learning: Any study abroad experience

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

Latin American and Caribbean Studies Concentration

• Required Courses (27 hours): GEO 201; ECO 105; ECO 238; INT 400; POS 105, 230, 335; SOC 105; 3 hours chosen from

ART 251, ART 252, MUS 260, THR 301, THR 302; Recommended Course: NSB 214/214L

• Spanish Language (6 hours in one language at the 200 level or higher)

• Electives (6 hours) chosen from: HIS 435, PHI 255 – Latin American Philosophy, SOC 381

• Study Abroad through one of the University’s affiliated programs in a geographically appropriate region

• Experiential Learning: Any study abroad experience

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

• Required Courses (18 credit hours): ECO 105; GEO 201; POS 105, 230; SOC 105; 3 hours chosen from ART 251, 252, MUS

260, THR 301, 302

• Electives (6 credit hours) chosen from: Non-US History course at or above 300-level or Study Abroad

LAW

The Bachelor of Arts in Law degree program offers a foundation in both legal theory and practice. The course of study

introduces the student to a range of legal topics and prepares the student not only for an advanced level of study, such as

law school, but also for professional opportunities in a variety of organizations including regulatory agencies, small

businesses, public offices, or non-profit organizations. Each student in this program will also select and earn a minor in a field

of study that best meets the student’s interests.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN LAW

• Law (21 hours): LAW 105, 310, 312 or 315 (or CRJ 301), 320, 420, 497, 498

• Support courses (18 hours): BUA 291; BUA 292 or POS 215; BUA 305 or ENG 355; CRJ 101 or POS 105; ELS 115 or PHI

219; PHI 175

• Complete 15 Elective Credit Hours or a University approved minor:

o Elective courses (15 hours with 9 of those hours at the 300-level): five courses from the following BUA

303, 403, BUA 355 OR CRJ 355, CRJ 301*, HCM 480, LAW 255, LAW 312*, LAW 315*, LAW 355, PHI 255,

PHI 421, POS 215, POS 425, SEM 380 (*courses cannot double count)

o Optional Minor instead of the Elective Courses: students can complete minor in a field of study that best

meets the student’s interest instead of the elective courses

• Experiential Learning: LAW 498

Note: A student seeking a degree in Law must earn a grade of “C” or better in all Law courses.

| 79

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN LAW 3+3 PROGRAM

Thomas More University has agreements with Northern Kentucky University’s Salmon P. Chase College of Law and the

University of Cincinnati College of Law. In order to participate in the Law 3+3 Program, a student must be accepted to a law

school with which Thomas More University has an agreement. After completing the junior year of study at Thomas More

University, the student transfers to a Law program at another regionally accredited institution with which Thomas More has

an agreement. To successfully obtain the B.A. in Law from Thomas More University the student must transfer in 24 semester

credit hours of Law courses from the Law School, approved by the Department Chair. Typically, after the first year at the Law

school, the student is qualified to receive the B.A. in Law from Thomas More University. The student will transfer back to

Thomas More University 24 semester credit hours of grades (2.0 or greater, on a 4-point scale) for graduation at Thomas

More University.

Thomas More University is accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools Commission on Colleges to award

master, baccalaureate, and associate degrees. The University of Cincinnati College of Law is not accredited by SACS

Commission on Colleges and the accreditation of Thomas More University does not extend to or include the University of

Cincinnati College of Law or its students. Further, although Thomas More University agrees to accept certain course work

from the University of Cincinnati College of Law to be applied toward an award from Thomas More University, that course

work may not be accepted by other colleges or universities in transfer, even if it appears on a transcript from Thomas More

University. The decision to accept course work in transfer from any institution is made by the institution considering the

acceptance of credits or course work.

• Law (12 hours): LAW 105, 310, 320, 497

• Support courses (12 hours): BUA 291; BUA 305 or ENG 355; CRJ 101 or POS 105; PHI 105

• Elective courses (6 hours): two courses from the following BUA 303, BUA 355 OR CRJ 355, CRJ 301, HCM 480, LAW 255,

LAW 312, LAW 315, LAW 355, LAW 420, LAW 455, PHI255, PHI 421, POS 215, POS 425, SEM 380

• Experiential Learning: Law School Courses

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN LAW

• Law (12 hours): LAW 105, 310, 320, 497

• Support courses (6 hours): CRJ 101 or POS 105; PHI 105

• Elective course (3 hours): one course from the following BUA 291, BUA 303, BUA 355 OR CRJ 355, CRJ 301, HCM 480,

LAW 255, LAW 312, LAW 315, LAW 355, LAW 420, PHI 255, PHI 421, POS 215, POS 425, SEM 380

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

The Management Information Systems program prepares students for employment in the real-world business environment

where they will identify problems and develop IT solutions. The program provides cutting-edge, in-depth technical knowledge

and skills in information systems, business knowledge, critical thinking, and communication skills.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

• Core (39 hours): MIS 113, 114/L, 150, 211, 320, 341, 350, 390, 405, 415, 450, 490: CIS 240

• MIS electives (9 hours): Students must complete 9 hours of electives and at least 6 hours must be at the 400-level in MIS

courses or 300- and above in CIS courses. These electives may include 3 hours of co-op in an approved computer

related field.

• Accounting/Business (12 hours): ACC 101, 102; BUA 241, 341

• Support courses (10 hours): COM 204; ECO105; MAT 143

• Experiential Learning: MIS 490

• A student seeking a degree in Management Information Systems must earn a grade of “C- “or above in all Management

Information Systems and Math courses required for the major.

80 |

OPTIONAL

• 4+1 MBA Concentration (15 credit hours): Students must apply in the spring of their Sophomore year. Students may

substitute BUA 321 and two MBA courses for the MIS electives. See the requirements in the Graduate Programs

section.

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS

• Information Systems (18 hours): CIS 113/MIS 113 (waived if completed CIS 111); CIS 114/L/MIS 114/L or MIS 150; MIS

320; MIS 350; MIS 405; MIS 460

• Electives (6 hours): six hours in CIS or MIS electives

• A student seeking a minor in Information Systems must earn a grade of “C- “or above in all CIS and MIS courses required

for the minor.

MATHEMATICS

The aim of the mathematics curriculum is to prepare the student for graduate studies, teaching, and/or for application of the

principles of mathematics in business and industry.

Students pursuing a B.A. in mathematics should take MAT 151, 152, 201, and 231 before the end of their sophomore year.

Students planning to take courses with prerequisites of MAT 096 or 115 may do so by either taking the prerequisite courses

or by passing the appropriate placement exams. These placement exams are given each term by appointment with a member

of the Math faculty.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN MATHEMATICS

• Mathematics (43 hours): MAT 151, 152, 201, 202, 231, 306, 320, 340, 405, 411, 498, 499; 6 additional hours from

MAT123, 124, any course numbered 205 or higher

• Computer Information Systems (6 hours): CIS 114 and 255 or satisfactory completion of BS in physics

• Science (6 hours): CHE 111 and 113 (CHE 111L and 113L recommended) or PHY 141 and 142 (PHY 141L and 142L

recommended)

• Experiential Learning: MAT 489 and 499

• All mathematics majors must have a “C” or better in any course or prerequisite within the major. If a student receives a

“C- “or worse in a course, that course must be retaken, which may delay subsequent coursework.

• Some of these requirements change for students who decide to double-major in Math and Physics, due to significant

overlap in course requirements. If you are interested, please contact a Physics faculty member for a proposed schedule

and for advice on how to complete the requirements on a timely schedule.

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN MATHEMATICS

• Math (21 hours): MAT 151; MAT 152; MAT 201; 9 additional hours from MAT123, 124, 205, or higher

MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE

The first three years of the program are accomplished at Thomas More University and give the student a strong background

in biology, chemistry, and the liberal arts. During the third year, the student will apply to the School of Medical Laboratory

Science at nearby St. Elizabeth’s Medical Center. The Medical Laboratory Science program at St. Elizabeth is accredited by

the National Accreditation Agency for Clinical Lab Science (NAACLS) of Chicago, IL. She/he will spend the final (fourth)

undergraduate year taking classes in this program. The program accommodates only six students each year and consists of

laboratory-centered courses in which the individual is able to progress processing actual patient samples while still a student.

The student will receive his/her degree in Medical Laboratory Science from TMU.

| 81

*Modified Core Curriculum: Communication and Senior Theology courses not required; only 3 credit hours in Fine Arts, ART

251 is required.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE OF SCIENCE MAJOR IN MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE

• Biology (36 hours): BIO 101/101L, 102/102L, 211/211L and 212/212L, 205, 206/206L, 207, 216/216L, 326/326L, BIO489

• Chemistry (16 hours): CHE 111/111L, 113/113L, 220/220L, 240/240L

• Mathematics (7 hours): MAT 143, 205

• Physics (4 hours minimum): PHY 121/121L (122, 122L recommended)

• Minimum of 90 hours before beginning the hospital program

• Hospital program of professional study 32 to 40 credit hours. Students will register for MLS 489 fulltime in both the fall

and spring semesters. 34 hours will transfer back to Thomas More University after completion of the program and will

replace MLS 489 on the transcript

• Experiential Learning: BIO 489

• No Medical Laboratory Science major may graduate with more than one letter grade lower than a “C” in required

courses for the MLS program. Any grades below a “C” must be replaced by a higher grade which may be earned only by

repeating the course.

MUSIC

The Music minor is for students who are interested in pursuing musical studies further at a higher academic level, while not

intending to pursue primary professional careers as performing musicians. Required courses include Music History I and II,

Music Theory I and II, private vocal or instrumental lessons, ensembles and chamber ensembles, and upper-level music

seminar courses as applicable. Our program is specifically designed to be tailored to the desires and needs of our students,

while complementing the liberal arts mission of Thomas More University.

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN MUSIC

• Music (15 hours): MUS155, 245, 246, 301, 302

• Instrumental or Vocal Track (6 hours):

o Instrumental Track (6 hours): MUS 255, 271

o Vocal Track (6 hours): MUS 100, 103, 203, 270, 271

NON-PROFIT AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Public administration is the study of public organizations and management. Students will examine the development of the

field, explore the roles public agencies play in our society, and address principal questions in the field. The curriculum focuses

upon helping students develop critical thinking skills essential to effective management and the ability to identify the

elements of good public and non-profit administration. The classroom experience is enhanced by enabling students to gain

valuable insight into the unique environment in which public and non-profit agencies operate by interacting with

professionals in the field.

This program prepares students to pursue employment in non-profit and public sector organizations or prepare them for

graduate school in Management, Public Administration, Arts Administration, or Business Administration. Open to all majors,

the minor in public administration and nonprofit management is best suited for students pursuing a major in political science,

criminal justice, sociology, history, economics, and business, and other students wishing to apply their major in public sector

and non-profit employment.

82 |

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN NON-PROFIT AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

• Core (12 hours): POS 105, 215, 370; BUA 270

• Electives (6 hours): 6 hours from among the following courses. 3 hours must be at the 300- or 400-level. POS 206, BUA

301, 302, 303, 307; COM 201, 305; CRJ 210, 225, 407; ECO 305; PHI 235; SOC 325

NURSING

The Department of Nursing shares the University’s commitment to promoting an educational environment consistent with

the pursuit of academic excellence in an atmosphere of Christian values. The purpose of the Nursing Department is to

respond to the learning needs of students, to prepare generalists in nursing practice who will have a foundation for graduate

education, and to respond to the health care needs of the surrounding community.

Nursing program admission policy for incoming first-year students:

Entering the Nursing program is a two-tiered process: acceptance into the University prior to the start of the first-year and

admission into the nursing program at the end of the first-year.

Requirements for admission into the Nursing Program:

1. minimum TMU cumulative G.P.A. of 2.75

2. passage within the last seven years of all courses designated as prerequisite for 200 or higher-level Nursing courses

with at least a “C” grade. If the student needs to repeat a course, the student may be given conditional admittance

contingent upon receiving at least a grade of “C” in the repeated course.

3. filing an application for admission to Nursing Program by May 1 of the first-year

A student who does not meet the above criteria may be asked to submit one or more of the following for continued

consideration: an interview with nursing faculty, an essay, and/or consideration of TOEFL scores for international students.

Nursing program admissions policy for transfer students:

Students wishing to transfer from another school into the Nursing program at Thomas More University must achieve all of

the following:

1. transfer from an accredited BSN program if transferring nursing credits

2. have earned a minimum college cumulative GPA of 2.75

3. present a letter requesting transfer one semester in advance of proposed start

4. present documentation of good standing from the current university or college

5. have passed, within the last seven years, all Nursing courses and those designated as prerequisite to Nursing courses

with at least a “C”, regardless if the course was repeated for a higher grade. An applicant who has been unsuccessful

in one nursing course may be admitted at the discretion of faculty

6. have no history of disciplinary action or academic probation

7. have taken biology and chemistry credits within the last seven years

8. pass a departmental math test with a score of at least 80 if unable to provide ACT/SAT scores

9. meet all Nursing Student Handbook standards

Nursing admissions policy for RN to BSN program:

Students wishing to enter the RN to BSN program must adhere to all admissions procedures and standards set forth in the

catalog, in addition to the meeting the criteria below:

1. earned an associate degree in Nursing from an accredited institution with a minimum GPA of 2.50 on a 4.0 scale

2. hold a current encumbered RN license from the state of Kentucky. Applicants licensed in other US states should visit

the Kentucky State Board of Nursing website for information on how to be licensed in Kentucky.

3. earned a grade of “C” or higher in all prerequisite courses

4. complete the Health and Academic file requirements as outlined in the RN to BSN handbook

5. submit a completed RN to BSN Application Form to the Nursing Department by the appropriate deadline.

Application forms may be obtained from the Nursing Department.

There are several health, academic, and other requirements outlined in detail in the "Nursing Student Handbook" that all

nursing students must complete as required. The Department of Nursing Faculty reserves the right to limit the number of

| 83

students in a clinical course to meet requirements of the State Board of Nursing and requirements of the clinical specialty

areas.

*Modified Core Curriculum: Communication and Foreign Language courses not required; THE 308 may be used for the

Systematic Theology requirement.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING

• Nursing (52 hours): NUR 103, 104, 203, 204, 204L, 205, 206, 207, 208, 210, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 403, 404, 405, 406,

407, 408

• Supporting Courses (52 hours): BIO 211/211L, 212/212L, 216/216L, 255; CEH 110, 210, 310, 410; CHE 103/103L,

104/104L, HCM420; PSY 105, 214; SOC 105; MAT 205 or 208; ENG 150 and any literature or advanced writing course at

the 200 level or higher

• Students must earn a grade of "C" or above in all nursing and nursing support courses.

• Experiential Learning: NUR 407

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING

(RN to BSN option)

• Students must bring in at least 60 credit hours in transfer

• Prerequisites (14 hours): BIO 211/211L, 212/212L; ENG 150; PSY 105

• Nursing (21 hours): NUR 310, 403, 410, 410P, 411, 411P

• Supporting Courses (9 hours): MAT 205/208; HCM 420, 480

• Experiential Learning: NUR 410P

ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT AND ETHICAL LEADERSHIP

The Organizational Management and Ethical Leadership program prepares students to become ethical leaders in a specific

career field based on their choice of concentration. Through classroom and experiential learning opportunities, students

will gain the knowledge and dispositions required to be effective leaders and ethical decision makers in a specific industry,

with awareness of the ethical, managerial, financial, social, and technical challenges inherent in all organizations.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT AND ETHICAL LEADERSHIP

• Organizational Management and Ethical Leadership (17 hours): ELS 115, 210, 302, 315, 325, 390, 420

• Accountancy and Business Administration (12 hours): ACC 101, 102; BUA 105, 301

• Theology and Philosophy – Values and Ethics (12 hours): PHI 217, 417, 421; THE 425A

• Support courses (15 hours): CIS 111; COM 204; MAT 205; LAW 105; one course from the following ECO 101, ECO 105,

POS 105, PSY 105, SOC 105

• Experiential Learning: ELS 390

• Concentration (9 hours): Students choose from one area of concentration below.

o Healthcare Management: HCM 370, 410, 420

o Lodging and Revenue Management: ELS 230, 330, 430

o Logistics Management: ELS 250, 350, 450

o Meeting and Event Planning: ELS 270, 370, 470

o Ethics: PHI 215, 307; THE 309

o Supply Chain Management: SCM 205, 245, 315

o Student Designed: A student may design an area of concentration to align with specific interests or career

goals. An advisor from the appropriate department and the Director of the ELS Program must approve the

concentration and courses.

84 |

REQUIREMENTS FOR AN ACCELERATED BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT AND

ETHICAL LEADERSHIP

This option is only available to students with DGP admission.

• Organizational Management and Ethical Leadership (17 hours): ELS 115, 210, 302, 315, 325, 390, 420

• Accountancy and Business Administration (9 hours): ACC 205; BUA 201, 301

• Philosophy (9 hours): PHI 217, 417, 421

• Support courses (9 hours): COM 204; LAW 105; one course from the following ECO 101, ECO 105, POS 105, PSY 105, SOC

105

• Concentration (9 hours): Students choose from one area of concentration below.

o Lodging and Revenue Management: ELS 230, 330, 430

o Logistics Management: ELS 250, 350, 450

o Meeting and Event Planning: ELS 270, 370, 470

o Ethics: PHI 215, 307; THE 309

o Supply Chain Management: SCM 205, 245,315

o Student Designed: A student may design an area of concentration to align with specific interests or career

goals. An advisor from the appropriate department and the Director of the ELS Program must approve the

concentration and courses.

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT AND ETHICAL LEADERSHIP

• Organizational Management and Ethical Leadership (9 hours): ELS 115, 315, 420

• Philosophy (9 hours): PHI 217, 417, 421

REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATE IN ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT AND ETHICAL LEADERSHIP

• Organizational Management and Ethical Leadership (10 hours): ELS 115, 315, 420: PHI 210

PHILOSOPHY

Philosophy holds a special place, second only to Theology, in the Catholic Intellectual Tradition, because of its commitment

to explore the ultimate meaning of life, the place of the human person in relation to all other reality, and the responsibility

that each person has toward others. The study of Philosophy is one of the most central elements in achieving the mission of

Thomas More University. The Philosophy Department contributes to the University’s mission in two ways. First, it presents

a set of courses in the core curriculum which aid each student in developing a deeper understanding of human nature,

reasoning, freedom and of the philosophical underpinnings of Christian beliefs. The “Metaphysics and Epistemology” (M&E)

courses look at the distinctive characteristics of the human person, the nature of reality, and knowledge. A central dimension

of the human person is moral freedom; this area will be examined in a second set of courses which fall under the rubric of

“Values and Ethics” (V&E). Each student chooses one course from each set in accord with his or her interests and career

plans.

The second function of the Department is to provide a course of study leading to a major in Philosophy. Building on the core

that all students take, the program has three main components:

1) courses that enable the student to reflect on human nature and its social dimensions;

2) courses exploring the rich tradition of philosophical reflection in the western world; and

3) courses leading the student into reflection on central metaphysical and epistemological issues.

This program is meant to lead the student into a process of reflection on issues that are raised throughout the core curriculum

of the University and to encourage an understanding of the underpinnings of the intellectual tradition that has marked the

development of Christian thought in the West. The primary goal of this program is to produce graduates who will be capable

of approaching any activity in life in a reflective way. Since the program has this perspective it can serve, either at the

associate or the bachelor level, as a worthwhile adjunct to the intellectual growth of students preparing for a professional

| 85

career in any field. It would be especially helpful as a background for persons who intend to work in any social, political, legal

or religious context.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN PHILOSOPHY

• Philosophy (33 hours): PHI 125, 130, 175, 214 or 215 or 216 or 217 or 218 or 219, 230, 305, 307, 400, 401, 417, 3 hours

of electives

• Mathematics (3 hours): from BUA 241, MAT 205, or 208

• Experiential Learning: any study abroad or co-op experience

• Students must earn a “C” or better in all Philosophy courses

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN PHILOSOPHY

• Philosophy (18 hours): Choose one combination of courses from Values, Metaphysics and Epistemology, or Student

Designed:

o Values: PHI 105, 214 or 215 or 216 or 217 or 218 or 219, 230, 235, 307, 417

o Metaphysics and Epistemology: PHI 105, 125, 130, 305, 325, 307, 401

o Student Designed: PHI 307, additional elective at the 300- or 400- level. Recommendations for remaining

hours: PHI 105, PHI 175 (Introduction to Philosophy), one ethics course, and at least one of the History of

Philosophy courses

PHYSICS

The Physics Department at Thomas More University offers a challenging curriculum designed to prepare the student for

further work and study in business, industry, and graduate school. The program develops the student's appreciation and

problem-solving abilities in such areas as Dynamics, Electromagnetic theory, Thermal Physics, Quantum Mechanics and

Modern Physics.

Students learn Physics not only in the small, personalized atmosphere of lecture courses, but also through hands on

experimentation provided by the laboratory and research components of the curriculum. Research projects are chosen by

the student in consultation with a faculty mentor. Projects are possible in computer interfacing, electronics, observational

astronomy, among other concentrations. Computer programming abilities are developed as part of both lecture and

laboratory courses.

The student who successfully completes the four-year Bachelor of Science in Physics program will graduate with a B.S. in

Physics, an A.A. in Mathematics, and possess the theoretical and experimental background necessary to pursue a professional

career in Physics-related fields.

The Bachelor of Arts degree in Physics is a program designed for those students who plan on entering the job market

immediately after graduation. This program allows the student the flexibility of designing a Learning Plan that will enhance

the student’s marketability after graduation. The student, with the input and assistance of potential employers and the

Physics faculty, will develop a personalized plan of study, consisting of at least 15 credit hours of courses in an area that will

complement the required Physics and Mathematics courses in the program.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS

• Physics (44 hours): PHY 141/141L, 142/142L, 241/241L, 242, 251, 312, 321, 322, 416, 432, 490, 491, 498; 6 elective

hours from PHY courses numbered 300 or higher

• Mathematics (25 hours): MAT 151, 152, 201, 202, 310, 320 and three elective hours in Mathematics at or above MAT

231

86 |

• Supporting Courses Recommended: CHE 111, 113 (both possibly with labs); PHY 311 (Please note students must

complete at least one 3 hour lecture course in a science discipline outside of physics to satisfy the core requirements of

the University.)

• Experiential Learning: PHY 490 and PHY 491

• Students must earn a “C” or better in all major and support courses required for the major to graduate. If a student

receives a “C- “or worse in a course, that course must be retaken, which may delay subsequent coursework.

• The requirements for a BS in physics are sufficient to attain a minor in Mathematics. If one wishes to instead receive a

BA in Mathematics, the additional requirements include 18 hours: MAT 231, 306, 340, 405, 411, and either MAT 406 or

421, plus 3 hours (in addition to MAT 310 which is required for the BS in physics) from MAT courses numbered 206 or

higher excluding MAT 205 and 208. Three hours from this list will have been satisfied by the physics requirement of “3

hours of MAT numbered 231 or higher.” Please contact a Physics faculty member for a proposed schedule and for

advice on how to complete the requirements on a timely schedule.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PHYSICS

• Physics (33 hours): PHY 141/141L, 142/142L, 241/241L, 242, 312, 321, 322, 490, 491, 498 and 6 hours from Physics

courses numbered 200 or higher excluding those cross-listed as NSP/PHY.

• Mathematics (19 hours): MAT 151, 152, 201, 202, 320

• Learning Plan (15 hours minimum): A sequence developed by the student and advisor

• Experiential Learning: PHY 490 and PHY 491

• Students must earn a “C” or better in all major and support courses required for the major to graduate. If a student

receives a “C- “or worse in a course, that course must be retaken, which may delay subsequent coursework.

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN PHYSICS

• Physics (16-17 hours): PHY 121/121L or 141/141L; PHY 142/142L; PHY 241/241L

• Mathematics (12 hours): MAT 151, 152, 201

• One of the following options:

• 9 hours – PHY 242, PHY 311, PHY 317

• 10 hours – PHY 242, PHY 321, PHY 322, PHY 251/251L

• 10 hours – MAT 202, PHY 311, PHY 315

• Students must earn a “C” or better in all major and support courses required for the major to graduate. If a student

receives a “C-“or worse in a course, that course must be retaken, which may delay subsequent coursework.

POLITICAL SCIENCE

The Political Science Department at Thomas More University is incorporated with the History and International Studies

department. Within a Catholic community with a deep sense of respect and concern for all, Political Science introduces

students to the political complexities of the contemporary world. The program provides an introduction to the foundational

literature for each of the following sub-fields: American Government; Political Theory; and World Politics. It strives to

inculcate an awareness of the vital and responsible role students can and should play as citizens in the political world.

Students can add to their academic experience through co-op and internship opportunities.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE

• Political Science Core (18 hours): POS 105, 106, 230, 290, 311, 499

• Political Science Electives (24 hours): 6 hours from each of the four following categories:

a. American Government and Politics: POS 206, 306, 324, 425, COM 340

b. World Politics: POS 335, 435, 438, 442, 452, 465, SOC 381, 382, GEO 201

c. Public Administration and Political Theory: POS 215, 370, 440, 493, BUA270, PHI 235, SOC 325

d. Political Economy: ECO 105 and three hours from ECO 106, 216, 239, 305, 306, 310, POS 440

• Experiential Learning: POS 370 or POS 493 or POS 494 or POS 495 or POS 496

| 87

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE

• Political Science (18 hours): POS 105, 106, 230, 290; six hours of electives from 300- or 400-level POS courses

PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS:

PRE-DENTAL PREPARATION:

Successful performance in the DAT examination is a requirement for entry into Dental school. Besides the above

curriculum, students interested in applying to dental schools are encouraged to take Microbiology in lieu of a second

Physics course. Students also need 40 hours of direct dental shadowing/apprenticeship experience. Consult the Biology

Department.

PRE-ENGINEERING PREPARATION:

The Physics Department at Thomas More University offers a rigorous pre-Engineering program providing the student with a

strong background in the areas of Physics necessary for further study in Engineering. The program allows the students an

opportunity to earn a B.S. degree in Physics and an A.A. in Mathematics from Thomas More University as well as a B.S. in

Engineering from the engineering school of his/her choice.

After completing the junior year of study at Thomas More University, the student transfers to an Engineering program at

another regionally accredited institution. To successfully obtain the B.S. in Physics from Thomas More University the student

must transfer in 15 semester credit hours of engineering courses from the Engineering School, approved by the Department

Chair. To obtain the B.S. in Engineering, the student is responsible for successfully completing all requirements for that

degree as specified by the chosen Engineering School. Typically, after the first year at the Engineering school, the student is

qualified to receive the B.S. in Physics and A.A. in Mathematics from Thomas More University. The student will transfer back

to Thomas More University 15 semester credit hours of grades (2.0 or greater, on a 4-point scale) for graduation at Thomas

More University. Normally after the second year, the B.S. in Engineering is obtained. Cooperative programs are available at

the Engineering institutions wherein the student alternates on a quarter or semester basis between class attendance and

supervised engineering work in business or industry.

Several options are available for adapting the chemistry major program for those students who are interested in pursuing

studies in the areas of Chemical and Metallurgical Engineering and Material Science at the undergraduate and graduate levels.

These pre-engineering programs of study are pursued through Thomas More University’s Chemistry Department.

Programs are available for Aeronautical, Aerospace, Agricultural, Civil, Electrical, Electronic, Computer, Industrial, Mechanical

and Nuclear Engineering (Under the Physics Department).

*Modified Core Curriculum: Communication and Senior Theology courses not required.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS

AND MINOR IN MATHEMATICS

*for Pre-Engineering Students

• Physics (30 hours): PHY 141/141L, 142/142L, 241/241L, 242, 251, 311, 312, 321, 322

• Mathematics (25 hours): MAT 151, 152, 201, 202, 220, 310; MAT 340 or 303

• Supporting Courses (6 hours): CHE 111, 113; CHE 111L and 113L labs recommended

• Engineering (15 hours): Students must transfer the following coursework back to Thomas More University:

o 15 hours of engineering courses from an ABET-accredited engineering school

o and enough college credit to satisfy the requirement of a minimum of 120 credit hours

88 |

• Experiential Learning: Engineering courses

• Students must earn a “C” or better in all major and support courses required for the major to graduate. If a student

receives a “C- “or worse in a course, that course must be retaken, which may delay subsequent coursework.

PRE-MEDICAL PREPARATION:

Students who aspire to become physicians must undertake a course of study that will prepare them to meet the

requirements for medical school as well as take the MCAT entrance examinations; the right array of courses can position

students to submit successful applications for medical school. A team of advisors is available to guide you in your goal to

enter the medical professions.

Eighty percent (80) of those entering medical school do so with a major in Biology; 20% enter with majors that range from

Chemistry to English, History, Philosophy, and Theology. In fact, a strong degree in any major can prepare you well to

perform successfully in the medical school application process, as long as you undertake a robust curriculum in the Sciences

alongside your major.

Students who plan to graduate in four years must be prepared to take the MCAT examinations during the summer between

their junior and senior year. Therefore, irrespective of their chosen major, students must undertake the following array of

courses in during their first three years in order to perform well on these examinations:

Biology I and II

General Chemistry I and II

Organic Chemistry I and II

Physics I and II (Algebra-based at TMU)

Biochemistry

An English course that strengthens reading, writing, and communication skills

Social Science courses (both Psychology and Sociology)

Other upper-level biology courses are recommended, but not required

Total: 36 – 45 credits

Students interested in non-Science majors might consider a minor in Biology which requires a few additional courses in

Biology to the above curriculum.

Sample Pathway:

Pre-Med Courses: 36-45 credits

Major in a Humanities field (E.g., English): 36 credits

Core (Abridged): 34 credits or

Electives: 5-14 credits

Total: 120 credits

Students undertaking the Comprehensive Core should expect to complete the major, the Pre-Med curriculum, and the

Comprehensive Core for a total of 150 credits.

PRE-PHARMACY PREPARATION: Consult the Biology Department

PRE-OCCUPATIONAL OR PHYSICAL THERAPY PREPARATION: Consult the Biology Department

| 89

PRE-VETERINARY PREPARATION: Consult the Biology Department

PSYCHOLOGY

Majoring in Psychology allows the student to become acquainted with both applied and scientific aspects of the field. Course

work is designed for both the student whose primary interest is increasing his/her knowledge of human behavior and for the

student whose goals involve graduate study in Psychology.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN PSYCHOLOGY

• Core Courses (15 hours): PSY 105, 201, 202, 308, 408; Psychology majors must have successfully completed Statistics

(PSY 201 or MAT 208) before registering for 300 or 400 level courses. A minimum grade of “C” or better is required in

each of these courses for students majoring in Psychology; a student achieving a lower grade in any of them must repeat

the course(s).

• Experimental Area (12 hours): four courses from the following: PSY 303, 307, 310, 311, 315, 316, 325

• Clinical & Social Psychology Area (12 hours): four courses from the following: PSY 205, 206, 214, 305, 306, 312, 405

• Psychology Electives (3 hours): one course from Psychology

• Experiential Learning: PSY 300 or PSY 301 or PSY 406 or department approved

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN PSYCHOLOGY/ (ANOTHER MAJOR)

• Core Courses (15 hours): PSY 105, 201, 202, 308, 408; Psychology majors must have successfully completed Statistics

(PSY 201 or MAT 208) before registering for 300 or 400 level courses. A minimum grade of “C” or better is required in

each of these courses for students majoring in Psychology; a student achieving a lower grade in any of them must repeat

the course(s).

• Experimental Area (9 hours): three courses from the following: PSY 303, 307, 310, 311, 315, 316, 325; plus one related

elective in the student's second major

• Clinical & Social Psychology Area (9 hours): three courses from the following: PSY 205, 206, 214, 305, 306, 312, 405;

plus one related elective from the student's second major

• Psychology Electives (3 hours): one course in Psychology

• Experiential Learning: PSY 300 or PSY 301 or PSY 406

• The courses in the student's second major that are used to fulfill requirements in the two categories above must be

approved in advance by the Psychology Department. The student who is a double major is under no obligation to utilize

this arrangement for the double major and may elect to fulfill the requirements as specified for the single major.

REQUIREMENTS FOR A CLINICAL CONCENTRATION WITHIN THE PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR

Students will meet the requirements for the psychology major as it currently stands with the inclusion of the following

courses:

• PSY 206 Abnormal Psychology

• PSY 301 Internship: PSY 301-1 Internship Workshop (1hr) and PSY 301 Selected Internship Placement (3hrs)

• PSY 306 Clinical & Counseling Psychology

• PSY 312 Advanced Abnormal & Clinical Psychology

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN PSYCHOLOGY

• Psychology (12 hours): PSY 105; nine (9) credit hours of Psychology electives

• Experimental Area (3 hours): one course from the following: PSY 303, 307, 310, 311, 315, 316, 325

• Clinical & Social Psychology Area (3 hours): one course from the following: PSY 205, 206, 214, 305, 306, 312, 405

90 |

Six credit hours (2 courses) must be at the 300- or 400-level

SOCIOLOGY

The goal of the Department of Sociology and Criminal Justice is to contribute to the intellectual growth and empowerment

of majors and the student body as a whole. This goal is realized through offering students’ opportunities to promote growth

both in and around the classroom. Particularly, the student will explore the relationships between society, culture, and self

in preparation to contribute to the discipline’s humanitarian mission in future positions of responsibility (such as, citizen,

family member, employee/employer, governmental official, and/or graduate student). The curriculum is geared toward

flexibility, thus allowing the student to tailor coursework around interests and career aspirations, be they roles in the non-

profit sector, research, government, human/community service, business, graduate education, or others.

Students who are Sociology majors must maintain a 2.50 grade-point-average. Majors must meet this requirement in both

their major courses and their overall classes. If a student does not meet either of these grade-point-average standards, the

department reserves the right to suspend their declaration of major. Similarly, any major who does not meet these

requirements by their matriculation will not be recommended for candidacy for graduation by the departmental chair. Those

students who do not meet these requirements in any given semester are required to meet with the Chair of the Department

at the beginning of the following semester to discuss appropriate course of action.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY

• Sociology (36 total hours): SOC 105, 206, 301, 311, 405, 409; departmental electives (18 hours)

• Supporting Courses (9 total hours): MAT 208 or PSY 201; supporting electives (6 hours) chosen from BUA, ECO, HIS, POS,

or PSY offerings

• Computer Literacy (3 hours): CIS 111 or equivalent

• Experiential Learning: SOC 206

• Students must maintain a 2.5 grade point average - see statement above.

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN SOCIOLOGY

• Sociology (18 hours total): SOC 105, 216 or 217, 301; 9 hours of departmental electives, 3 of which must be at the 300-

or 400-level

SPANISH

Thomas More University offers a minor in Spanish; a major in Spanish may be completed as an individualized program of

study. Studying Spanish prepares students to be analytical thinkers as they develop as language learners and global citizens.

Classes are small, allowing for individualized exploration of various topics. Students are also encouraged to expand their

knowledge through courses in the consortium and study abroad.

The minor in Spanish explores several aspects of Hispanic cultures. The course of study allows students to perfect the five

language skills—listening, reading, speaking, writing, and cultures-and provides the opportunity for introductory study in

literature, business, current events, and other areas. A minor in Spanish is the perfect companion to fields like business, art,

and the health professions, among others.

The individualized B.A. in Spanish helps students obtain a deep understanding of Spanish and Hispanic cultures and business

practices, while developing language and literature skills and advancing in proficiency. It prepares students to continue

graduate studies in the language, and compliments careers in health, law, business, education, and international affairs.

Students pursuing a B.A. in Spanish are encouraged to pursue a concurrent major and required to study abroad.

| 91

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN SPANISH

• Spanish (36 hours): completed through a combination of course work, independent studies, and study

abroad/immersion programs.

• Recommended electives: ART 255; COM 370, 215; ENG 255; HIS 435; MAT 208; PHI 230, 235; SOC 381; THE 408, 255.

• Study Abroad: Students are required to study abroad in a Spanish-speaking country. Both summer and semester-long

programs are available. The requirement may be fulfilled by attending our sister schools, Universidad del Sagrado

Corazón in Puerto Rico, Universidad Católica de Avila in Spain, or by completing a program approved by the Directory of

Study Abroad.

• Experiential Learning: SPA435

• Students must earn a C+ or better in all SPA courses.

• Students must complete one of the following assessments their senior year: Spanish: World Languages Praxis II exam,

Spanish language STAMP test, or ACTFL testing.

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN SPANISH

• 15 credit hours beyond SPA 202: SPA 260, 303, 304, 306, 401

• Students must finish the program with at least an average grade of C in all Spanish courses.

• Students pursuing a degree in Spanish are strongly encouraged to participate in a study/travel abroad program to a

country where Spanish is a language of origin or where there is a significant Hispanic population. Please see the Director

of International Studies for more information on these programs and on financial aid available for them.

SPORTS AND ENTERTAINMENT MARKETING

The Bachelor of Arts in Sports and Entertainment Marketing is a multidisciplinary study of business principles and processes

applied to the sports and entertainment industries. This major is supported by courses from the fields of communication,

economics, philosophy, accounting, and business. This degree program is designed to prepare students for further graduate

study or a variety of career and leadership opportunities in sports business and recreational management. Students must

choose a minor in Business Administration or Communications.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN SPORTS AND ENTERTAINMENT MARKETING

MINOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

• Sports and Entertainment Marketing (21 hours): SEM 105, 292, 310, 380, 392, 410, 420

• Business Administration (18 hours): BUA 105, 302, 311, 321; BUA 303 or 291 or 292, 498

• Supporting Courses (15 hours): ACC 101, ACC 102, ECO 101, ECO 102, MAT 205

• Computer Literacy (3 hours): CIS 111

• Experiential Learning: SEM 392

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN SPORTS AND ENTERTAINMENT MARKETING

MINOR IN COMMUNICATION

• Sports and Entertainment Marketing (24 hours): SEM 105, 292, 310, 380, 392, 410, 420, BUA 498

• Communication (21 hours): COM 201, COM 450 or 460: Communication electives 15 hours, 6 must be at the 300 or 400

level

• Supporting Courses (25 hours): BUA 291, 241, 311; ACC 101, 102; ECO 101, 102; MAT 205

• Computer Literacy (3 hours): CIS 111

• Experiential Learning: SEM 392

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN SPORTS AND ENTERTAINMENT MARKETING/COMMUNICATION

• Sports and Entertainment Marketing (24 hours): SEM 105, 292, 310, 380, 392, 410, 420, BUA 498

• Communication (30 hours): COM 105, 201, 215, 225, 230, 450, 460; Communication electives 9 hours

• Supporting Courses (25 hours): BUA 291, 241, 311; ACC 101, 102; ECO 101, 102; MAT 205

92 |

• Computer Literacy (3 hours): CIS 111

• Experiential Learning: SEM 392

SUSTAINABILITY

The concentration in sustainability teaches basic principles of sustainability as they refer to care of the environment and social

justice issues. These would include political dimensions, scientific dimensions and corporate factors.

REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCENTRATION IN SUSTAINABILITY

• Biology (4 hours): NSB 214/214L

• Political Science (3 hours): POS 105 or 370

• Business (4 hours): BUA 263, SUS 498

THEATRE

The program in Theatre provides the student the opportunity to develop specialized skills in theatre arts while pursuing a

liberal arts education. It also equips the students with a background in theatre basic to the pursuit of advanced study of

personal or professional goals.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN THEATRE

• Theatre (33 hours): THR 125, 206, 207, 301, 302, 398, 401, 402, 425, 498; six hours of Theatre electives

• Dramatic Literature (9 hours): ENG 314 – Modern, ENG 314 – Shakespeare, ENG 305CW Writing Scripts

• Computer Literacy (3 hours): CIS 111

• Experiential Learning: THR401

• Recommended: 3 hours of Movement or Dance

• Senior year: Comprehensive Examination and/or senior experience

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN THEATRE/ (OTHER MAJOR)

• The Double major is a major in Theatre with a second area of concentration: Theatre English, etc.

• Theatre (30 hours): THR 125, 206, 207, 301, 302, 398, 401, 402, 425, 498; one 3-hour elective

• Dramatic Literature (9 hours): ENG 314, 314, ENG 305CW

• Computer Literacy: CIS 111

• Experiential Learning: THR401

• Senior year: Comprehensive examination and/or senior experience

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN THEATRE

• Theatre (24 hours): THR 125, 205, 207, 301, 302, 401; Dramatic Literature course; 3 hours of Theatre electives

THEOLOGY

The Theology courses are designed to present an overview of the content of the Christian faith with opportunities to study

the meaning of religion in cultures that are not of the Judeo-Christian tradition.

| 93

The Theology program for majors has as its primary purpose an academic study of the content of Christian doctrine in order

to prepare students for graduate study, for teaching Religious Education classes, for directing Religious Education programs,

and for ecumenical dialogue in the community.

The Theology Department also offers certificate programs at the basic and advanced levels. These programs are especially

intended for persons engaged in religious education or various Church related ministries. Admission to the certificate

program presumes demonstrated competency in English 150 but does not require other preliminary college level courses.

Students entering ANY program with advanced standing in Theology must complete one half of the required credit hours in

Theology at Thomas More University.

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREATE MAJOR IN THEOLOGY

• Theology (31 hours): THE 201, 205, 207, 219, 309, 317, 405, 406, 409, 410; one elective

• Supporting Courses (6 hours): HIS 202, 326, 327; Philosophy course from among PHI 325 or 401 that is beyond

fulfillment of the core requirement

• Recommended Courses: PSY 214; SOC 215

• For Religious Education Teachers: THE 124, Catechetics

• Computer Literacy: CIS 111 or proficiency test

• Experiential Learning: EXP 200 or as determined by the Department

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINOR IN THEOLOGY

• Theology (18 hours): THE 201, 205, 207, 309, 425; 3 hours elective

REQUIREMENTS FOR BASIC CERTIFICATE IN THEOLOGY

• Theology (18 hours): THE 201, 205, 207, 309, 317, 406

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCED CERTIFICATE IN THEOLOGY

• Theology (30 hours): THE 201, 205, 207, 219, 309, 317, 405, 406, 409, 425

• Philosophy (6 hours): PHI 205 and 215

94 | GRADUATE PROGRAMS

GRADUATE PROGRAMS

Thomas More University offers a Master of Arts in Organizational Management and Ethical Leadership, Master of Arts in

Teaching, and Master of Business Administration. Admission and degree requirements are determined by the major’s

Academic Department. For more information about any of these degree programs, please contact the department.

If a student does not meet the admission requirements, his/her file may be forwarded to the Graduate Admissions Committee

for individual consideration. The Committee then decides whether to reject the applicant or to accept him/her either

unconditionally or conditionally with certain limitations.

TRANSFER WORK

Thomas More University accepts up to 12 semester-hours credit in transfer and allows them to be applied to a master’s

degree. Credit will only be granted for academic work substantially equivalent to that offered at Thomas More University.

The credit must be attached to courses taken at an institution of higher education accredited by one of the Regional

Accrediting Associations. The completed courses must carry a grade of “B” or better (3.00 or higher on a 0-4 quality point

scale). Grades earned will not be used in the calculation of the Thomas More University GPA. Courses not awarded credit by

the student’s previous institution(s) cannot be transferred. A quarter-hour taken at schools operating on the quarter calendar

system will convert to .667 semester hours at Thomas More University. A student’s major department determines whether

credit applicable to departmental requirements will be accepted in transfer.

NON–DEGREE STATUS

Individuals wishing to take courses for academic credit (or audit) but not currently pursuing a graduate degree program may

complete six hours of graduate course work as non-degree seeking students. Students must complete the respective

admissions and prerequisite requirements as described below and receive approval from the respective Program and/or

Department Chair. Enrollment as a non-degree student does not imply admission to the degree granting program; however,

non-degree students are held to the same academic standards as degree students. A non-degree student may apply for

admission into a degree program. Students eligible for admission may apply six hours taken at Thomas More University in

non-degree status if that course work is deemed by the Program Chair to be appropriate to a degree program.

GRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

I. NON–CURRICULAR REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATE DEGREES

Students must fulfill the following additional requirements to earn a degree from Thomas More University. Students will not

receive a diploma or transcript from the University until the following requirements and obligations are met.

A. A cumulative GPA of at least 3.0 is required for all students.

B. All courses must be taken under the Letter Grading System.

C. To assist the University’s efforts in maintaining the quality of its academic program, students are required to participate

in all assigned assessment activities. Specific assessment activities for each graduate program are established by the

academic department. Students who expect to graduate at any specific graduation date should ascertain from a faculty

advisor in their program what assessment activities are required to complete the degree requirements.

D. In addition to the academic and non-curricular requirements for all degrees, students must satisfy all financial obligations

to the University before receiving their transcript and diploma.

II. CURRICULAR REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES:

GRADUATE PROGRAMS | 95

MASTER OF ARTS IN ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT AND ETHICAL LEADERSHIP

The Master of Arts in Organizational Management and Ethical Leadership program prepares students to become leaders.

Through classroom and experiential learning opportunities, students will gain the knowledge and dispositions required to be

effective leaders and ethical decision makers in a specific industry, with awareness of the ethical, managerial, financial, social,

and technical challenges inherent in all organizations.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR MASTER OF ARTS IN ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT AND ETHICAL LEADERSHIP

1. Bachelor’s Degree from a regionally accredited institution

2. Minimum GPA of 2.75

3. Resume

4. Writing Sample to be assessed by Interdisciplinary Leadership Faculty

5. Two character/professional letters of recommendation

REQUIREMENTS FOR MASTER OF ARTS IN ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT AND ETHICAL LEADERSHIP

36 hours: ELS 600, 610, 620, 630, 640, 645, 660, 665, 670, 680, 690, 700

MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING

The Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT) program is designed for individuals who have a bachelor’s degree in a certification area,

from a regionally accredited college or university, and who wish to earn a teaching certificate for secondary or middle grades.

If a candidate has not met the content requirements for a certification area, the candidate must take the necessary

undergraduate course work as recommended by that certification area. This coursework must be completed prior to

admission to the MAT program.

Upon successful completion of the program, candidates will earn a Master of Arts in Teaching degree and a recommendation

for Kentucky certification in one of the following areas:

Grades P-12 Middle Grades 5-9 Grades 5-12 Grades 8-12

Art English and Communications Business and Biology

Spanish Mathematics Marketing Education Chemistry

Theatre Science English

Social Studies Mathematics

Physics

Social Studies

Speech/Media Communication

Note: The MAT Program does not provide certification in Elementary Education except for the specialty areas listed under

columns P-12 and Grades 5-12.

Candidates in the MAT Program will be admitted in one of two categories:

• Option 6 Program, Alternative Certification MAT- This program is for persons who currently hold or are eligible to hold a

Temporary Provisional Certificate, a bachelor’s degree in their intended certification content area from a regionally

accredited college or university, and are currently teaching in their intended certification content area. This is a 35-hour

track. During Year Two, Option 6 students may participate in the Kentucky Teacher Internship Program (KTIP).

• Traditional Program, Traditional MAT – This program is for persons who hold a bachelor’s degree from a regionally

accredited college or university in one of the certifiable majors listed above but have had little or no education coursework.

96 | GRADUATE PROGRAMS

This is a 35-hour track. A variation in coursework from the Option 6 Program is the addition of a 6-hour Field Experience

class. In addition, Traditional Program students participate in the Supervised Teaching Experience (student teaching) for

fifteen weeks during their final semester. Prior to the Supervised Teaching Experience (student teaching), candidates must

complete 200 hours from a specified list of tasks as per state regulation 16 KAR 5:040, Section 3. Supervised Teaching

Experience (student teaching) is a non-paid teaching experience.

Candidates in the MAT Program are expected to complete the program over a two-year period which includes the two

intervening summer sessions. Classes will be held at night and during the summer. Candidates may enter the program during

the fall semester.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Admission requirements for MAT and MED programs are regulated by the Kentucky Education Professional Standards Board

(KEPSB).

The following items are required for admission into the MAT program:

• Completion of a bachelor’s degree with a certifiable major.

• Application to the Master of Arts in Teaching Program

• Personal Statement Essay, typed, 300-500 words, which includes:

o A brief autobiography

o A description of life and work experiences related to the planned certification area

• Human Relations Incident - a reflective description of teaching or other experience with young people - from a human

relations standpoint, the event had special meaning

o The required essays must include and address the following: Creativity, Critical Thinking, Communication,

and Collaboration.

• Official transcripts of all undergraduate and graduate work completed sent directly from the issuing institution to Thomas

More University - Content area faculty will assist in transcript review to determine if additional undergraduate coursework

is needed prior to admission to the program.

• Undergraduate and Content GPA of 2.75 or higher. Candidates must submit either:

o The Praxis Core Academic Skills for Educators (Core) Tests

▪ Core: Reading (#5712, minimum score of 156)

▪ Core: Writing (#5722, minimum score of 162)

▪ Mathematics (#5732, minimum score of 150)

o OR the Graduate Record Exam (GRE):

▪ If taken prior to August 1, 2011, a minimum score of 450 for Verbal Reasoning, 490 for

Quantitative Reasoning, and 4.0 for Analytical Writing.

▪ If taken on or after August 1, 2011, a minimum score of 150 for Verbal Reasoning, 143 for

Quantitative Reasoning, and a 4.0 for Analytical Writing.

Scores must be on file in the MAT Office, as well as the Kentucky Education Professional Standards Board (EPSB), prior to

admission.

• Professional Resume

• Two recommendation forms (included in the application packet) – one from a school principal if currently teaching; a

current or previous supervisor; and/or a non-family member who can attest to the candidate’s potential for success as a

teacher

• PRAXIS Subject Assessment Content Area Exam Score Report – Candidates enrolled in the MAT Program must complete

the PRAXIS Subject Assessment Content Area Exam with an acceptable score before acquiring full admission status.

• Kentucky Criminal Records Check

• Signed copy of the Professional Code of Ethics for Kentucky School Personnel included in the application packet

• Signed copy of the Character and Fitness Form

GRADUATE PROGRAMS | 97

• Completed TMU Teacher Leadership Dispositions Self-Assessment

• Interview with Alternative Certification Admissions Committee

• Approval by Alternative Certification Admissions Committee OR Graduate Admissions Committee (if appropriate)

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

• Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative GPA to continue uninterrupted progression in the program.

• Students enrolled in the MAT Program must complete the PRAXIS Core or GRE and the PRAXIS II Content Area Exams with

an acceptable score on file in the MAT Office.

• Students enrolled in Track I must complete an Application for Temporary Provisional Certification (CA-TP) Form in

cooperation with their school district human relations officer and the MAT Coordinator. The state approved form must

be on file with the District office (original) and the MAT office (copy). This serves to verify that the MAT student is enrolled

in a program for alternative certification. A Mentor Plan must accompany this application as well.

• Students must submit and orally present a satisfactory Professional Portfolio that documents achievement of the Kentucky

Teacher Standards.

• Students must subscribe to the FolioTek Management System for the two-year period of MAT enrollment.

EXIT REQUIREMENTS

• The MAT candidate must successfully complete all course work as listed on the curriculum contract.

• The MAT student must have a minimum GPA of 3.0 with no grade less than C.

• The Exit Portfolio must be presented and approved.

• Students must successfully complete the PRAXIS II, Principles of Learning and Teaching Exam (PLT) before enrolling in the

last course of the program. Scores must be on file in the MAT Office.

• The MAT candidate must successfully complete, present, and have approved the professional portfolio based on Kentucky

Teacher Standards.

• The MAT candidate must have on file in the MAT Office copies of completed Dispositions Assessments.

• Track I and Track II students must successfully complete all program requirements.

• Track II students must successfully complete the Student Teaching assignment.

• The Application for Graduation must be approved by the MAT Coordinator and the Registrar.

• The MAT candidate must complete the exit interview which includes completion of forms required for initial teacher

certification in the Commonwealth of Kentucky.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

• Option 6 Program (30 hours): EDM 512, 515, 517, 518, 520, 525, 528, 530, 536, 537

• Traditional Program (30 hours): EDM 512, 515, 517, 518, 520, 525, 528, 530, 535

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

The Master of Business Administration is intended to provide the adult student who has significant employment experience

and leadership potential in business or related fields an opportunity to acquire the additional professional knowledge and

leadership skills that are represented by the degree in a manner consistent with the Thomas More University Statement of

Purpose (Mission) and Statement on Values. The degree is offered by the Department of Business Administration through

Thomas More University Accelerated & Graduate Programs (DGP) in an accelerated format featuring cohort scheduling,

facilitative teaching style, and required study groups. Completion time is approximately 18 months.

The professional MBA program’s curriculum is designed to further develop and enhance the graduate student’s business

judgment. Executives and those preparing to be executives into the next century will need a visionary global outlook,

comfort with technology, and a strong ethics/values framework within which to make decisions. Their verbal, interpersonal,

team, cross-functional, computer, and quantitative skills must also be highly developed in order to function effectively in an

increasingly complex, dynamic, transnational environment.

98 | GRADUATE PROGRAMS

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Admission into the MBA program is open to all persons who have the following:

- A baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited college or university

- Prerequisite courses (or equivalents) listed for the program

- Significant professional work experience, preferably at least two years in a position of leadership

Applicant files will be reviewed by the chair of the Department of Business Administration or a designee of the chair to

evaluate each applicant’s academic requirements and work experience.

Applicants with undergraduate coursework equivalent to that included in the Thomas More University Bachelor of Business

Administration (BBA) may enter the MBA program upon acceptance into the program. For those who do not meet this

coursework requirement, an adequate level of proficiency must be demonstrated by completing and passing prerequisites

in the following areas: Economics, Accounting, Finance, Calculus, and Statistics.

Applicants should discuss the options for completing prerequisites with an academic advisor from the Department of

Business Administration MBA program. Depending on the prerequisite requirement, options may include on-ground or

online courses or workshops. Prerequisites must be completed as follows:

- Prior to beginning any work in the MBA program, economics and accounting prerequisites must be completed with a

passing score.

- Prior to beginning finance, calculus, and statistics courses, the associated/corresponding prerequisite must be

completed with a passing score (e.g., the finance prerequisite must be completed and passed prior to taking Finance

630).

To assess the admission status of each applicant, the Director of Thomas More University Accelerated & Graduate Programs

and the Chairperson of the Department of Business Administration or his or her designee, will review the applications and

assign admission status as follows:

1. Unconditional Admit

a. Two or more years of professional work experience; and

b. Undergraduate grade point average (GPA) of at least 2.75 on a four-point scale

2. Conditional Admit – Level 1

a. Between one and two years of professional work experience; and

b. Undergraduate GPA of at least 2.75 on a four-point scale

Students accepted for Conditional Admit-Level 1 must achieve a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0 through the first

three courses in the program. A student who falls below a 3.0 cumulative GPA in the first three courses of the

program may be withdrawn, and the student’s file will be referred to the Graduate Admissions Committee and the

Chair of the Department of Business Administration for review to determine his or her ability to continue in the MBA

program. The Level 1 Conditional Admit status will be removed once a student has completed the first three courses

with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or better

3. Refer to Graduate Admissions Committee (GAC) for review:

a. Applicants with a GPA of less than 2.75 or

b. Applicants with less than two years of professional work experience and a GPA below 2.75 – or –

c. Applicants with less than one year of professional work experience regardless of GPA

The GAC will review an applicant’s file looking for evidence that the applicant will benefit from the program and that

GRADUATE PROGRAMS | 99

he or she will be able to contribute sufficiently to group learning activities (study group and cohort), which are

integral components of the MBA program.

Applicants whose files are referred to the GAC for review should prepare and submit the following documents.

• A two- to three-page letter addressed to the GAC that explains the following:

• reasons the applicant should be considered for admission despite not meeting the outlined admission

requirement(s) AND

• reasons the applicant believes he or she will be successful in an accelerated graduate program

The GAC will be looking for evidence that will justify waiving one or more admission requirements.

• Two letters of recommendation from professionals--supervisors, former faculty, and other persons--who can speak to

the applicant’s workplace competence, academic ability, character, work ethic, leadership ability, and other qualities

that demonstrate readiness for an accelerated graduate program. Letters from sources such as family, friends, peers, co-

workers, or direct reports are NOT considered professional recommendations.

Applicants may also request an interview with the Graduate Admissions Committee to further present their case/argument.

The GAC, after reviewing the applicant’s file, will make one of the following determinations:

• Conditional Acceptance

• Denial of Acceptance

• Decision withheld pending further information.

An applicant granted conditional acceptance by the GAC may be required to do any or all of the following:

• Complete up to the first five classes with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or better. 

• Complete any or all of the program prerequisites with a “B” or passing score, depending on the testing method, or

better prior to beginning graduate level coursework. The format for the prerequisite coursework may vary.

• Meet with the Graduate Admissions Committee for a personal interview. 

An applicant who is admitted conditionally and who fails to meet the conditions of admission will have his or her file

reviewed by the GAC to determine if the applicant is permitted to continue in the program. An applicant who meets the

conditions of admission will have the conditions lifted and be permitted to proceed in the program subject to the guidelines

faced by all program participants.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative GPA to continue uninterrupted progression in the program.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Students must complete 39 credit hours in required courses to graduate with an MBA from Thomas More University.

Requirements include ACC 604, ECO 615, FIN 630, LAW 620, MGT 612, 613, 620, 621, and 630, MKT 650, OPS 660, PRJ 692,

and QUA 640. Course descriptions for required courses are listed in the Department of Business Administration and are

subject to change.

MASTER OF BUSINESS 4+1

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

100 | GRADUATE PROGRAMS

Students will apply to the 4+1MBA in the spring of their Sophomore year if they meet the following requirements:

• Traditional students with a major in Accounting, Business Administration or Management Information Systems

• A cumulative G.P.A. of 3.25 (students must maintain a cumulative G.P.A. of 3.25 during the baccalaureate program)

• Evidence of being on track to meet the degree requirements for a Bachelor of Arts in Business or Accounting or

Management Information Systems

• A completed application

• Two letters of recommendation

If a student does not have the required G.P.A. at the end of their Sophomore year, they can reapply in the spring of their

Junior year. If students do not have the required G.P.A. at the end of their Junior year, their file will be forwarded to the

Graduate Admissions Committee for review. A strong G.P.A. is required to assure that students are prepared for the rigors

of graduate work.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Students must successfully complete 15 credit hours (5 MBA courses) of the MBA program before their fifth year.

Requirements include MGT 615 or MGT 620, MGT 621, MGT 630, ACT 604, FIN 630. In the fifth year the remaining

requirements include (24 credit hours) LAW 620, QUA 640, MKT 650, OPS 660, ECO 615, MGT 612, MGT 613 or MGT 670, and

PRJ 692.

Students must complete a minimum of 126 credit hours to earn their undergraduate degree. Students must have a

total of 150 undergraduate and graduate credit hours to receive the Master of Business Administration degree.

GRADUATE PROGRAMS | 101

GRADUATE LEVEL CONTENT COURSES FOR DUAL CREDIT CREDENTIALING

Thomas More University offers graduate level content courses in various areas in order to meet teacher credentialing

requirements for High School teachers to teach college level courses. For more information, contact the Education

Department.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

In order to enroll in these courses, students must meet the following criteria:

• Completed application.

• Official transcripts of all undergraduate and graduate work completed sent directly from the issuing institution to

Thomas More University.

• Earned baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited college or university

• Undergraduate GPA of 2.75.

• Minimum of 30 hours in the undergraduate content area.

CURRENT COURSES

Course descriptions are available with the disciplinary department.

• HIS 530 Churches in the Third Reich

• HIS 534 History of Irish Nationalism 1798-1926

• MAT 530 Matrix Analysis

• MAT 545 General Topology

• SPA 513 Analysis of Selected Iberian Masterpieces

• SPA 531 Issues in Spanish Translation

102 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: ACCOUNTANCY

ACC 101 – PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (3)

Introduces students to generally accepted accounting principles and financial statements. Topics examined include basic

concepts of business transaction analysis; the accounting cycle; measurement of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses;

and financial statement presentation and interpretation.

ACC 102 – PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING (3)

Prerequisite: ACC 101

Introduces students to financial analysis and fundamental management accounting practices. Topics include ratio analysis;

cost classification; and behavior; product costing; budgeting; and decision-making models.

ACC 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered under this number for topics in Accountancy that are not included in the established

curriculum.

ACC 201 - INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I (3)

Prerequisite: ACC 101 and 102

A thorough course in theory and problems in which various methods of solving practical accounting problems are presented.

The course supplies a broad background of accounting theories that will enable the student to recognize accepted differences

in accounting methods and to develop individual concepts in matters of accounting principles. Knowledge of working paper

layout is a primary requisite and the problems offered are a challenge to students' ability to observe, reason, and to make

proper decisions on the basis of known facts.

ACC 202 - INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II (3)

Prerequisite: ACC 201

A further development of the practical aspects of accounting, illustrating accepted methods of recording issuances of various

types of stock for corporations and various capital accounts. Other topics included are problems in presentation of various

liabilities and funds and the preparation of comparative reports and statement analysis.

ACC 205 - ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: ACC 208

Course Requirement: Enrollment in Thomas More Accelerated Program

A course examining the use of costs in business planning, control, and management decision making. An emphasis is placed

on the identification and analysis of relevant costs in specific decision-making situations.

ACC 208 - A SURVEY OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (3)

Course Requirement: Enrollment in Thomas More Accelerated Program

An overview of financial accounting topics for corporations, with an emphasis on the use of financial information and analysis

of financial statements.

ACC 230 – INTRODUCTION TO QUICKBOOKS (1)

Prerequisite: ACC 101

This course introduces the student to the basics on Intuit’s QuickBooks Software. Students will create a set of financial

statements using the various accounting cycles in the software.

ACC 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered under this number for topics in Accountancy that are not included in the established

curriculum.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 103

ACC 301 - COST ACCOUNTING I (3)

Prerequisite: ACC 101 and 102

A study in the control and cost of materials, direct labor, and overhead with special emphasis on job-order and process

costing, cost allocation and activities-based costing systems and management.

ACC 302 - COST ACCOUNTING II (3)

Prerequisite: ACC 301

An advanced course in cost management and decision-making techniques, budgeting and financial planning, standard costing

systems and performance measurement.

ACC 305 - GOVERNMENTAL ACCOUNTING (3)

A study of the principles and procedures of fund accounting as used by governmental, educational, and other nonprofit or

public funded entities.

ACC 311 - TAXATION I (3)

Prerequisite: ACC 101 and 102

An examination of tax laws and regulations in relation to their underlying principles. A further study is included of the federal

income tax for individuals and the preparation of the individual's income tax return. Problems in determining income tax for

individuals are discussed.

ACC 312 - TAXATION II (3)

Prerequisite: ACC 311

A continuation of ACC 311. This is an advanced course designed for study and practice in regard to federal income tax for

partnerships, corporations, estates and trusts, federal estate and gift taxes, social security and other important taxes.

ACC 355 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered under this number for topics in Accountancy that are not included in the established

curriculum.

ACC 400 - INDEPENDENT STUDY (1- 3)

Departmentally approved independent study in a selected area of accounting under the supervision of a member of the

department.

ACC 401 - ACCOUNTING SEMINAR I (3)

Prerequisite: ACC 101 and 102; Recommended: ACC 202

A seminar examining advanced accounting for business combinations with emphasis on parent and subsidiary accounting,

consolidations, mergers, equity method of reporting investments in common stock and segment and interim reporting.

ACC 402 - ACCOUNTING SEMINAR II (3)

Prerequisite: ACC 101 and 102; Recommended: ACC 202

A seminar examining foreign currency transactions and translation of foreign currency financial statements, accounting for

the organization, division of profit and loss and liquidation of partnerships and accounting for governments and not-for-profit

organizations.

ACC 420 - ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3)

Prerequisite: ACC 202, CIS 111

A course examining how an organization processes its economic transactions, transforming accounting data into information

useful in decision making. Topics explored include: The use of flowcharts to document accounting systems; a study of

database management systems and the construction of accounting databases using Microsoft Access; an overview of

enterprise recourse planning (ERP) systems; and a detailed examination of several accounting application subsystems. Special

attention is placed on the internal controls employed to ensure the integrity of data processing.

ACC 422 - AUDITING PRINCIPLES AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS (3)

Prerequisite: ACC 420

A course exploring the fundamental principles of auditing and the procedures used in the analysis and verification of accounts.

The course spans the entire audit process, from the initial planning stages to the issuance of the final audit report. Emphasis

104 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

throughout the course is placed on risk evaluation and the accumulation of evidence to support the audit opinion. In addition

to investigating the technical aspects of an audit, the course also examines the ethical responsibilities of the professional

auditor to society.

ACC 455 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered under this number for topics in Accountancy that are not included in the established

curriculum.

ACC 495 - INTERNSHIP (1-3)

Interns work within organizations or other settings gaining experience in a specific area.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: ART

ART 103 - SPECIAL TOPICS FOR NON-MAJORS (3)

Courses designed for the non-art majors or specifically designed courses for outside disciplines.

ART 116 - 3-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN (3)

Core Area: Fine Art

A studio course dealing with the study of and experimentation with basic elements and principles of visual design in a

sequence of three-dimensional problems. A variety of materials will be used.

ART 117 - COLOR/LIGHT/DESIGN (3)

Core Area: Fine Art

This course investigates two-dimensional principles (line, value, texture, shape, form, and composition), color theory

(structure, terminology, and optical and psychological dynamics) and light (how it affects our perception of form and color).

Using art and nature as sources, students employ a variety of media to explore sensory and emotional, as well as intellectual,

aesthetic concepts. Course work includes lecture, demonstration, studio work and critique for both art majors and non-art

majors.

ART 125 - MODERN ART (3)

This art history class is an overview of modern artistic movements and styles beginning with French impressionism through

the work of the Pop artists of the 1960s. Pedagogies include slide lectures, class discussions, student presentations and field

trips to see local museums and collections. This course has been specifically designed for the core curriculum and non-majors

and may not substitute for any course in either the BA or BFA program.

ART 126 - VIEWING THE ARTS (3)

Core Area: Fine Art

Offers a general study of the elements of fine arts. Attendance is required at public performances.

ART 130 - PAINTING I (3)

Prerequisite: ART 138

Core Area: Fine Art

A fundamental course in painting designed to introduce the student to the basic techniques and processes of oil painting.

ART 135 - CERAMICS I (3)

Core Area: Fine Art

Experimentation with various hand building and wheel throwing techniques. Students will deal with the exploration of

functional and sculptural statements in clay. Experience in glaze application and kiln loading.

ART 138 - DRAWING I (3)

Core Area: Fine Art

An entry-level studio course in which students learn drawing fundamentals such as line, shape, value, form, and compositional

arrangement by observing still life arrangements and an introduction to fundamental drawing tools and materials. Open to

non-majors.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 105

ART 152 - HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY (3)

Core Area: Fine Art

This survey class about the history of photography explores the development of various photo processes, ideas about ways

we view the world through constructed images, and about photography as a fine art. This course may be used for the core

curriculum and as an art history elective for art and art history students.

ART 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (variable credit)

Art courses not offered on a regular basis will be listed under this number.

ART 219 - FIGURE DRAWING I (3)

A studio drawing course concentrating on the human figure. Studio assignments focus on learning fundamental human

anatomy, structure, proportion, and scale. Students will work from a live model using a variety of media, techniques, and

compositional challenges.

ART 221 - TEACHING ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3)

A course designed primarily for the classroom teacher who may be teaching in a school without an art specialist. This course

provides a variety of experiences such as involvement in all kinds of media, aesthetic exercises, art history through museum

visits and experience with art criticism at various levels. Students will have a vital role in designing and implementing their

own sequence of art lessons for an after-school art program. Cross-listed with EDU 221.

ART 224 - SCULPTURE I (3)

Prerequisite: ART 116

In the sculpture courses, students will experiment with traditional and contemporary approaches to sculpture, including

carving, modeling, casting, and construction techniques.

ART 230 - PAINTING II (3)

Prerequisite: ART 130

A studio course based on the fundamentals of painting (ART 130) stressing the exploration of the painting medium as means

of personal creative expression with an increased emphasis on composition and structure.

ART 234 - PRINTMAKING I (3)

An introductory studio course in the processes of printmaking. The techniques of monotype, intaglio, and relief printing will

be covered. Students will demonstrate the ability to correctly mix inks and modifiers to use in conjunction with various

matrices such as copper, linoleum, plexiglass, and wood. Students will develop an understanding of the best papers to use

for each printing style.

ART 235 - CERAMICS II (3)

Prerequisite: ART 135

A continuation of techniques and problems explored in Ceramics I.

ART 238 - DRAWING II (3)

Prerequisite: ART 138

This course builds upon knowledge learned in ART 138. Students will begin to incorporate studio still life experience and

build personal concept development to develop their personal vision and voice. Introduction to advanced materials and

techniques is ongoing.

ART 243 - HISTORY OF ANIMATION (3)

Core Area: Fine Art

A course exploring how animation has developed into its own unique art form. The course will begin with an investigation of

pre-animation innovations and advance to coverage of how animation developed during significant historical events such as

WWI, the Great Depression, WWII, and the fall of the Soviet Union. Students will develop an understanding of the methods

pioneered by influential animation houses such as Disney, Warner Brothers, and the Fleischer Studio. As the course

progresses, student will practice critiquing the animations discussed through the lens of historical context and artistic style.

106 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

ART 248 - DESIGN TOOLS (3)

Core Area: Fine Art

This is an introductory course on the digital tools of graphic design: Photoshop, Adobe Illustrator, and Adobe InDesign. Cross-

listed as CIS 248.

ART 251 - HISTORY OF ART I (3)

Core Area: Fine Art

This introductory art history course is a survey of visual art and architecture in the western perspective beginning with art

created by prehistoric man and continuing through Egyptian, Ancient Near East, Aegean, Greek, Roman, Islamic, Early

Christian, Byzantine, Medieval and Gothic periods. Pedagogies include lecture, class discussion and visits to the Cincinnati Art

Museum.

ART 252 - HISTORY OF ART II (3)

Core Area: Fine Art

A survey course examining architecture, sculpture, and painting beginning with Early Renaissance art and continuing to the

mid-19th century. Open to non-majors.

ART 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (variable credit)

Core Area: Fine Art

Art courses not offered on a regular basis will be listed under this number.

ART 256 - AFRICAN-AMERICAN ART AND ARTISTS (3)

This course examines the African-American artist and the art they have produced over the last 200 years, with particular

attention to the cultural and historical context. May be taken for the core curriculum or may serve as an elective in art history

for art and art history.

ART 257 - ART AND CULTURE OF THE AMERICAN WEST (3)

This course is an examination of the ways in which paintings, prints, and photographs of the American West can be used to

understand broader cultural ideas about the land and its peoples. It has been designed to introduce students to the history

of Western American art from the early nineteenth century to the present day, with special emphasis on theoretical

approaches that suggest the ways in which visual imagery can be used as a primary source document to illuminate issues of

broader historical concern. No prerequisites but prior college work in American history or general art history is very helpful.

ART 261 - TEACHING ART IN SECONDARY SCHOOL (3)

A studio and lecture course for students preparing to teach in secondary school. The student will study the literature of art

education and the methods of teaching art in the high school. Students will execute projects used in teaching art at this level.

This course should be taken prior to supervised student teaching.

ART 265 - GRAPHIC DESIGN FOUNDATIONS (3)

This course in an integration and expansion of how to deal with the visual elements in a clear and concise visual

communication. Students will be asked to design with, make aesthetic judgments about, and communicate via visual form.

The final third of the course will delve into symbol and mark development on a purely elemental foundation.

ART 267 - TYPOGRAPHY I (3)

This course serves as an introduction that provides an essential foundation in the history, theory, and practice of typographic

communication. Students will engage in studio projects to develop a formal understanding, aesthetic, and functional

sensibilities, and technical skills.

ART 268 - HISTORY OF DESIGN (3)

Prerequisites: ART 125, 251, 252, or permission of instructor.

This course is a study of the history of design (with an emphasis on graphic design) and design theory from the nineteenth

century to the present.

ART 270 - ILLUSTRATION I (3)

Prerequisite: ART 138

Core Area: Fine Art

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 107

This course introduces majors and non-majors to the worlds of illustration through a series of studio assignments, lectures,

and class discussions. Students will study the historical role and function of illustration and generate a variety of illustrative

projects which may include illustrating short stories, fables and folklore, editorial cartooning, game board design, and more.

ART 272 - AMERICAN ART: PRE-COLUMBIAN TO THE CIVIL WAR (3)

Core Area: Fine Arts

This course serves as an introduction that provides an essential foundation in the history, theory, and practice of typographic

communication. Students will engage in studio projects to develop a formal understanding, aesthetic, and functional

sensibilities, and technical skills.

ART 273 - AMERICAN ART: THE GILDED AGE TO THE 21ST CENTURY (3)

This is a continuation of ART 272, although it is not a prerequisite. This course will pick up the American survey study of art,

sculpture, architecture, and decorative arts produced during the Civil War and then move the study to art of the Gilded Age,

and the twentieth century. Methodologies of American Studies will be part of this class. No prerequisites but prior work in

either art history or American history is highly desirable.

ART 280 - UX DESIGN PRINCIPLES (3)

Prerequisite: ART 248

User experience design is the process of enhancing customer satisfaction and loyalty by improving the usability and pleasure

provided in the interaction between the customer and the product. This course provides students with an understanding of

User Experience Design ["UX"] elements and how they work together, research methodologies, navigation design, wire-frame

creation, and strategy as an element of user experience. Students will also learn how to translate this knowledge to

environments for Graphic Design and Space Design (retail, entertainment, corporate-office, hospitality, planning, etc.).

ART 315 - DRAWING AS INSTALLATION (3)

Prerequisite: ART 238

This course introduces students to installation art media and styles. Students will create large scale artwork with an emphasis

on developing vision and voice through their personal imagery.

ART 319 - FIGURE DRAWING II (3)

Prerequisite: ART 219

A studio drawing course focusing on the human figure. The second in a series of three. Studio assignments focus on advanced

figure drawing assignments and a further exploration into media.

ART 324 - SCULPTURE II (3)

Prerequisite: ART 224

A continuation and elaboration of Sculpture I.

ART 325 - PORTRAIT DRAWING (3)

Prerequisite: ART 138

An advanced drawing class focusing on drawing the human face. Involved are study of the underlying skeletal and muscular

structures of the face as well as proportions. A large part of the class involves "putting it all together" in portrait drawings

from life, and studies of models from different ages. A variety of media will be used.

ART 330 - PAINTING III (3)

Prerequisite: ART 230

This course builds upon knowledge learned in ART 130 and 230. Students will develop a body of work to develop their

personal painting vision, voice and skillset. Introduction to advanced materials and techniques is ongoing. Ongoing

exploration of the painting medium as means of personal creative expression with an increased emphasis on composition

and structure.

ART 334 - PRINTMAKING II (3)

Prerequisite: ART 234

108 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

An intermediate studio course building on the techniques learned in Printmaking I with an emphasis on ways to incorporate

color. The processes of multi-plate color etching, chine-colle, and linocut will be covered. Techniques for creating shaped

linocut blocks will be introduced.

ART 335 - CERAMICS III (3)

Prerequisite: ART 235

A continuation of techniques and problems explored in Ceramics I and II.

ART 338 - DRAWING III (3)

Prerequisite: ART 238

This course builds upon knowledge learned in ART 138 and 238. Students will develop a body of work to develop their

personal drawing vision, voice and skillset. Introduction to advanced materials and techniques is ongoing.

ART 340 - DIGITAL DESIGN (3)

Prerequisites: ART 248

Digital Design investigates the fundamental principles of web and social media design (layout, composition, typography, color,

purpose, UX/UI, responsiveness, simplicity, writing and white space, etc.). This course provides students with an

understanding of User experience Design elements and how they work together, research methodologies, navigation design,

and wire-frame creation. Students will then learn how to apply these strategies to a 1-3 website designs and a social media

campaign to promote those designs.

ART 341 - MOTION GRAPHICS (3)

Prerequisites: ART 117, 248

This course will introduce the student to effectively communicate with motion graphics, using Adobe After Effects. These

skills will be applied in projects that stress conceptual, technical, development, and the basic theories of kinetic composition

and aesthetics. Skills covered include key-framing, track mattes, 3-D space, particles, typography techniques, and more.

Students will study the history of the field, including the work of pioneers (Norman McLaren, Saul Bass, and Len Lye).

ART 342 - ANIMATION (3)

Prerequisites: ART 117, 248

This course will give students the fundamentals needed to create animation using Adobe Animate. Throughout the course,

Disney's twelve basic principles of animation will be addressed. Student will visually communicate basic narratives through

storyboarding, blocking movements, and animating objects/figures, while considering how timing influences the perceived

believability of actions. Focus will be on frame-by-frame animation, tweening, rigging bones, and adding sound. Students

will learn how to export files and upload to streaming services for sharing online. The course will culminate with a study of

character development that addresses how to tell a simple story.

ART 350 - THE CINCINNATI WING AT THE CINCINNATI ART MUSEUM (3)

Prerequisite: ART 251, 252, 272, or 273

This course is a study of the social and cultural history of Cincinnati as studied through the collection of works in the Cincinnati

Wing at the Cincinnati Art Museum. At least 50% of the classes will be held on location at the Cincinnati Art Museum.

Designed for upper-classmen and DGP students.

ART 351 - HISTORY OF AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE (3)

Core Area: Fine Art

This course is an examination of the architecture and the built environment in America from Pre-Colonial years to the present

day. This study will feature the design and construction of residences, commercial structures and public institutions. This

course is at once a study of periods and styles and a cultural examination of the social issues and conditions under which

these structures rose. We will ultimately evaluate if the architecture created in America expresses a particularly American

view.

ART 353 - TWENTIETH CENTURY ART (3)

Prerequisite: ART 251, 252

This course is the third part of the survey of art in the western world and specifically addresses art movements and art theories

associated with modernism and post-modernism of the twentieth century. This course assumes the seminar format with

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 109

student presentation and class discussion on the primary pedagogical method of study. Required course for BA and BFA

students.

ART 355 - SPECIAL TOPICS (variable credit)

Core Area: Fine Art

Art courses not offered on a regular basis will be listed under this number.

ART 357 - A CRITICAL LOOK AT WINSLOW HOMER AND THOMAS EAKINS (3)

Prerequisite: ART 248, 265

This course introduces students to a practice-based, hands-on approach to visual communication design. Students will learn

how to design with specific audiences and purpose in mind. Topics also include typography, symbols, brand identity, logos,

and information design. Connections to current and historical context of the graphic arts are woven throughout the course.

Students will also share their work and take part in design critiques and discussions.

ART 360 - VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS (3)

Prerequisite: ART 248, 265

This course introduces students to a practice-based, hands-on approach to visual communication design. Students will learn

how to design with specific audiences and purpose in mind. Topics also include typography, symbols, brand identity, logos,

and information design. Connections to current and historical context of the graphic arts are woven throughout the course.

Students will also share their work and take part in design critiques and discussions.

ART 361 - DESIGN SYSTEMS (3)

Prerequisite: ART 265 or 267

A course building on skills from ART 117 and ART 267. The use of grid systems will be introduced as a means of organizing

and composing type and images. Knowledge of Aldus PageMaker© software is suggested for this class but is not necessary.

ART 367 - TYPOGRAPHY II (3)

Prerequisite: ART 248, 265, 267

Typography II is the second course in the typography sequence focusing on the design of multiple pages, an introduction to

publication design, basic typographic systems, and typographic hierarchy. Course content includes an emphasis on concept

and research-based practices.

ART 370 - ILLUSTRATION II (3)

Prerequisite: ART 270

This course is a continuation of Illustration I.

ART 400 - INDEPENDENT STUDY (variable credit)

Special art projects subject to departmental approval and under the direction of a departmental faculty member.

ART 415 - SPECIAL TOPICS DRAWING & ILLUSTRATION (3)

Students will work closely with the instructor to develop a concept focusing on a large-scale body of work (actual size), which

demonstrates advanced level painting or illustration.

ART 419 - FIGURE DRAWING III (3)

Prerequisite: ART 219, 319

A studio drawing course focusing on the human figure. The third in a series of three. Studio assignments are student driven

and focus on advanced figure drawing assignments and a further exploration into media and concept development.

ART 424 - SCULPURE III (3)

Prerequisite: ART 224, 334

Advanced level work in sculpture. Projects involve wood modification and creative engineering, site specific installation, and

#D environments.

ART 430 - PAINTING IV (3)

Prerequisite: ART 130, 230, 330

110 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

A studio course stressing the exploration of the painting medium as means of personal creative expression with an

increased emphasis on composition and structure and the development of a personal body of work.

ART 434 - PRINTMAKING III (3)

Prerequisite: ART 234, 334

An advanced studio course building on the techniques learned in Printmaking I and II. In the first half of the semester,

advanced intaglio and monotype techniques will be introduced. In the second half of the semester, students will have the

opportunity to develop a body of work in a self-selected printmaking style.

ART 435 - ADVANCED CERAMICS (3)

Prerequisite: ART 135, 235, 335

Students in this advanced class will work on more advanced projects either sculptural or utilitarian in nature.

ART 438 - DRAWING IV (3)

Prerequisite: ART 138, 238, 338

This course builds upon knowledge learned in ART 138, 238, 338. Students will develop a body of work to develop their

personal drawing vision, voice, and skillset. Introduction to advanced materials and techniques is ongoing.

ART 451 - PACKAGE DESIGN (3)

Prerequisite: ART 248, 265, 267, 360

Package design investigates the methodologies associated with designing products for mass consumer sales. Students will

focus on researching competitor markets; developing creativity and brainstorming ideas; defining priority of communication

within a shelf context; and creating package designs that stand out on a shelf.

ART 455 - SELECTED TOPICS (variable credit)

Courses in Art other than those listed will be available under this number. For Art majors only; others can be admitted by

permission of the department. Offerings under this course number can include Prismacolor Drawing, Color Media Drawing,

Figure Painting and Portrait Drawing, as well as art history electives.

ART 460 - DESIGN SYSTEMS (3)

Prerequisite: ART 248, 265, 267, 360

This course focuses on expanding students’ understanding of visual language and developing a more complex command of it

for visual communication. A particular emphasis will be systems design for visual identity (branding). Additionally, exploring

design process, professional preparation, and furthering the development of technical skills are important aspects of the

course.

ART 461 - SPECIAL DESIGN PROJECTS (3)

Course Requirement: Graphic Design students only

A course focusing on complex applications of marks, logotypes, symbols, and their application in a corporate identity system.

Students will be expected to draw together all information gained in design courses thus far and apply it to more complex

and demanding projects.

ART 466 - ART HISTORY SEMINAR (3)

Course Requirement: Art History majors

A seminar offering an intensive study of a particular topic. Students will work on researching and writing a substantial

research paper.

ART 470 - ILLUSTRATION III (3)

Prerequisite: ART 270 & 370

This course is a continuation of ART 370 Illustration II. Students are assigned more advanced illustrative projects focused on

student-driven body of work with emphasis on their chosen area of research in the field of illustration. Students will be

expected to create a series of original illustrations based on their research culminating in a final portfolio.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 111

ART 480 - SENIOR SEMINAR I (3)

By taking this class, we intend for our students to have conversations about their next steps after graduation, to develop a

sense of confidence, professionalism, and reflection about their next steps after graduation. Ultimately through this class

experience, our students will have been presented many opportunities to develop their personal style, resume/CV,

artistic/business portfolio, and professional presentation and organizational skills in order for them to move more easily into

the next phase of their professional careers.

ART 481 - SENIOR SEMINAR II (2)

Prerequisite: ART 480

The focus of this course is on the development of exhibition content, as well as, production methods used to create

compelling contemporary exhibitions. During this course we will explore the many and diverse elements of exhibition design

including: display methodologies (from physical to the digital, how to choose the right form); planning; and problem solving.

Class format will incorporate lectures, discussions, workshops, and field trip(s). Grading is based upon class/workshop

participation, and development of BFA and BA senior capstone requirements.

ART 482 - SENIOR EXHIBITION (1)

Senior Exhibition is the culmination of ART 481 and 482 for BFA students. This course focuses on the finishing, installation,

and presentation of their BFA Capstone project.

ART 495 - INTERNSHIP IN ART (1-3)

Interns work within organizations or other settings gaining experience in a specific area of art.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: BIOLOGY

BIO 100 - INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY (3)

Core Area: Natural Science - Biology

An examination of the characteristics of living organisms primarily at the molecular and cellular level. The nature of

molecules, macromolecules, cellular structure and processes, and aspects of molecular genetics will be addressed. This is a

one-semester, biology lecture course designed for students who have not enrolled in (or completed) BIO 101/101L, but are

majoring (Biology or Medical Laboratory Science) or minoring in a program in the Department of Biological Sciences. This

course is not equivalent to BIO 101/101L.

BIO 101 - GENERAL BIOLOGY I (4)

BIO 101L - GENERAL BIOLOGY LAB I

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab)

Prerequisite: Minimum ACT Cumulative Score of 22 or permission of the instructor, BIO 101 is a prerequisite for BIO 102

Co-requisite: CHE 111 is a co-requisite for BIO 101

General Biology I is the study of living organisms at the molecular and cellular level. The nature of molecules and

macromolecules, cellular structure, metabolic processes of the cell, reproduction, and various aspects of molecular genetics

will be discussed. Three hours of lecture and lab meet each week. This is the introductory biology course required of all

majors and minors in the Department of Biological Sciences.

BIO 102 - GENERAL BIOLOGY II (4)

BIO 102L - GENERAL BIOLOGY LAB II

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab)

Prerequisite: BIO 101/101L with a minimum grade of “C” or permission of instructor

General Biology II is a course that complements the General Biology I (BIO101/101L) course and progresses through the

various levels of biological organization beginning at the molecular level to the individual and up to the biosphere, earth. This

spring course will emphasize: (1) the organismic level: the biodiversity of life, (2) the system level: the anatomy and physiology

of animals, and (3) the ecological level: the relationship of living organisms to one another and to the environment. Three

hours of lecture and three hours of lab meet each week. Along with BIO 101/101L, this course is required of all majors and

minors in the Department of Biological Sciences.

BIO 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

112 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

BIO 204 - EVOLUTION SEMINAR (3)

Prerequisite: BIO101 and BIO102

A course focusing on the mechanism of evolutionary change, ranging from micro-evolutionary processes within populations

to macro-evolutionary patterns over geologic time. Emphasis is placed on the historical context of the discipline and the

latest trends in research. Course structure consists of lectures, discussions, and student presentations.

BIO 205 - BIOLOGICAL LITERATURE (3)

Prerequisite: BIO 102

Covers the standard references and forms of literature in the biological sciences through specific library assignments and

reports. Also included are the reading, evaluation, and discussion of classic works in the field and the preparation and writing

of a biological review and/or experimental paper.

BIO 206 - GENETICS (4)

BIO 206L - GENETICS LAB

(3-hour lecture, 2-hour lab)

Prerequisite: BIO 101 and Sophomore standing or permission of instructor

An analysis of heredity and variation from Mendel to the present, involving the physical structure and metabolic direction of

the gene, its expression and transmission. Students will conduct laboratory investigations of Drosophila and other genetic

materials in terms of inheritance ratios, gene frequency, and probability.

BIO 207 - MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY (2)

Prerequisite: BIO 102

A course examining the derivation, application, and pronunciation of selected scientific terms in general and medical terms

in particular.

BIO 211/212 - ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I, II (4, 4)

BIO 211L/212L - ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY LAB

(3-hour lecture, 3 hour lab)

Co-requisite: CHE 103 or CHE 111

Core Area: Natural Science - Biology, Natural Science - Lab

A sequence of courses is designed to provide students of Medical Laboratory Science, Nursing, and other medically related

fields with an understanding of the human body as realized through the various levels of organization, i.e. cell, tissue, organ,

system, and integrated organism. Students cannot earn duplicate credit in BIO 212.

BIO 214 - EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY (3)

Prerequisite: BIO 211 and 212

A course examining the application of basic physiological concepts to exercise in the context of environmental conditions

with special reference to conditioning, performance, and rehabilitation. Does not count towards the Biology major or for

Natural Science core credit.

BIO 215 - NUTRITION (2)

Prerequisite: CHE 103/103L, CHE 104/104L; BIO 211, 212

A course examining sources of dietary intake, and metabolism of food nutrients including proteins, lipids, carbohydrates,

minerals, and vitamins. Students will investigate the relationship between nutrition and health. Does not count towards the

Biology major or for Natural Science credit.

BIO 215A - UNDERSTANDING NUTRITION (3)

This course will focus primarily on the relationship of the science of nutrition and the well individual. The course work

includes an in-depth study of the various nutrients and how the body utilizes these nutrients and a review of the nutritional

requirements throughout the lifecycle. The course involves techniques for nutritional assessment and guidelines for selecting

food that provide the nutrients needed to achieve optimal health and exploration of current issues in nutrition information.

The overall goal is to provide the student with an understanding of normal nutrition and the basic knowledge necessary to

make diet changes specific to certain disease states.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 113

BIO 216 - INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY (4)

BIO 216L - MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY LAB

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab)

Prerequisite: Earned “C” grade or above in BIO 102 or BIO 212

An introduction to microorganisms and their role in human health and disease. Topics covered in this course will include the

structure, physiology, biochemistry and genetics of bacteria, fungi, protists, helminths, and viruses. Epidemiology,

immunology, and the disease process will also be covered. (Credit cannot be obtained for both BIO 216 and BIO 305.)

BIO 227 - BIOLOGY OF AGING (3)

Prerequisite: BIO 102 or BIO 212

A study of the biological aspects of the aging process generally, with an emphasis on the human aging processes as they are

currently understood at the molecular, cellular, systemic, and organismic levels of organizations.

BIO 235 - UNDERSTANDING NUTRITION (3)

Prerequisite: BIO 211/211L, BIO 212/212L and CHE 103/103L, CHE 104/104L

The goal of this course is to provide the student with an understanding of nutrition and the knowledge necessary to make

diet changes specific to certain disease states. This course will focus primarily on the relationship of the science of nutrition

and the well individual and will include an in depth study of the various nutrients and how the body utilizes these nutrients;

a review of the nutritional requirements throughout the lifecycle; techniques for nutritional assessment and guidelines for

selecting food that provide the nutrients needed to achieve optimal health; and explore current issues in nutrition

information. Does not count towards the Biology major or for Natural Science credit.

BIO 236 – SPECIAL TOPICS IN MARINE BIOLOGY (3)

Core Area: Natural Science - Biology

This course takes an interactive and interdisciplinary approach to understanding current topics in marine biology, including

the closely related fields of chemical and physical oceanography. Student will be expected to read scientific, peer reviewed

articles, as well as their media counterparts. In addition to learning content, students will practice assessing validity of

arguments and articulating their own arguments in both an oral and written format. Throughout the course, students will be

exposed to various career paths within the field of marine biology. This course is cross listed as NSB 236.

BIO 236L – SPECIAL TOPICS IN MARINE BIOLOGY LAB: AN INTRODUCTION TO SCUBA DIVING (1)

Core Area: Natural Science - Lab

An introduction to SCUBA Diving is an optional lab component to Special Topics in Marine Biology that covers the basic skills

and knowledge necessary to become SCUBA-certified in Open Water, including the history, theory, and practical applications

of scuba-diving. In addition, the course covers ways in which scuba diving is used in the study of marine biology. There is an

additional fee for this course.

BIO 255 - PHARMACOLOGY (3)

Prerequisite: Earned “C” grade or above in BIO 212 and CHE 104

A study of the pharmacological properties of drugs relative to their origin, classification, and dosage with emphasis on

pharmacodynamics and pharmacotherapeutics.

BIO 256 – GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

BIO 257 – GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

A Geographic Information System (GIS) is a structure for gathering, analyzing, and managing data in a spatial context. Utilized

by many disciplines, GIS allows for the analysis of spatial location and organizes data into digital information layers and allows

for a variety of mapping outputs. In this introductory course, students will learn fundamental concepts and components of

a GIS, while operating a functional GIS and using ArcGIS software. Some of the projects and data sets applied in the course

could include those from natural sciences (e.g., suburban forest habitat), social sciences, arts and humanities.

114 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

BIO 301 - COMPARATIVE ANATOMY (Organismic) (4)

BIO 301L - COMPARATIVE ANATOMY LAB

(2-hour lecture, two 3-hour labs)

Prerequisite: BIO 205

Students will study the relationships of vertebrates by noting structural similarities and differences in each organ system.

Representative vertebrates, Squalus, Necturus, and Felis are used for laboratory studies.

BIO 304 - PHYSIOLOGY (4)

BIO 304L - PHYSIOLOGY LAB

Prerequisite: BIO101, BIO102, BIO204, BIO205

Co-requisite: BIO304L

This course covers the fundamentals of physiology, emphasizing function from the molecular/cellular to the organ system

level. Laboratory exercises cover physiochemical aspects related to whole body regulation, animal and human responses,

biochemical analysis, and/or computer/electronic instrumentation measurements of physiological principles. Students

cannot earn duplicate credit in BIO304 and BIO211/212.

BIO 305 - MICROBIOLOGY (Organismic) (4)

BIO 305L - MICROBIOLOGY LAB

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab)

Prerequisite: BIO 102, BIO 212, BIO 206

The structures and functions of microorganisms will be examined including viruses, bacteria, fungi, protista, and helminths

and their roles in the environment and their impact on human health. An introduction to biotechnology and practical

applications of microbiology will also be incorporated. (Credit cannot be obtained for both BIO 216 and BIO 305.)

BIO 308 - AQUATIC BIOLOGY (Ecological) (4)

BIO 308L - AQUATIC BIOLOGY LAB

Prerequisite: BIO 102

An analysis of freshwater communities, emphasizing ecological relationships of aquatic organisms, including food chains,

energetics, and community relationships. Students will conduct field practices, stressing collecting techniques and lab

practices, stressing water chemistry analysis. Students will then isolate and identify organisms.

BIO 309 - FIELD BIOLOGY (Ecological) (4)

BIO 309L - FIELD BIOLOGY LAB

Prerequisite: BIO 102

A survey of the flora and fauna in the Kentucky Ohio Indiana area with emphasis on the identification of organisms, habitat

types, and ecological relationships. (Summer Session Only.)

BIO 311 - MARINE BIOLOGY (4)

BIO 311L - MARINE BIOLOGY LAB

(3-hour lecture, 3-hours lab)

Prerequisite: BIO 102

Examines organisms living within the ocean. The first part introduces the discipline of marine biology and basic material in

geology, chemistry, and physics. The second focuses upon the nature of life in the sea from microbes to marine vertebrates.

The third section covers the fundamental principles of ecology and the major ecosystems of the marine environment. Finally,

the fourth examines the role of human on the world oceans.

BIO 315 - INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY (Organismic) (4)

BIO 315L - INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY LAB

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab, research project)

Prerequisite: BIO 205 and BIO 206

A survey course investigating the protozoa through the major invertebrate groups, stressing anatomical and functional

aspects with relevant evolutionary implications.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 115

BIO 317 - DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY (Cellular & Molecular) (4)

BIO 317L - DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY LAB

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab)

Prerequisite: BIO 206

An examination of the ontogeny of plants and animals at the molecular, cellular, and gross structural levels with emphasis on

experimental investigation of processes such as aggregation, differentiation, induction, and regulation.

BIO 318 - ECOLOGY (Ecological) (4)

BIO 318L - ECOLOGY LAB

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab, research project)

Prerequisite: BIO 205 and BIO 204

A study of the ecosystem, population, community structure and regulation, with some emphasis on the application of

ecological principles and the conservation of natural resources.

BIO 319 - CELL BIOLOGY (Cellular & Molecular) (4)

BIO 319L - CELL BIOLOGY LAB

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab, research project)

Prerequisite: BIO 205 and BIO 206

Students will study the activities of living organisms at the cellular level, with special attention directed to cellular

fractionation, energetics, metabolism, biochemistry, and homeostatic mechanisms.

BIO 325 - ANIMAL BEHAVIOR (Ecological) (4)

BIO 325L - ANIMAL BEHAVIOR LAB

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab)

Prerequisite: BIO 102

Course Requirement: Biology majors only.

Students will study behaviors specific to animals other than man. Topics include instinct, environmental stimuli, learning,

communication, aggression, sociobiology, and the evolution of behavior. Laboratories stress field observations and group

projects. Cross-listed as PSY 325.

BIO 326 - IMMUNOLOGY (Cellular & Molecular) (4)

BIO 326L - IMMUNOLOGY LAB

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab)

Prerequisite: BIO 102 and BIO 206

A basic course on cell mediated and humoral aspects of immunity with reference to laboratory procedures for determining

immunological status.

BIO 328 - VERTEBRATE BIOLOGY (Ecological) (4)

BIO 328L - VERTEBRATE BIOLOGY LAB

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab)

Prerequisite: BIO 205

A lecture and laboratory course examining the five major groups of vertebrates: fish, amphibians, reptiles, birds and

mammals. The course will emphasize taxonomy and natural history.

BIO 329 - BOTANY (Organismic) (4)

BIO 329L - BOTANY LAB

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab)

Prerequisite: BIO 205 and BIO 206

Botany is a study of morphology, physiology, classification, distribution, and evolution of protista, fungi, nonvascular, and

vascular plants.

BIO 330 - BIOCHEMISTRY (Cellular & Molecular) (4)

BIO 330L - BIOCHEMISTRY LAB

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab)

Prerequisite: BIO 102 and BIO 206

116 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Co-requisite: CHE 240

An exploration of the molecular and chemical basis of life. The relationship between molecular structure and function is

stressed as it applies to the metabolism and reproduction of a living organism. The laboratory focuses on learning the

techniques currently used in the field of biochemistry.

BIO 333 - BIOINFORMATICS (4)

BIO 333L - BIOINFORMATICS LAB

BIO 333A – BIOINFORMATICS (lecture only) (3)

Prerequisite: BIO 206/206L and CIS 114

An introduction to data analysis in the study of biology. Topics covered will include concepts and trends in bioinformatics as

well as methods for the analysis and representation of biological data (e.g., time series data, DNA, and protein sequence

data).

BIO 336 - OCEANOGRAPY (3)

This course explores the main theories and applications within the field of oceanography, including chemical, biological and

physical oceanography. Students will learn how chemical, physical and biological processes in the ocean shape ecosystems,

calibrate our climate, and control the productivity of our oceans.

BIO 336L – OCEANOGRAPHY LAB (1)

This lab will provide hands on experience in reading marine charts and oceanographic maps and in performing

demonstrations and experiments that illustrate physical, geological and biological processes in the world oceans. This lab

reinforces the main theories and applications within the field of oceanography taught in the lecture portion of the course.

BIO 340 - VERTEBRATE HISTOLOGY (Organismic) (4)

BIO 340L - VERTEBRATE HISTOLOGY LAB

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab)

Prerequisite: BIO 102 and BIO 206

Students will study the major tissue types found in vertebrate organisms with an emphasis on the microscopic anatomy and

the corresponding functions of the living tissue.

BIO 341 - MOLECULAR GENETICS (Cellular & Molecular) (4)

BIO 341L - MOLECULAR GENETICS LAB

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab)

Prerequisite: BIO 206

A course examining the tools of molecular genetics and the current knowledge of the nature and function of genes. It is an

advanced genetics course that builds on the knowledge gained in BIO 206. The lecture portion focuses on the genetic basis

of disease. The laboratory portion utilizes DNA technology and bacterial genetics allowing the student to think and

experiment at the molecular level. The course consists of lectures, laboratory work, discussions, computer database

utilization, and student presentations.

BIO 355 - TOPICS IN BIOLOGY (variable credit)

Courses will be offered under this number if the content will cover subjects not covered in other courses. Special topics

courses are dependent on the expertise of instructor, needs of student or presentation of an unusual learning opportunity.

BIO 400 - INDEPENDENT STUDY AND RESEARCH (1- 4)

Students can earn one to four credit hours in an independent study supervised by a departmental faculty member. These

courses are recommended for juniors and seniors.

BIO 401 - GERONTOLOGY PRACTICUM (1-3)

A practicum is an educationally directed learning experience in a gerontological setting. Emphasis is placed on biological,

psychological, and sociological aspects.

BIO 455 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 117

BIO 489 - BIOLOGY SEMINAR (3)

Prerequisite: Senior Standing

A seminar course including a series of discourses presented and discussed by students on topics which may be productive

of a conceptual perspective in biology and demonstrated relevance of biology to other disciplines.

BIO 495 - BIOLOGY INTERNSHIP (1-3)

Prerequisite: BIO 101 and 102

The internship is designed to provide hands-on experience in the field of biology and related majors. Students will dedicate

a minimum of 45 hours/semester/credit working alongside professionals and staff in an institution involved with some aspect

of applied biology and/or outreach programs. Students will learn and master basic skills appropriate to the internship and

will conduct and report on work assigned to them by their supervisors.

BIO 496 – METHODS IN MARINE BIOLOGY AND CONSERVATION (3)

Prerequisite: BIO 311/311L

This course takes a project-based approach to learning, and focuses on a relevant, current research topic or problem in marine

biology – particularly within the realms of conservations biology and husbandry. To successfully pass this course, students

are expected to complete a capstone project revolving around solutions for this current topic. These projects can take the

form of any of the following: educational lesson plan, husbandry standard operating procedure, presentation of original

research results, or a grant proposal. Topics covered in this course include background research into the current issue, survey

of the research methodology employed in the study of this topic, and tolls to complete their capstone project.

COURSES FOR NON–BIOLOGY MAJORS

NSB 208 - BIOLOGY OF AGING (3)

An examination of the biological aspects of the aging process generally, with an emphasis on the human aging processes as

they are currently understood at the molecular, cellular, systemic, and organismic levels of organizations.

NSB 209 - BIOLOGY OF THE HUMAN (3; 4 with laboratory)

NSB 209L - BIOLOGY OF THE HUMAN LABORATORY

Core Area: Natural Science - Biology, Natural Science-Lab

A study of the anatomy and physiology of the human body. Anatomy is the study of form, or structure, of body parts and of

how these parts relate to one another. Physiology concerns the functioning of the body’s structural machinery. The levels

of structural organization, i.e. cellular, tissue, organ, etc., are identified and discussed as they relate to the functioning of the

whole organism. Emphasis is on the integration of the body systems to maintain homeostasis.

NSB 211 - INTRODUCTION TO MARINE BIOLOGY (3)

Examines oceans and the life within them. The first part introduces the discipline of marine biology and basic material in

marine geology, chemistry, and physics. The second part focuses upon the nature of life in the sea from microbes to marine

vertebrates. The third section covers the fundamental principles of ecology and the major ecosystems of the marine

environment. Finally, the last past examines the role of humans on the world oceans.

NSB 214 - ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (4)

NSB 214L - ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE LABORATORY

(3-hour lecture, 3-hour lab)

Core Area: Natural Science - Biology, Natural Science - Lab

A course based on an interdisciplinary approach to the study of human impacts on the local and global environment. Both

the lecture and laboratory work stress possible solutions to environmental problems.

NSB 215 - AN INTRODUCTION TO SCUBA DIVING (3)

An introduction to SCUBA Diving is a course that covers the basic skills and knowledge necessary to become SCUBA-certified

in Open Water and Nitrox, including the history, theory and practical applications of scuba-diving. In addition, the course

covers introductory topics in the fields of oceanography and marine biology. There is an additional fee for this course.

NSB 236 – SPECIAL TOPICS IN MARINE BIOLOGY (3)

Core Area: Natural Science - Biology

118 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

This course takes an interactive and interdisciplinary approach to understanding current topics in marine biology, including

the closely related fields of chemical and physical oceanography. Student will be expected to read scientific, peer reviewed

articles, as well as their media counterparts. In addition to learning content, students will practice assessing validity of

arguments and articulating their own arguments in both an oral and written format. Throughout the course, students will be

exposed to various career paths within the field of marine biology. This course is cross listed as BIO 236.

NSB 236L – SPECIAL TOPICS IN MARINE BIOLOGY LAB: AN INTRODUCTION TO SCUBA DIVING (1)

Core Area: Natural Science - Lab

An introduction to SCUBA Diving is an optional lab component to Special Topics in Marine Biology that covers the basic skills

and knowledge necessary to become SCUBA-certified in Open Water, including the history, theory, and practical applications

of scuba-diving. In addition, the course covers ways in which scuba diving is used in the study of marine biology. There is an

additional fee for this course.

NSB 249 - BIOLOGY AND CONTEMPORARY ETHICAL ISSUES (3)

A course centering on a discussion of the impact of biological science and technology on society from an ethical perspective.

Both biomedical and environmental issues are considered.

NSB 255B - NATURAL SCIENCE-BIOLOGY: SPECIAL TOPICS (variable credit)

Core Area: Natural Science

Special topics which are only offered periodically.

NSB 256 - MICROBES, HEALTH & DISEASE (3)

Core Area: Natural Science - Biology

Students will study how viruses and bacteria impact the human condition. The biological basis of good health is discussed.

NSB 265 - CONCEPTS OF BIOLOGY AND CONSERVATION (3)

The conservation of natural resources is studied from a biological perspective. The importance of soil, air, and water to the

survival of life on earth is stressed.

NSB 267 - NATURAL SCIENCE: BIOLOGICAL (3; 4 with laboratory)

NSB 267A - NATURAL SCIENCE: BIOLOGICAL (3 accelerated lecture)

NSB 267L - NATURAL SCIENCE: BIOLOGICAL LAB

Core Area: Natural Science-– Biology, Natural Science - Lab

An examination of the fundamental concepts of biology integrated with other disciplines and applied to human affairs.

Laboratory study will emphasize the use of the scientific method in learning the characteristics of living organisms.

NSB 269 - NATURAL SCIENCE: HEREDITY AND EVOLUTION (3)

The principles of classical Mendelian and molecular genetics, along with modern evolutionary biology are studied with an

emphasis on the human.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

BUA 104 - INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (3)

Course Requirement: Enrollment in Thomas More Accelerated Program

Provides an introduction to the accelerated college-level business program, providing a contemporary overview of the

business environment, reviewing and coaching students in the core skills for success in this program. The business overview

comprises study in the current business environments, stressing global entrepreneurial opportunities, management

techniques and the management functions of leadership, controlling, planning, and organization. The review and coaching

of core skills includes reading for comprehension, time management, techniques for knowledge retention, written

communication, teamwork, and test taking skills.

BUA 105 - INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS (3)

An introduction to the structure, functioning, and role of the business and economic systems.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 119

BUA 106 - FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS AND ACADEMIC WRITING (3)

Course Requirement: Enrollment in Thomas More Accelerated Program

Students will develop academic and business writing skills. The course will emphasize effective writing and communication

skills needed in academic and professional settings. Students will learn to create concise, professional documents for internal

and external stakeholders. Legal and ethical standards for business and academic writing, including plagiarism, writing with

integrity, and using bias-free language will be covered. Cross-listed as ENG 106.

BUA 107 - MATHEMATICS FOR BUSINESS DECISION MAKING (3)

Course Requirement: Enrollment in Thomas More Accelerated Program

This course explores fundamental mathematical techniques necessary for business decision making. Examples will be

emphasized, and will point to decision making techniques in economics, finance, marketing, and other business disciplines.

This course will satisfy the Algebra prerequisite for DGP students in the BBA program only. It will not fulfill the Algebra

prerequisite for any other student.

BUA 108 - FINANCIAL ANALYSIS FOR MANAGERS (3)

Course Requirement: Enrollment in Thomas More Accelerated Program

An introduction to finance and accounting. The foundations will be set for understanding financial statements, the accounting

process, the time value of money, and basic financial decision-making. Some basic business problem solving will be

incorporated into the course material.

BUA 110 - INTRODUCTION TO TEAMWORK (3)

This course is an introduction to teamwork in the workplace and academic settings. This course will focus on the

characteristics of and skills required for high performance work teams. Upon completion of the course, students will

understand the benefits and challenges of working in teams, the stages of teams (forming, storming, norming, and

performing); the types of teams, efficient practices for teams, team member roles, and the interpersonal skills needed to

succeed in multi-cultural, cross-functional teams. The importance of trust and consistent, open communication as necessary

components of successful collaboration will be the foundation for understanding effective teams.

BUA 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

BUA 200 - INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3)

Independent study courses are offered when students wish to explore a specific issue of interest that falls outside the

parameters of the established curriculum. Independent studies are subject to departmental approval and entail direct

supervision of a departmental faculty member.

BUA 201 - SKILLS FOR BUSINESS PROFESSIONALS (3)

Course Requirement: Enrollment in Thomas More Accelerated Program

This course provides an introduction to the accelerated pace of the DGP BBA program. Students will receive an overview of

business concepts and group dynamics, as well as skills necessary to succeed in the program and in the business

environment. These skills include writing, research, and presentation skills.

BUA 205 - SUPERVISION AND MANAGEMENT (3)

The objective of this course is to facilitate the acquisition of essential supervisory skills by increasing the student’s levels of

thinking from knowledge to comprehension to application. The course will include a review of what makes up a supervisor’s

job, unique challenges of the 21

century, planning and control, organizing, staffing, and employee growth, stimulating

individual and group performance, and coping with the dynamic workplace.

BUA 207 - SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (3)

A course addressing the goals and problems of small business management, with emphasis on site selection, choice of

business type, financing, understanding small business failure, management functions, entrepreneurship qualification, and

development of the business plan.

BUA 218 - PERSONAL FINANCE (3)

Students will explore the many financial decisions that the average individual and family must make credit management and

borrowing, asset protection, investing, retirement planning, estate planning, insurance, taxes, and purchasing.

120 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

BUA 241 - MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS FOR MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 096 or the equivalent or BUA 107

A course that covers concepts of calculus essential to management in modeling and solving optimization problems, using

spreadsheets and other software.

BUA 245 - QUANTITATIVE METHODS I (4)

Course Requirement: Enrollment in Thomas More Accelerated Program

The first course in the Quantitative Methods sequence, BUA 245 and 345. The sequence presents an integrated computer-

based approach to the quantitative tools and methods used in managerial decision making. Topics include elements of

modeling, differential and integral calculus, statistics, and management science. The BUA 245/345 sequence replaces MAT

143 and fulfills the mathematics core requirement for BBA students in DGP.

BUA 249 - BUSINESS STATISTICS (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 143 or BUA 241

An application of statistical concepts to business and economics. Topics covered include descriptive statistics, probability

and probability distributions, statistical inference, and regression modeling.

BUA 252 - GLOBAL BUSINESS (3)

An interdisciplinary course involving several areas of study, including societal responsibilities of business, organizational

behavior issues, international commerce, economics, accounting, tax, and regulatory issues. The platform for this course is

a service learning project in Northwestern Jamaica, West Indies.

BUA 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics are offered for courses that are not included in the established curriculum.

BUA 261 - DEVELOPMENT OF AMERICAN ENTERPRISE (3)

Course Requirement: Enrollment in Thomas More Accelerated Program

A survey of the development of the American free enterprise system from its beginning to the present. The development of

American business values will also be addressed.

BUA 263 - SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR MANAGERS (3)

Course Requirement: Enrollment in Thomas More Accelerated Program

The course seeks to provide a framework for managers to use in making judgments related to the social responsibility of

business. Topics considered include ethics and ethical reasoning, the distinction between ethical and legal behavior, diversity,

managerial values, stages of moral development, ethical criteria, and stages of corporate citizenship. Tools for achieving

socially responsible behavior within the firm such as codes of ethics, audits, Sarbanes-Oxley, etc. are also considered.

BUA 264 - MARKETING AND CONSUMER VALUE (3)

Course Requirement: Enrollment in Thomas More Accelerated Program

This course will introduce students to the customer-value concept. Students will learn how a firm creates customer value

through its value-delivery system, which includes logistics, product and service transformations, marketing and after-sales

service, and customer retention. Students will also study how to leverage core competencies within the customer-value

system to create and sustain competitive advantage.

BUA 270 - NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS – MISSION AND MANAGEMENT (3-4)

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing

This course examines the nature of nonprofit entities from organizational, business, and financial perspectives. Topics include

processes, financial accountability, management, and ethical issues specific to these entities, and differences between them

and typical for-profit businesses.

BUA 271 - HABITAT FOR HUMANITY (1)

This course is designed to teach the value of volunteerism, teamwork, and construction skills in a field setting. Notes on these

topics form the academic component of the course. Students are required to produce a reflection paper relating their

experiences to these topics. Each Year, the Business Society of Thomas More University, joins the Habitat for Humanity

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 121

Collegiate Challenge. Chaperones and students travel to the Gulf Coast and assist in building quality, low-cost housing for

families needing decent, affordable shelter. Habitat is a nonprofit, Christian housing ministry. An additional fee is required

for students taking this course.

BUA 291 - BUSINESS LAW I (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 105 or BUA 201

Students will develop an understanding of the principles of law that apply to business transactions: the overall judicial

process, the uniform commercial code, commercial regulations, contracts, agency, bailments, etc.

BUA 292 - BUSINESS LAW II (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 105

A continuation of BUA 291. It will include a further discussion of real estate, wills and estates, corporations, and consumer

protection.

BUA 301 - ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 105

An introduction to schools of thought in management, the internal workings of the organization from a managerial point of

view, and in-depth study of the decision-making process and managerial functions.

BUA 302 - ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR (3)

Students will study the concepts of human behavior drawn from psychology and sociology applied to the business

organization. Group behavior, similarities and differences, team building, and structure are considered. Development of the

participant's leadership style is addressed.

BUA 303 - HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321

A basic course in organizational manpower planning and development. Included are testing, interviewing, placement of

employees, training, job evaluation, promotions, handling complaints and grievances, wage and salary administration,

benefits, policy making and problems of layoffs, transfers, and turnover.

BUA 304 - WORKPLACE PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 301

Principles of scientific methodology and psychology applied to the business situation. Topics covered include research

methods, employee performance and evaluation, structure of organizations, motivation, conditions of work, engineering

psychology, and consumer psychology. Cross-listed as PSY 209.

BUA 305 - EFFECTIVE BUSINESS WRITING (3)

A course to improve writing skills in business situations, emphasizing the application of business principles in a diverse

workplace.

BUA 306 - SAFETY, HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321

Study of safety, health and environmental issues and the associated legal and ethical issues.

BUA 307 - LEADERSHIP (3)

Students learn what makes a successful leader and the moral/ethical standards they must embrace.

BUA 310 - SPORTS AND ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 105.

Course Requirement: Junior status, minimum GPA of 2.5

As a survey of both the sports and entertainment industries, this course will provide an overview of the origins and structure

of each industry. The current issues facing each industry will be explored. The sports industry will be segmented by looking

at professional, college, high school, and youth sports. The entertainment industry will be divided into movies, theatre,

TV/radio, media/publishing, travel and tourism, and music. Cross-listed as SEM 310.

122 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

BUA 311 - MARKETING (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 105 or BUA 201

Recommended prerequisite: PSY 105

A survey of the marketing function in a capitalistic economy, with emphasis on the planning, pricing, promoting, and

distribution of goods and services to satisfy customer wants, the relationship between marketing and other organization

functions, the importance of the consumer, and the effect of government regulations.

BUA 313 - TEAMS IN ORGANIZATIONS (3)

A focus on teams within organizations. Students will learn what makes a team effective, motivation techniques for diverse

team members, successful conflict resolution, and time and meeting management. The course will be a seminar with

emphasis on case studies.

BUA 314 - ENTREPRENEURSHIP (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321

This course is focused on the study and management of innovation and risk in organizations. Particular emphasis will be

placed on rapid market development, penetration, and wealth organization through creative organizational processes.

Successful entrepreneurship ventures and activities will be analyzed.

BUA 315 - PRINCIPLES OF ADVERTISING (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321

A course designed to familiarize students with advertising theory, terms, and techniques, including: the historical, social and

economic aspects of advertising, product name, image and buying motives, writing copy, photography, layout techniques,

and use of advertising media and advertising testing.

BUA 316 - CONSUMER BEHAVIOR (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321, PSY 105

This course stresses the importance of consumer behavior in the development and implementation of effective marketing

strategies. Students will develop a deeper understanding of individual consumer behavior, social and cultural influences on

consumer behavior, and the consumer decision process.

BUA 317 - PUBLIC RELATIONS (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321.

Public relations will survey the tools and channels of communication available for developing the organization's image in

the minds of the target publics. This course is recommended for students with good communications skills from any major.

BUA 318 - PROFESSIONAL SELLING (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321

An examination of the principles of effective selling on a personal basis, with emphasis on preparation, the procedures for

approaching the buyer, the presentation, and the closing. Case work and role playing are used.

BUA 319 - RETAIL MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321

The principles, practices, and problem-solving methods specific to the retail industry are examined. The management and

marketing aspects of retailing are emphasized.

BUA 321 - BUSINESS FINANCE (3)

Prerequisite: ACC 101 or ACC 208 (TAP only)

An examination of the principles, theory, and techniques of modern corporate financial management. Ratio analysis, working

capital management, capital project evaluation, valuation, risk, and financial environment are covered.

BUA 325 - INVESTMENT ANALYSIS (3)

An examination of the principles and practices of investing in stocks and bonds, with emphasis on the analysis of corporate

financial statements to arrive at investment decisions. A background is also provided on banking institutions, investment

companies and brokerage operations.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 123

BUA 331 - OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (3)

Co-requisite: BUA 301.

Students will study the methods for planning, scheduling, operating, and controlling the production process. Both service

and manufacturing environments are considered.

BUA 341 - QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR BUSINESS (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 143 or BUA 241; BUA 249 or MAT 205

A course covering the modeling and analysis of problems in business and economics. Among the topics included are linear

programming, inventory models, queuing, PER/CPM, and forecasting.

BUA 345 - QUANTITATIVE METHODS II (4)

The second course in the Quantitative Methods sequence, BUA 245 and 345. The sequence presents an integrated computer-

based approach to the quantitative tools and methods used in managerial decision making. Topics include elements of

modeling. The BUA 245/345 sequence replaces MAT 143 and fulfills the Mathematics core requirement for BBA students in

TAP.

BUA 350 - PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 325.

Covers theories that explain the pricing of securities and investment strategy.

BUA 355 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics are offered for courses not included in the established curriculum.

BUA 370 - PRINCIPLES OF HEALTHCARE SERVICES (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321

Exploration of the infrastructure of the healthcare services delivery system in the United States and the effects of legislation

and policymaking on communities and stakeholders. Cross-listed as HCM 370.

BUA 380 - LEGAL ISSUES IN SPORTS AND ENTERTAINMENT MARKETING (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 291

Course Requirement: Junior status, minimum GPA of 2.5.

An investigation into the plethora of legal issues facing the sports and entertainment industries. The course will analyze

legislation that has affected the development and operation of these industries. Landmark and seminal cases will be reviewed

to ascertain the rights and restrictions of those operating within the industries. Also included, as a point of study, will be

controversial issues where legal precedents have not yet been set. Cross-listed as SEM and PLS 380.

BUA 390 - BUSINESS PRACTICUM (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 301, BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321

Upper-level undergraduate students have the opportunity to be part of a student-faculty team providing consulting services

to a small business in the area. With permission of the instructor, this course may be repeated.

BUA 391 - SECONDARY EDUCATION BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - OFFICE INTERNSHIP (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of the Business and Education Department Chairpersons

An internship designed specifically to allow the Secondary Education - Business Administration major to experience the

functioning of the office environment.

BUA 392 - INTERNSHIP IN BUSINESS (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 301, BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321

Course Requirement: Junior status, Minimum GPA of 2.5.

Student will obtain hands-on experience by working with professionals in the field of business. Students must work with their

advisor or department designee to secure and set parameters of the field experience. Students will be required to prepare

an appropriate paper incorporating academic theory that is applied to the experience gained while completing the internship

assignment. Cross-listed as SEM 392.

124 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

BUA 400 - INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3)

Independent study credit is offered when students wish to explore a specific issue of interest that falls outside the parameters

of the established departmental curriculum. Independent studies are subject to departmental approval and entail direct

supervision of a departmental faculty member.

BUA 403 - INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 303

A course addressing the challenges of working in international human resource management. Employment relations will be

reviewed and compared to the United States in the U.K., Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, Norway, Sweden, Austria,

and Japan.

BUA 405 - INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311

The basic content of the course includes (1) and overview of the means of conducting international business, with an

emphasis on what makes international different from domestic; (2) the effects of culture, economy, politics, and laws within

countries on the conduct of international business; (3) the major theories explaining international trade; (4) the financial

exchange system; (5) modes of entry; (6) corporate strategy alternatives for global operations; and (7) production and

marketing strategies for international activities.

BUA 406 - LABOR PROBLEMS (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321

An interdisciplinary study of industrial relations focusing on the historical development and economic consequences of

organized labor in the private and public sectors, public policy toward labor, and collective bargaining.

BUA 407 - COLLECTIVE BARGAINING (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321

A study and evaluation of the art of negotiating and its importance to the labor-management bargaining process with

emphasis on the unionized setting.

BUA 410 - SPORTS AND ENTERTAINMENT MARKETING (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 311

Course Requirement: Junior status, minimum GPA of 2.5

A course building upon the general marketing principles studied in the Principles of Marketing course providing an analysis

of the many issues facing marketing experts within the sports and entertainment industries. This course also examines the

issues faced by those outside these industries that market their goods and services by partnering with companies and

organizations within these industries. Students will be introduced to the unique qualities of the sports and entertainment

product by analyzing pricing and distribution issues as related to these industries. Cross-listed as SEM 410.

BUA 415 - SALES MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321

An advanced course covering organization of the sales division, including selection, training, compensation, direction, and

control of the sales force, designing sales territories, and discussion of problems from representative companies.

BUA 416 - MARKETING RESEARCH (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321; BUA 249 or BUA 245

This course provides students with a basic understanding of marketing research methods and how these methods are used

in managerial decision-making. Topics include data collection techniques, measurement and scaling, sampling techniques,

and data analysis.

BUA 417 - MARKETING MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321

This course provides an overview of current marketing-management theory and practice. Students will develop strategic-

marketing-management skills through case studies and an interactive simulation.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 125

BUA 420 - EVENT SPONSORSHIP AND PROMOTION (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 311

Course Requirement: Junior status, minimum GPA of 2.5.

Students will gain a thorough understanding of the concepts and theories that form the foundation of sponsorship and event

planning. Students will then be required to apply these concepts and theories in developing strategies to support a significant

project requiring original research and a professional presentation. Cross-listed as SEM 420.

BUA 421 - FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 321

The analysis of financial information is a critical tool for many business positions. Managers need to be able to assess their

performance and forecast business needs. Investors need to be able to assess the value of the firm. Regulators are required

to determine if companies comply with guidelines. This course sets a foundation for understanding the process to analyze

and report findings.

BUA 422 - INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 321

Intermediate Finance is the second course in corporate finance. Problems involving asset valuation and risk assessment will

be explored with greater complexity. Additional topics of mergers and bankruptcies will be explored. An overview of

derivative securities and risk management will be introduced.

BUA 435 - CURRENT TOPICS IN OPERATIONS AND LOGISTICS (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 331

A course designed for specialized treatment of the various operations management fields. A non-exhaustive list would

include logistics, service management, technology management, new product development, purchasing, quality assurance,

and shop floor control.

BUA 450 - FINANCIAL PLANNING (3)

Prerequisite: 321

An exploration of the many aspects of financial planning including retirement planning, debt management, estate planning,

insurance planning, and investment planning.

BUA 455 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

BUA 495 - STUDENT PROJECT (variable credit)

A student project is an individual or group project of special interest to students. Field research and student creativity are

encouraged. Faculty supervision is provided with the approval of the chairperson.

BUA 498 - STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 249, BUA 291, BUA 331, BUA 405

A capstone seminar taken in the senior year. Strategic management and business policy concepts are used to integrate the

business core courses. Case analysis and a major presentation are required.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

ACC 604 - MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING (3)

The study of accounting policies and practices as they relate both to external financial statements and management reporting

systems. Emphasis is on the impact of decisions concerning application of generally accepted accounting principles.

Consideration is given to obtaining and using accounting information in planning and decision-making.

ECO 615 - MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS (3)

Covers microeconomic concepts relevant to managerial decision making. Topics include demand and supply analysis,

consumer demand theory, price discrimination, risk aversion and uncertainty, moral hazard and incentives, game theory and

contracts.

126 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

FIN 630 - MANAGERIAL FINANCE (3)

An analysis of corporate financial decisions and strategies that enhance shareholder value in both domestic and international

settings. Major topics include sources and uses of funds, the valuation of debt and equity securities, ethics, financial analysis

and forecasting, working with capital management, capital budgeting, capital structure, dividend policy, mergers and

acquisitions.

LAW 620 - POLITICAL, LEGAL AND REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT (3)

Law, regulation, political factors, and their impact upon the decision-making process are examined. Historical and current

forces, as well as compliance are considered.

MGT 612 - TRANSNATIONAL MANAGEMENT (3)

An examination of global differences in laws, politics, culture, and economies that affect the management of foreign

operations. It establishes an operational framework for managers through exposure to management concepts in

international settings, strategic and operational planning, organization design, and legal topics impacting business

transactions.

MGT 613 - STRATEGY FORMULATION, IMPLEMENTATION AND EVALUATION (3)

A survey of the theory and practice of formulating strategy at the general management/executive level. Environmental

analysis, competitive analysis, and strategic planning as compared to strategic thinking are among the topics covered. As the

MBA capstone, the course will serve to integrate previous work through various cases.

MGT 615 - SKILLS FOR MBA PROFESSIONALS (3)

This course provides MBA students with the skills necessary to be successful in the TMU accelerated MBA program. These

skills include the following competencies; technology, team, graduate-level writing and ethical research, Harvard Business

Review case-analysis, and presentation skills. The primary focus of this course is to set expectations for the MBA program

and to develop skills required for MBA professionals.

MGT 620 – PROFESSIONAL SURVIVAL SKILLS (3)

Manage the challenges of office politics: blending into the pre-dominant culture while maintaining your own; effective

interaction with colleagues, mangers, subordinates, outside stakeholders; gender issues in the workplace; keys to effective

meetings; crisis management; and intra-organizational communication.

MGT 621 - LEADERSHIP PRACTICES AND NEGOTIATION (3)

This course provides an analytical and intellectual examination of core principles of leadership. This examination and

reflection will be accomplished through open discussion, honest self-assessment, experiential exercises, and observation of

real-life leadership practice. Value for students is derived from engaging in open dialogue with peers to develop relationships,

analyzing risk-taking scenarios, practicing negotiation skills, and using conflict resolution tools to become more effective

leaders.

MGT 630 – SUSTAINABILITY IN BUSINESS (3)

This course includes an overview of the role sustainability plays in 21st century business. It explores the connection between

innovation and sustainable practices. Each of the three Ps’ will be covered: people, planet, profit. Each of the three Ps’ will

be analyzed based on their contribution to the bottom-line of the company and various companies’ efforts in sustainability.

MGT 670 – CREATIVE AND INNOVATIVE THINKING (3)

This course will examine both the concepts of creativity and innovation: what they are, how they impact businesses, how to

bring them into the business enterprise. The role of creativity in strategic decisions will be covered, as will be creativity

techniques – in other words practical methods for coming up with creative solutions to business problems. The section on

innovation will center on problem *finding* and the role of innovation in the modern business world.

MKT 650 - MARKETING STRATEGY (3)

A managerial approach to the study and applications of marketing. Emphasis is placed on the nature and scope of market

management responsibilities and marketing decision making.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 127

OPS 660 - OPERATIONS, LOGISTICS AND PRODUCTION (3)

An examination of techniques for the strategic use of operations, technology, and innovation as they contribute to an

organization's primary function as a provider of goods and services to domestic and international markets. These activities

include the design of efficient and effective processes as well as the management and control of the key resources of the

firm, its people, and technologies. Issues such as quality, productivity, resource scheduling, and inventory control are

addressed from a managerial viewpoint.

PRJ 692 - MASTER’S PROJECT (3)

Applied research methodology and development of the project proposal are the topics covered. A schedule for moving

through the proposal, approval, completion, and presentation stages is developed. Projects should be designed to be of

significance to an organization of interest. This course ends with the presentation of the completed project.

QUA 640 - MANAGEMENT SCIENCE AND MODELING (3)

A survey of selected deterministic and probabilistic models, their areas of application and their solution methodologies.

Emphasis will be on problem formulation, solution techniques, output interpretation and analysis. Computer software will

be used extensively for problem solutions.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: CHEMISTRY

CHE 101 - INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY (3)

Prerequisite: Proficiency in algebra or MAT 096

Core Area: Natural Science - Chemistry

A one-semester chemistry course designed for students with either a weak background or no previous experience in

chemistry, and who need chemistry courses in support of their major area of study or desire to take a course in general

chemistry.

CHE 103 - BASIC CHEMISTRY I (3)

Prerequisite: high school chemistry or CHE 101 and proficiency in algebra or MAT 096

Concurrent Requisite: CHE 103L

Core Area: Natural Science – Chemistry, Natural Science - Lab

The first in a two-course sequence designed to provide a solid background in chemistry as required for understanding the

functioning of biological systems at the molecular level. This course will include the general background in the dynamic and

structural features of chemistry.

CHE 104 - BASIC CHEMISTRY II (3)

Prerequisite: CHE 103

Concurrent Requisite: CHE 104L

Students will complete the study of organic chemistry and elementary biochemistry as required for an understanding of the

functioning of biological systems at the molecular level.

CHE 103L/104L - BASIC CHEMISTRY I, II LABORATORY (1, 1)

Concurrent Requisite: CHE 103 for CHE 103L/CHE 104 for CHE 104L

A two-course sequence that will elaborate on the basic concepts of chemistry through experimentation in the laboratory.

The experiments will illustrate principles of general, organic and biochemistry.

CHE 111 - GENERAL CHEMISTRY I (3)

Prerequisite: CHE 101, high school chemistry or the equivalent; successful completion or testing out of MAT 096

Concurrent Requisite: CHE 111L

Core Area: Natural Science - Chemistry

A course offering a concise overview of the basic principles of chemistry, including atomic theory, gas laws, the mole concept,

stoichiometry, periodicity, and the study of chemical equilibrium and oxidation reduction principles.

CHE 111L/113L - GENERAL CHEMISTRY I, II LABORATORY (1, 1)

Prerequisite: CHE 111L for CHE 113L

Concurrent Requisite: CHE 111 for CHE 111L/CHE 113 for CHE 113L

128 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Core Area: Natural Science - Lab

A two-course sequence studying modern chemical analysis and emphasizing basic laboratory techniques as well as chemical

instrumentation and applications in the identification, separation, and quantitative determination of chemical species.

CHE 113 - GENERAL CHEMISTRY II (3)

Prerequisite: CHE 111

Concurrent Requisite: CHE 113L

A course following CHE 111 by studying the principles of thermodynamics and kinetics as applied to chemical systems. Redox

equilibria, electrochemistry, and the rates and mechanisms of chemical reactions will also be examined.

CHE 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

CHE 220 - ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I (3)

Prerequisite: CHE 111/111L, CHE 113/113L

Concurrent Requisite: CHE 220L

An introductory course in the chemistry of carbon compounds for chemistry majors, biology majors, and pre professional

students. This course will cover the nomenclature and structural features of the common classes of organic compounds, the

elements of stereochemistry, substitution reactions, and elimination reactions.

CHE 220L/240L - ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I, II LABORATORY (1, 1)

Concurrent Requisite: CHE 220 for CHE 220L/CHE 240 for CHE 240L.

A two-course sequence covering the common techniques for isolating and purifying organic compounds, the use of

spectroscopic, and chemical techniques for characterizing these substances, and examples of syntheses involving a variety of

functional groups. Particular attention will be given to chromatographic and spectroscopic analysis.

CHE 240 - ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II (3)

Prerequisite: CHE 220

Concurrent Requisite: CHE 240L

Follows CHE 220 in discussing the reactions of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. The reactions of the common functional

groups will be included, along with multi step syntheses.

CHE 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

CHE 301 - THE CHEMICAL LITERATURE (1)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

A course focusing on the nature and use of chemical literature. The student will gain experience in searching the literature,

preparing bibliographies, and writing a documented research paper.

CHE 304 - INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL RESEARCH (1)

Prerequisite: CHE 301

An introduction to basic research areas and methods in chemistry. Students will be required to select a senior research

project, perform an extensive search of the chemical literature to collect background information, and present an acceptable

research proposal.

CHE 308 - SELECTED TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY (variable credit)

A special topics course is offered for material not covered in any of the regularly scheduled courses for non-chemistry majors.

CHE 313 - PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I (3)

Prerequisite: CHE 113, MAT 152, PHY 141

Recommended Prerequisite: MAT 201

Concurrent Requisite: CHE 313L.

Assuming the mathematical techniques learned in calculus and the foundations laid in CHE 113, this course both expands and

deepens the student's knowledge and ability to use the laws and principles of thermodynamics and kinetics as applied to

chemical systems. Mathematical derivations, graphical analysis, and problem-solving methods are stressed.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 129

CHE 313L/314L - PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I, II LABORATORY (1, 1)

Concurrent Requisite: CHE 313 for CHE 313L/CHE 314 for CHE 314L

A two-course lab sequence that allows students to investigate and interpret dynamic chemical systems. Students will perform

experiments involving reaction kinetics, activation energies, and equilibrium constants. Additionally, students will use

molecular modeling to calculate molecular energies/vibration as well as use spectroscopy to analyze vibration-rotation

spectra.

CHE 314 - PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II (3)

Prerequisite: CHE 313

Recommended Prerequisite: MAT 202

Concurrent Requisite: CHE 314L

A rigorous, though limited, quantum mechanical approach to chemical structure and bonding. Mathematical derivations and

solution of problems of chemical interest are stressed.

CHE 339 – BIOCHEMISTRY I (3)

Prerequisite: CHE 240

This course focuses on examining the structure and function of biomolecules, including proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and

nucleic acids. The metabolism and energy transformation of biomolecules is also covered.

CHE 340 - BIOCHEMISTRY II (3)

Prerequisite: CHE 339

This course will focus on understanding the basics of anabolic pathways which include the synthesis of carbohydrates, lipids,

proteins, and nucleic acids. In addition, hormonal regulation, gene regulation, membrane transportation, and biosignaling

will also be discussed.

CHE 342L – INTRODUCTION TO BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY METHODS (1)

Prerequisite: CHE 240

Corequisite: CHE 339

This course is an overview of biochemical laboratory methods that include isolation, purification, and characterization of

proteins and nucleic acids. It is designed to familiarize students with common techniques that are currently used in

biochemistry research. This course will enhance their understanding of biochemical principles by hands-on application of

bioethical techniques.

CHE 355 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

CHE 358 - ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (4)

CHE 358L - ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY

Prerequisite: Completion of sophomore level chemistry

An in-depth lecture and laboratory course covering all areas of Inorganic Chemistry. Topics to be covered include the atomic

structure of atoms, bonding theory, symmetry and group theory, acid-base and donor/acceptor chemistry, the crystalline

solid state, main group chemistry, coordination chemistry, and facets of organometallic chemistry. The integrated laboratory

component of the course will center on the synthesis and characterization of inorganic compounds using various techniques

and instrumentation.

CHE 370 - SELECTED PROJECTS IN CHEMICAL RESEARCH (1-3)

Prerequisite: CHE 111/111L, CHE 113/113L, departmental permission

A course offering students the opportunity to perform research under the direction of one of the faculty members in the

department. It is expected that the focus of the research will vary according to the research interests of the faculty advisor

as well as the student.

CHE 385 - QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS (3)

Prerequisite: Completion of sophomore level chemistry

130 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

A lecture/laboratory course designed to teach the student wet chemical techniques, instrumental techniques, and problem

solving as it applies to chemistry. This course will cover volumetric, gravimetric, and spectroscopic methods of quantitative

analysis.

CHE 385L - QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS LABORATORY (1)

Prerequisite: Completion of sophomore level chemistry

Concurrent requisite: CHE 385

This laboratory course is designed to reinforce ideas in Quantitative Analysis (CHE 385). Students will carefully and accurately

prepare solutions, perform a wide variety of titrations and other ‘wet chemical’ measurements, and calculate uncertainty

associated with all measurements. Students must demonstrate that they can generate both precise and accurate analytical

results.

CHE 401/402 - METHODS & MATERIALS FOR CHEMICAL EDUCATION I, II (variable credit)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

Students will investigate programs for high school chemistry in-depth. Research is performed on the preparation of

laboratory experiments and demonstrations, the use and nature of chemical models, laboratory safety, and projects suitable

for teaching high school chemistry. This is carried out in the directed study format. Written and oral reports are required.

CHE 411/412 - SENIOR RESEARCH EXPERIENCE I, II (3 hours total)

Prerequisite: CHE 304 and departmental permission

The senior research project represents the integrative culmination of the student's work in the study of chemistry. The

research initiated in CHE 304 is extended through the final year of study in this course. Oral and written reports are required

at least once each semester. The research topic and the number of credit hours earned are contracted with the advisor prior

to registration.

CHE 415 - INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS (4)

CHE 415L - INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS LABORATORY

Prerequisite: Completion of sophomore level chemistry.

A lecture and laboratory course that relates experimental results, theory of instrumental analysis and instrument operation.

Topics covered include IR, NMR, UV VIS, ICP, cyclic voltammetry, HPLC, GC/MS, and other selected instruments.

CHE 425 - ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY (3)

Prerequisite: CHE 113, 113L

A lecture course designed to explore the chemistry behind a wide range of environmental processes. Specific attention will

be given to various factors affecting air, water, and soil quality. Traditional and non-traditional energy sources, and the

environmental impact of those sources, will also be discussed.

CHE 435 - MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY (3)

Prerequisite: CHE 240

Students will learn about the basics of medicinal chemistry, including biomolecules, drug actions, drug discovery, structure-

activity relationships (SARs), quantitative structure-activity relationships (QSARs), computer aided drug design, and

combinatorial chemistry. Pharmacokinetics, drug metabolism, and syntheses of lead and analogue compounds will also be

discussed.

CHE 455 - ADVANCED TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY (2-4)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

Special topics courses consist of advanced content in the areas of organic, polymer, inorganic, analytical, physical, or

environmental chemistry as determined by the instructor.

COURSES FOR NON–CHEMISTRY MAJORS

NSC 206 - CHEMISTRY IN EVERYDAY LIFE (3)

Core Area: Natural Science - Chemistry

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 131

A course designed to provide the non-science major an insight into some of the basic principles and applications of chemistry.

The specific topics of the course will vary, but often will consider the interrelations of population growth, energy

resources/consumption, environmental quality and the impact of chemical technologies upon society.

NSC 206L - CHEMISTRY IN EVERYDAY LIFE LABORATORY (1)

Concurrent Requisite: NSC 206

Core Area: Natural Science - Lab

A course to provide for the non-science major a set of laboratory experiences associated with the topics covered in NSC 206.

NSC 255C - NATURAL SCIENCE-CHEMISTRY: SPECIAL TOPICS (variable credit)

Special topics which are only offered periodically.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: EDUCATION AND HEALTH SCIENCES DIVERSITY

CEH 110 - EXPORING IDENTIY: CEHS DIVERSITY SERIES I (1)

This course addresses the role cultural identity plays in peoples’ experiences. Students are encouraged to self-access values,

attitudes, and dispositions in regards to their own identities. Students will examine the interconnectedness of social systems

particularly as they relate to identity in order to explore their own positionalities and how it impacts individuals in

communities – particularly themselves and those they will serve.

CEH 210 - EXPORING DIVERSITY: CEHS DIVERSITY SERIES II (1)

This course focuses on the complex foundations of diversity within our society (including race, class, gender, and sexual

identity) and the role of cultural diversity in the United States including what this means for CEHS professionals. The intention

of this course is to have students engaged in exploring issues surrounding diversity in the United States, particularly within

their profession, in order to develop an understanding of the complex relationships between institutions, those our students

serve, and the larger society in which these relationships occur.

CEH 310 - EXPORING JUSTICE: CEHS DIVERSITY SERIES III (1)

This course builds upon the earlier courses in the CEHS Diversity Series to explore the ways in which social justice can inform

decisions as a CEHS professional. This course provides an historical exploration of social justice within their profession and

provides avenues for movement forward in order for students to meet all the needs of those they will and do serve within

those professions.

CEH 410 - TAKING ACTION: CEHS DIVERSITY SERIES IV (1)

As the capstone course for the CEHS Series, this course seeks to help build reflective practitioners who recognize and value

the diversity of populations they serve and who seek out ways to enact change for the betterment of all populations, but

particularly those who are marginalized. Students will look at the ways they, as CEHS professionals, can take action against

injustice, particularly within their fields. Students will engage with specific marginalized populations to explore how their

fields can help address the needs of those communities.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: COMMUNICATION

COM 105 - FUNDAMENTALS OF PUBLIC SPEAKING (3)

Core Area: Communication

An introductory course in the fundamentals of public speaking. Study includes a theoretical approach to the analysis,

organization and delivery of various speeches. Other topics will include effective presentation and public and mass media

levels. This course fulfills the core requirement in Communication.

COM 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

COM 201 - INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION (3)

An introduction to the contexts in which human communication occurs. Communication processes and theory will be

discussed as it occurs on the interpersonal, group, organizational, public, and mass media levels. COM 201 should be taken

in the first 9 hours of study in the field.

132 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

COM 204 - BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION (3)

Core Area: Communication

The principles and practices of communications as applied to the business world are examined. Topics included are group

communication, interviewing, and presentation making. Course offered as support course in Associate of Arts in

Management program to DGP students. This course fulfills the core requirement in Communication.

COM 207 - PERSUASIVE PRESENTATIONS (3)

Core Area: Communication

A course designed to instill basic public speaking fundamentals with an emphasis on persuasion. The process of speechmaking

will be covered with presentations including argumentative and motivational speaking, sales, and proposal presentations.

This course fulfills the core requirement in Communication.

COM 208 - ORAL INTERPRETATION OF LITERATURE (3)

An introductory course concentrating on techniques for performing literature. Students work with a variety of selections in

prose, poetry, and dramatic literature while developing foundations of creative analysis and imaginative interpretation as

synthesized through class performances.

COM 210 - INTRODUCTION TO FILM (3)

Content covers history, theory, and criticism as students explore how movies influence society, culture, and the economy.

COM 215 - INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (3)

Students will analyze the process of communication in the development and maintenance of interpersonal relationships.

Students develop interpersonal skills through theoretical and practical application. Topics may include perception of self and

others, conflict management, relationship development and deterioration, and nonverbal communication.

COM 225 - GROUP COMMUNICATION (3)

A course investigating the small group as an effective vehicle to accomplish group goals and maintain member satisfaction.

Students examine group interaction, communication skills, and problem-solving methods through group projects. Topics may

include group composition, leadership, and conflict management.

COM 230 - MASS MEDIA IN THE MODERN WORLD (3)

The objective of this course is to survey the history, functions, operations, responsibilities and influences of print and

broadcast media in modern society.

COM 250 - SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMMUNICATION TO PRACTICUM IN COMMUNICATION STUDIES (1-3)

This is a practicum course that will require students to participate in a work experience within the Thomas More Community.

Placement may be with Saints Athletics, Saints Social Media, and Saints Broadcasting. This course may be repeated up to 3

times.

COM 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMMUNICATION (3)

Content will include special areas of study in the field of communication dependent on student needs, instructor expertise,

or presentation of an unusual learning opportunity.

COM 270 - MULTI-CULTURAL COMMUNICATION (3)

The content of this course explores the theoretical and applied connection between culture and communication. This course

seeks to explain the need for flexible communication skills in varied multi-cultural settings.

COM 301 - JOURNALISM I (3)

Prerequisite: ENG 150.

Journalism will study the methods of gathering and evaluating news and re-writing and editing journalistic copy. The course

emphasizes journalistic writing, interviewing, reporting, and its influence on contemporary society.

COM 305 - ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE (3)

Core Area: Communication

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 133

A course developed to give students experience in argument development, tactics and testing. Training in the skill of cross

examination and refutation will also be stressed. Past and current social issues will serve as research material. This course

fulfills the core requirement in Communication.

COM 310 - WRITING FOR PRODUCTION AND MEDIA (3)

Prerequisite: ENG 150

Students will examine the types of writing and strategic and tactical knowledge needed to write for print, broadcast, and

online media. Such writing could include news and feature articles, promotions, and advertising copy.

COM 317 - PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC RELATIONS (3)

Students will develop a basic understanding of public relations functions and how to practice them.

COM 318 - PRINCIPLES OF ADVERTISING (3)

This course is designed to familiarize students with the history of advertising, rational for creation of advertising messages,

and basic understanding and skill in persuasive communication.

COM 325 - NEW MEDIA AND POP CULTURE (3)

Explores the impact of new media as a form of communication and the technological, cultural, psychological, and artistic

effects felt in every aspect of our lives. Through a critical look at convergence with old media, students will investigate and

evaluate the changing ways of accessing and manipulating data in this form of communication that has altered the media

landscape.

COM 327 - SPORTS JOURNALISM (3)

Prerequisite: COM 105, ENG 150

A practical introduction to the history, responsibilities, and influence of sports journalism including numerous opportunities

to view and write about sporting events.

COM 330 - ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION (3)

Employing various theoretical frameworks, students study and apply successful communication strategies and outcomes in

the corporate or organizational setting.

COM 340 - POLITICAL CAMPAIGN COMMUNICATION (3)

A course that will explore the context of human communication within the setting of a political campaign. Students will

consider interpersonal skills, public speaking skills and strategies, advertisements and promotions of the candidate, and

special rhetorical strategies such as apologia. Current and past campaigns will be used as case studies.

COM 350 - INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION LITERATURE AND RESEARCH (3)

Co-requisite: COM 201

Systematic overview of the research process and methods, including finding, reading, and conducting research. Students will

explore quantitative and qualitative research and perform the tasks of a communication researcher.

COM 355 - COMMUNICATION THEORY AND PRACTICE (3)

Special topics courses such as Radio Broadcasting and Media Practices will be offered under this listing.

COM 356 - TEACHING COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS (3)

A course designed to develop Communication and Theatre teachers for the secondary schools. Extracurricular areas of

coaching forensics and mounting theatrical productions will also be explored. Cross-listed as THR 356.

COM 361 - SPECIAL EVENT PLANNING (3)

Focus is on the four-step public relations process of research, action, communication, and evaluation as it is applied to the

event planning activity of public relations. Events in social or corporate contexts are studies. One event is planned.

COM 395 - INTERNSHIP IN COMMUNICATION (1-6)

Students work within organization, agencies, or communication media industries gaining experience with communication in

practice. Students observe, assist, assume regular duties, or engage in projects under the supervision of skilled professionals.

134 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

COM 400 - INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION (1-3)

Independent study credit is offered when students wish to explore a specific issue that falls outside the parameters of the

established departmental curriculum. Independent studies are subject to departmental approval and entail direct

supervision of a departmental faculty member.

COM 403 - CORPORATE COMMUNICATION (3)

The human and organizational communication functions necessary for operating effectively in the corporate communication

context are examined including media relations, employee relations, investor relations, government relations, and

communication during an organizational crisis.

COM 435 - PERSUASION IN THE DIGITAL AGE (3)

Students will examine classical and contemporary theories on the process of influencing human behavior through persuasive

communication in terms of old and new media.

COM 450 - THEORIES OF RHETORIC (3)

A seminar that deals with the major theoretical approaches to the study of rhetoric with a particular focus upon philosophical

and humanistic influences in communication.

COM 455 - SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMMUNICATION (3)

Content will include special areas of study in the field of communication dependent on student needs, instructor expertise,

or presentation of an unusual learning opportunity.

COM 460 - THEORIES OF COMMUNICATION (3)

Prerequisite: COM 201 and Communication Majors and Minors only

A seminar dealing with the major theoretical approaches to study communication from social and scientific perspective.

COM 490 - SENIOR EXPERIENCE (3)

Prerequisite: Should be taken during final 30 hours

An overview and integration of communication's contextual perspectives as the students consider the role of responsible

communication in contemporary society. Students will develop a cumulating project that will be assessed for evidence of

proficiency in Communication program learning outcomes.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS

CIS 111 - INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3)

Key productivity tools, including word processing, database management systems, spreadsheets, and PowerPoint will be

examined in some depth. Collaboration and personal information management application such as Outlook will be explored

in the course. Hands-on projects of each application will be required. This course may not be taken if credit has been received

for CIS 113.

CIS 113 - COMPUTER APPLICATIONS AND HARDWARE (3)

Co-requisite: CIS 114

A review of the history and need for information processing, the basic information processing cycle and functions, the

processing capabilities of computers, system development, and program development. Key application areas in business,

including word processing, data base management systems, spreadsheets, and web page design will be examined in some

depth. The hardware associated with a computer will be discussed and examined. Hands-on use of a microcomputer for at

least an introductory acquaintance with each application will be required. Installation of hardware and software will also be

covered. This course may not be taken if credit has been received for CIS 111. Cross-listed as MIS113

CIS 114 - INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING I (3)

CIS 114L - INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING I LAB (1)

Co-requisite: CIS 113

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 135

Introduction to basic programming techniques and fundamental structures and methodologies of modern programming

languages. Topics include basic program structure, variables, scope, decision structures, and loops. The course involves

multiple programming projects. Cross-listed as MIS114.

CIS 115 - INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING II (3)

CIS 115L - INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING II LAB (1)

Prerequisite: CIS 114

Expand the basic programming concepts introduced in CIS114 Introduction to Programming. Introduce advanced concepts -

inheritance, polymorphism, abstract classes, exception handling, and the use of graphical user interfaces. Gain more practical

experience by designing and writing applications.

CIS 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

CIS 211 - OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING I (3)

Prerequisite: CIS 114

Introduction to elementary object-oriented programming concepts and methodologies. Topics include types, decisions,

loops, methods, arrays, and classes. An emphasis is placed on object-oriented design and problem-solving. The course

involves multiple programming projects. Cross-listed as MIS211.

CIS 212 - OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING II (3)

Prerequisite: CIS 211

Further experience with intermediate object-oriented programming concepts and methodologies. Topics include

inheritance, recursion, implementation of advanced data structures, and use of basic container types. An emphasis is placed

on object-oriented design and problem-solving. The course involves multiple programming projects.

CIS 226 - DATA STRUCTURES (3)

CIS 226L - DATA STRUCTURES LAB (1)

Prerequisite: CIS 211

Introduction to formal data structures used in modern computing. Topics include access methods, stacks, queues, linked

lists, hashing, search trees, physical storage techniques, and indexing techniques. The course involves multiple programming

projects.

CIS 227 - NUMBER THEORY (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 151

A course covering prime and composite numbers, divisibility, Diophantine equations, congruencies, and number theoretic

functions. Cross-listed as MAT 207.

CIS 231 - FOUNDATIONS OF NETWORKING I (3)

Co-requisite: CIS 113

An introduction to digital communications, local area networks, wide area networks, inter networks, error handling, and

network security. This course will have a strong “hands-on” component.

CIS 240 - INTRODUCTION TO WEB PAGE DESIGN (3)

Prerequisite: CIS 111 or CIS 113

The theory of web page design and layout is covered. Existing web sites will be examined to discover best practices in web

page design and layout. The student will then plan a basic web site and learn how to create web pages, upload them to a

server, and to edit web pages.

CIS 241 - PROGRAMMING AND DATABASE (3)

Prerequisite: CIS 111 or CIS 113

An introductory course in programming concepts and languages used to create web pages. Basic programming concepts will

be taught including use of variables, variable types, math operators, and program control. The second part of the course will

cover basic concepts of databases such as creating table, primary keys, relations, and common SQL statements.

136 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

CIS 247 - DEVELOPING AND USING MULTIMEDIA (3)

Co-requisite: ART 101 or ART 215

An introduction to the use of multimedia on web pages. The course will examine the appropriate use of animations on web

pages. The student will create the multimedia using Flash™, which require the student to have some basic art skills. At the

end of the course each student will produce an animation that can be used on a web page.

CIS 248 - DESIGN TOOLS (3)

Introduction to the digital tools of any design work. It includes learning to use software for Photoshop, Adobe Illustrator, and

InDesign. Cross-listed as ART 248.

CIS 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Courses offered under this title reflect the specialties of the computer information systems faculty and the needs of the

students.

CIS 267 - DATABASE MANAGEMENT (3)

Introduction to database concepts for modern database design. Topics include entity relationship modeling, relational data

model, SQL, relational database design, and normalization. Non-relational databases will be highlighted. Cross-listed as

MIS320.

CIS 286 - ADVANCED SPREADSHEET APPLICATIONS (3)

Prerequisite: CIS 111 or CIS 113

A course building upon the spreadsheet concepts developed in CIS 111 to allow the student to create complex business-

oriented spreadsheets. The student will develop a commercial quality spreadsheet application that is capable of presenting

data in various formats.

CIS 303 - NUMERICAL ANALYSIS (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 201 and completion of the two course CIS sequence required of mathematics majors (CIS 111 and CIS 211

or CIS 114 and CIS 212)

Numerical analysis covers finite differences, solution of nonlinear (algebraic and transcendental) equations, zeros of

polynomials, matrix methods, systems of linear equations, interpolation, estimation of parameters by least squares,

numerical integration, and solutions of ordinary differential equations. Cross-listed as MAT 303.

CIS 314 - ADVANCED PROGRAMMING (3)

Prerequisite: CIS 212, CIS 267

Experience with advanced programming techniques and methodologies. Topics include sockets, client/server programming,

concurrent programming, distributed programming, and standard template libraries. The course involves extensive practice

with sophisticated programming projects.

CIS 315 - OPERATING SYSTEMS (3)

Prerequisite: CIS 314

Introduction to underlying techniques used by modern operating systems. Topics include internal structures for file systems,

algorithms for file systems, I/O, memory management, and process scheduling. Examples drawn from contemporary

operating systems such as UNIX, Microsoft Windows, and Mac OS. The course involves multiple programming projects that

illustrate the topics discussed in class.

CIS 321 - ALTERNATIVE PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES (3)

Prerequisite: CIS 314

Introduction to various programming languages and methodologies that differ from previous programming experiences.

Variety of languages and approaches are utilized. Topics include history of high-level languages, assembly, embedded

programming, Cocoa development, development for mobile devices, and artificial intelligence languages. The course involves

extensive practice with sophisticated programming projects.

CIS 322 - FOUNDATIONS OF NETWORKING II (3)

Prerequisite: CIS 113, CIS 231, CIS 226

Knowledge of skills required for Network Administrators and Information Technology professionals to be aware of security

vulnerabilities, to implement security measures, to analyze an existing network environment in consideration of known

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 137

security threats or risks, to defend against attacks or viruses, and to ensure data privacy and integrity. Terminology and

procedures for implementation and configuration of security, including access control, authorization, encryption, packet

filters, firewalls, and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs).

CIS 323 - WEB PAGE DESIGN I (3)

Prerequisite: CIS 111

An overview of the tools available to design and develop an effective personal or corporate presence on the World Wide

Web. This will be accomplished through the use of hands-on projects and exercises. Topics covered will include basic and

advanced HTML, java scripts, ASP, and database connectivity.

CIS 336 – DATABASE II (3)

Prerequisite: CIS 267

This course is a continuation of CIS267. This course covers advanced topics in databases. Topics include advanced SQL,

indexes, views, stored procedures, database management, reporting services, and notification services. The course will look

at non-relational databases and compare them to previously covered topics. This course involves extensive practice with

sophisticated database projects that utilize a modern enterprise-level database package.

CIS 340 - WEB DESIGN II (3)

Prerequisite: CIS 240

Students will build upon the design foundations from Introduction to Web Page Design to examine how to build and populate

web page templates. This will include and introduction to client and server-side programming.

CIS 341 - WEB PROGRAMMING I (3)

Prerequisite: CIS 241 or CIS 267

An introductory course in web programming and application development. This course will cover design and development

of interactive web applications including client-side and server-side programming, database interaction. Basic website

security vulnerabilities will also be highlighted. Cross-listed as MIS341.

CIS 342 - WEB PROGRAMMING II (3)

Prerequisite: CIS 341

A continuation of Web Programming I. This course will build upon concepts from Web Programming I by adding

Authentication and Authorization, Web Services, and Mobile Web Development. Students will be required to complete one

hands-on, large scale web development. Cross-listed as MIS342.

CIS 348 - WEB DESIGN PROJECT (3)

Prerequisite: CIS 248, CIS 342

The capstone course for the associate degree. Students will work in teams to develop a sophisticated web. Members of the

CIS Department and the Art Department will review the project.

CIS 355 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Courses offered under this title reflect the specialties of the computer information systems faculty and the needs of the

students. May include such topics as Computer Graphics, Expert Systems, Artificial Intelligence, and Computers in Small

Business Applications.

CIS 400 - INDEPENDENT STUDY (3)

Independent study credit is offered when students wish to explore a specific issue of computer information systems that falls

outside the parameters of the established departmental curriculum. Independent studies are subject to departmental

approval and entail direct supervision of a departmental faculty member.

CIS 410 - SENIOR SEMINAR I (1-3)

Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of the instructor

Students will work in project teams and actually design, code, document, and implement a commercial system. If possible,

these systems will be actual production systems which will be used within the University or at local businesses.

138 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

CIS 411 - SENIOR SEMINAR II (1-3)

Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of the instructor

Students will work in project teams and actually design, code, document, and implement a commercial system. If possible,

these systems will be actual production systems which will be used within the University or at local businesses.

CIS 455 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

CIS 495 - INTERNSHIP (1-3)

This course provides the student with the field of Information Technology. Students will be employed by a business or non-

profit in an IT role including but not limited to developer, analyst, infrastructure support, or administrator. Students are

required to work 45 hours per credit hour received. This course includes multiple reflection papers and an evaluation from

your employer.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: COOPERATIVE EDUCATION

See cooperative education section under academic options for more information.

CED 304 CO-OP EDUCATION IN ART

CED 305 CO-OP EDUCATION IN BUSINESS

CED 306 CO-OP EDUCATION IN CHEMISTRY

CED 307 CO-OP EDUCATION IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE

CED 308 CO-OP EDUCATION IN ENGLISH

CED 309 CO-OP EDUCATION IN HISTORY

CED 310 CO-OP EDUCATION IN ACCOUNTANCY

CED 312 CO-OP EDUCATION IN THEATRE

CED 313 CO-OP EDUCATION IN COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS

CED 314 CO-OP EDUCATION IN BIOLOGY

CED 315 CO-OP EDUCATION IN PSYCHOLOGY

CED 316 CO-OP EDUCATION IN MATHEMATICS

CED 317 CO-OP EDUCATION IN PHYSICS

CED 320 CO-OP EDUCATION IN SOCIOLOGY

CED 321 CO-OP EDUCATION IN PRE-LEGAL STUDIES

CED 322 CO-OP EDUCATION IN COMMUNICATION

CED 323 CO-OP EDUCATION IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

CED 324 CO-OP EDUCATION IN ECONOMICS

CED 325 CO-OP EDUCATION IN EDUCATION

CED 326 CO-OP EDUCATION IN FORENSIC SCIENCE

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: CRIMINAL JUSTICE

CRJ 101 - INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE (3)

An introduction to the philosophical and historical background and development of the criminal justice system. Review of

criminal justice functions, processes and procedures, and an examination of current trends and concepts are also explored.

A grade of C or higher in this course is required for all higher-level Criminal Justice courses.

CRJ 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

CRJ 210 - THEORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF POLICING (3)

Prerequisite: CRJ 101

A study of the role of the law enforcement officer in society, including the responsibility of the police in the community, and

citizen’s responsibilities to the law enforcement agencies and the police.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 139

CRJ 225 - CRIMINOLOGY (3)

Prerequisite: CRJ 101

Criminology examines crime and the criminal in society. The nature of crime and criminal law, theories of crime and crime

causation, and methods of treatment and prevention are also addressed. Cross-listed as SOC 225.

CRJ 226 - JUVENILE JUSTICE (3)

Prerequisite: CRJ 101

The Juvenile Justice course analyzes the social and legal implications of the juvenile system. Causes, treatment, and

prevention of juvenile delinquency are explored. Cross-listed as SOC 226.

CRJ 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

CRJ 301 - CRIMINAL LAW AND COURTS (3)

Prerequisite: CRJ 101

An examination of the definitions and interpretations of the penal code and the structure and functions of the American

court system.

CRJ 304 - SUBSTANCE ABUSE (3)

Prerequisite: CRJ 101

A study of the pharmacological, social, legal, and clinical aspects of drug use in contemporary society. Cross-listed as SOC

304.

CRJ 307 - INSTITUTIONAL CORRECTIONS (3)

Prerequisite: CRJ 101

An examination of the history and development of penal systems for the treatment of juvenile and adult offenders, focusing

on current programming, treatment services, and structure of corrections services.

CRJ 311 - SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (3)

Prerequisite: CRJ 101; SOC 216 with a C or higher or SOC 217 with a C or higher; MAT 208 or PSY 201; Criminal Justice or

Sociology Major

Social research methodology involves exposure to, and application of various methods used in conducting social science

research. Topics include survey design, interview techniques, field research methods, participant/non-participant

observational techniques, sampling design, data analysis, and publication of findings. Cross-listed as SOC 311.

CRJ 313 - PROBATION AND PAROLE (3)

Prerequisite: CRJ 101

A study of the structure and function of adult and juvenile probation and parole agencies, policies, and service. Examination

of various roles of the probation and parole officer and legal issues encountered in the practice of probation and parole is

included.

CRJ 320 - ADVANCED POLICING (3)

Prerequisite: CRJ 101

Course focuses on the varieties of police behavior, providing an in-depth examination of how police practices vary according

to individual officer, situational encounters, police organizations, and surrounding communities, including the roles of police

discretion, officer behavior, rural policing, community policing, corruption, and use of force.

CRJ 321 - CRIMINAL JUSTICE IN FILM (3)

The media play important roles in shaping public perceptions of criminals and criminal justice professional as well as public

attitudes towards crime, violence, and “appropriate” methods of social control. Movies constitute one medium of

communication which is typically unrealistic in depicting various aspects of criminal justice. This course is designed to

enhance your awareness and understanding of accurate and inaccurate filmic depictions of criminal justice.

CRJ 355 - CONTEMPORARY TOPICS (3)

Prerequisite: CRJ 101

140 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Core Area: Social Science

Courses are offered periodically as criminal justice electives when courses are developed that deviate from the offerings of

the established curriculum, but remain consistent with departmental goals, such as serial murder, data analysis and grant

writing, or psychology and the law.

CRJ 400 - INDEPENDENT STUDY (3)

Independent study credit is offered when students wish to explore a specific issue of criminological interest that falls outside

the parameters of the established departmental curriculum. Independent studies are subject to departmental approval and

entail direct supervision of a departmental faculty member.

CRJ 401 - PRACTICUM (3)

Course Requirement: Junior or Senior Standing and Criminal Justice Major

Under the auspices of a criminal justice agency, a practicum is designed to provide the student with a realistic learning

experience in a professional setting. Arrangements must be made with the instructor during the prior semester.

CRJ 405 - CAREER DEVELOPMENT (3)

Prerequisite: CRJ 101

The career development course focuses on exploration and development of students’ future roles in the criminal justice

system and/or civil/criminal law. Emphasis is placed upon resume preparation, GRE and LSAT preparation, human resource

marketing, interview techniques and graduate and law school application processes.

CRJ 407 - CRIMINAL JUSTICE ADMINISTRATION (3)

Prerequisite: CRJ 101 or POS 215

A focus on the study of the administrative aspects of the criminal justice system, including the structure and function of

criminal justice organizations, research, planning and development of services, and personnel issues.

CRJ 409 - SENIOR SEMINAR (3)

Prerequisite: CRJ 101; CRJ 225; CRJ311 with a C or better

Course Requirement: Junior or Senior standing and Criminal Justice Major

Prerequisite: SOC 105 or CRJ 101, SOC 216 or SOC 217 or CRJ 225, and SOC 311 or CRJ 311 with a C or better

Senior seminar is a capstone for the major. In the course specific topics are addressed in a fashion that promotes synthesis

of previous courses.

CRJ 455 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: DANCE

DAN 100 - DANCE STYLES I (2)

Core Area: Fine Art

An introduction to ballet and jazz techniques as well as various styles of dance including historical dance and musical theatre

dance.

DAN 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

DAN 200 - DANCE STYLES II (2)

A continuation of DAN 100 working for a wider application and refinement of the methods and styles learned in DAN 100.

DAN 201 - BASIC TAP DANCE (2)

Prerequisite: DAN 100

A class focused on teaching basic tap steps and construction of tap dances and programming.

DAN 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (1-3)

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 141

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: ECONOMICS

ECO 101 - INTRODUCTION TO MICROECONOMICS (3)

Introduces concepts of scarcity, cost and choice, supply and demand, theories of the firm and market structure, and welfare

analysis.

ECO 102 - INTRODUCTION TO MACROECONOMICS (3)

Prerequisite: ECO 101 or 105

Introduces basic aggregative models to study the determination of output, unemployment, interest rates, and inflation.

Monetary and fiscal policies are discussed.

ECO 105 - PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (3)

Core Area: Social Science

Students will understand how economics can provide a framework for solving social problems through market forces and a

role for government. The microeconomics portion of this course deals with consumers and businesses as they interact with

markets, and the interrelationships between various markets. The macroeconomics portion of this course focuses on the

factors that influence the fluctuations in economic activity and what can be done about them, given our responsibility to

others. This course fulfills a core requirement in social science for all majors except Business Administration and Sports and

Entertainment Marketing.

ECO 106 - CONTEMPORARY ECONOMICS PROBLEMS (3)

Prerequisite: ECO 105

Students will analyze current economic problems such as inflation, unemployment, overpopulation, resource depletion, and

environmental issues, using the economic growth issue as the framework for discussion.

ECO 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

ECO 215 - MICROECONOMIC THEORY (3)

Prerequisite: ECO 105

An advanced course offering an analysis of price determination and market structures including consideration of supply,

demand, costs, production functions, and general equilibrium.

ECO 216 - MACROECONOMIC THEORY (3)

Prerequisite: ECO 105

An advanced course examining national income determination, including a consideration of the classical, neo classical,

Keynesian, and neo Keynesian theories and their application to the problems of unemployment, growth, and the business

cycle.

ECO 217 - INTRODUCTORY MICROECONOMICS FOR HEALTHCARE PROFESSIONALS (3)

An introduction to microeconomic concepts like opportunity cost, supply and demand, marginal analysis, perfect and

imperfect competition, and market failure.

ECO 218 – PERSONAL FINANCE (3)

Students will explore the many financial decisions that the average individual and family must make: credit management

and borrowing, asset protection, investing, retirement planning, estate planning, insurance, taxes, and purchasing.

ECO 239 - ECONOMIC GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT (3)

Prerequisite: ECO 105

An inquiry into the history and analysis of the concepts of economic growth and development as applied to various types of

economic systems.

142 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

ECO 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS IN ECONOMICS (3)

A special topics course that will cover a specific area of economics.

ECO 305 - GAME THEORY AND BUSINESS STRATEGY (3)

An introduction to non-cooperative game theory with applications to Economics, Political Science, Business Administration,

etc. Advanced topics include the theories of bargaining, voting and auctions. Game theory is a powerful tool for

understanding strategic interactions between firms, interest groups, political parties, nations, and species.

ECO 306 - COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS (3)

Prerequisite: ECO 105

A comparative study of the different types of economic systems. Attention is given to economic theory and recent trends in

the transformation and change occurring in these economic systems.

ECO 307 - MONEY AND BANKING (3)

Prerequisite: ECO 105

A survey of the money and banking system and its workings, the theory and history of money, credit, and commercial banking,

international financial relationships, and the Federal Reserve.

ECO 310 - LAW AND ECONOMICS (3)

Prerequisite: ECO 105

Introduction to the economic analysis of the law. Economic analysis will be used to shed light on property, tort, and contract

law. Cross-listed as LAW 315.

ECO 315 - ADVANCED MICROECONOMIC THEORY (3)

Prerequisite: ECO 215; MAT 143

This course will revisit material from Microeconomic Theory and cover other advanced topics like asymmetric information

and contract theory using calculus as the key analytical tool.

ECO 325 - INVESTMENT ANALYSIS (3)

An examination of the principles and practices of investing in stocks and bonds, with emphasis on the analysis of corporate

financial statements to arrive at investment decisions. A background is also provided on banking institutions, investment

companies and brokerage operations.

ECO 333 – APPLIED ECONOMETRICS (3)

Prerequisite: ECO 105, MAT 205, 208, PSY 208 or BUA249

This course covers statistical methods used by economists. This includes linear regression models, methods for dealing with

endogeneity, and other cutting-edge techniques. This class will also teach students how to use the statistical programming

language R to carry out econometric analysis.

ECO 338 - INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCE (3)

Prerequisite: ECO 105

A course examining the economics of foreign trade, including real and monetary aspects, balance of payments, gold flows,

exchange rates, free trade, and protectionism.

ECO 349 - WORLD ECONOMIC HISTORY (3)

A global survey of the evolution of economic systems from World War I to the present. Cross-listed as HIS 349.

ECO 353 – HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT (3)

Prerequisite: ECO 105

Students will learn about the development of economic thought throughout human history. While economic theories go

back at least as far as Greek Philosophers, the discipline we now know as economics only really started to form in the late

1700’s whit the advent of the Industrial Revolution. The course will focus not just on the minds that developed these ideas

but also the economic, political, and social contexts with economic ideas were born in.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 143

ECO 355 - SPECIAL TOPICS (variable credit)

Special topics courses are offered periodically and investigate topics in Economics that are not included in the established

curriculum.

ECO 360 - ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS (3)

Prerequisite: ECO 105

An application of economic theory to help study environmental issues. The broad topics discussed include externalities,

public goods, and social cost/benefit analysis. Microeconomic tools will be used to evaluate environmental policy as well as

the management of natural resources and issues of sustainable development.

ECO 405 - STUDENT PROJECT (variable credit)

Course requirement: Sophomore, Junior or Senior standing in any department and some preparation in Economics.

A student project is a supervised, independent endeavor in any area of economics chosen by the student with departmental

approval. May be taken more than once.

ECO 455 - SPECIAL TOPICS (variable credit)

Special topics courses are offered periodically and investigate topics in Economics that are not included in the established

curriculum.

ECO 481 - SENIOR RESEARCH (3)

Course requirement: Senior standing.

Students will research and prepare their senior thesis.

ECO 495 - INTERNSHIP (1-3)

Interns work within organizations or other settings gaining experience in a specific area.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: EDUCATION

EDU 101 - INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION (3)

Students will study the teacher's role in the education program, experience local public and non-public schools and analyze

the function of schools today. Field experience in diverse settings.

EDU 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

EDU 201 - HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT (3)

Prerequisite: EDU 101; PSY 105

An examination of the physical, mental, emotional, and social development patterns and the implications of this knowledge

for teaching and learning. Field experience in diverse settings.

EDU 202 - EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY A: P-5, B: 5-9, C: 8-12 (3)

Prerequisite: EDU 201

This course examines theories and principles of educational psychology, and includes foundational knowledge of

development, memory, and instruction that impact the learning and motivation of students. Emphasis is placed on how the

principles of this field of psychology impact the teaching, learning and development of students with exceptionalities, and

individuals of all ages with learning and behavioral challenges.

EDU 205 - CHILDREN'S LITERATURE (3)

Prerequisite: EDU 101

An investigation of the essential elements and types of literature. Students will acquire a knowledge base of authors and

books and learn about the use of children's literature in teaching.

EDU 212 - ADOLESCENT LITERATURE FOR TEACHERS (3)

Prerequisite: EDU 201

144 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

A reading- and writing-intensive course focusing on developing strategies for reading and analyzing adolescent literature, and

for teaching such material in middle school contexts with a strong focus on pedagogical strategies and curricular

development. Cross-listed as ENG 212.

EDU 215 - EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (2)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU 216

An examination of the early childhood curriculum, media and materials, organization of the program, parent education and

home visitation, understanding of families, community resources, planning learning experiences and evaluation of pupil

programs and progress. Direct observation and clinical experiences are required.

EDU 216 - EARLY CHILDHOOD PRACTICUM (1)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU 215

Students will have a guided experience as observer and aide to young children in kindergarten and/or primary grades. It

complements the study of early elementary children.

EDU 221 - TEACHING ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3)

A course designed primarily for the classroom teacher who may be teaching in a school without an art specialist. This course

provides for a variety of experiences such as involvement in all kinds of media, aesthetic exercises, art history through

museum visits and experience with art criticism at various levels. Students will have a vital role in designing and implementing

their own sequence of art lessons for an after-school art program. Cross-listed with ART 221.

EDU 225/226/227 - FIELD EXPERIENCE (0)

These courses will allow students in the Teacher Education Program to associate the field experience hours they accumulate

for the purpose of the EPSB 200 hours requirement under 16 KAR 5:040 Section 3. EDU 225 is completed in the fall; EDU 226

in the spring; EDU 227 in the summer. To fulfill the requirements the candidates can participate in the following: engagement

with diverse populations of students, observation in schools and related agencies, student tutoring, interaction with families

of students, attendance at school board and school-based council meetings, participation in a school-based professional

learning community, and opportunities to assist teachers or other school professionals.

EDU 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

EDU 265 - EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY (3)

Students will study the concepts and skills used in teaching with the aid of technology and multimedia. Laboratory

experiences are included.

EDU 275 - CLASSROOM ENVIRONMENTS (3)

Prerequisite: EDU 201

This course explores recent research and theory related to planning, organizing, and managing student learning and behavior

in the classroom. Students will demonstrate effective classroom management through an understanding of social emotional

learning, trauma-based education, and classroom management strategies based in relationship building.

NOTE: STUDENTS MUST BE ADMITTED TO TEACHER EDUCATION BEFORE REGISTERING FOR 300- AND 400 -LEVEL COURSES.

EDU 301 - CLINICAL SEMINAR AND PRACTICUM FIELD 1 (A: P-5, B: 5-9, C: 8-12, D: Birth - 12) (3)

Pre-Requisite: Admission to the Teacher Education Program

Part One of a two course seminar integrating theory into practice. Sections A, B, and C develop professional skills in

instructional and classroom management. Section D develops professional skills in instructional context/site management.

Students in sections A&B will gain experience at specific grade levels. Students in section D will gain experience in relevant

educational settings. EDU 301 and 302 are structured as a two-semester sequence.

EDU 302 - CLINICAL SEMINAR AND PRACTICUM FIELD 2 (A: P-5, B: 5-9, C: 8-12, D: Birth - 12) (3)

Pre-Requisite: EDU301

Part Two of a two course seminar integrating theory into practice. Sections A, B, and C develop professional skills in

instructional and classroom management. Section D develops professional skills in instructional context/site management.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 145

Students in sections A & B will gain experience at specific grade levels. Students in section D will gain experience in relevant

educational settings. EDU 301 and 302 are structures as a two-semester sequence.

EDU 311, 312 - SECONDARY CLINICAL SEMINAR I, II (2-3, 2-3)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU 313, EDU 314

A seminar integrating theory into practice and develops the professional skills in instructional and classroom management.

EDU 311 and 312 are structured as a two-semester sequence.

EDU 313, 314 - SECONDARY CLINICAL FIELD EXPERIENCE I, II (1, 1)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU 311, EDU 312

Students will gain experience participating in secondary schools.

EDU 319 - PHONICS AND THE STRUCTURE OF LANGUAGE (3)

Course Requirement: A minimum of 15 hours of filed work

Students will earn the history of the English language, linguistics, and the use of phonetics as it relates to the reading

process and designing literacy curriculum. They will examine the role of early childhood curriculum as the foundation to the

P-3 reading instruction. They will understand phonics and phonemic awareness as major strategies in comprehension for

emergent readers. They will investigate the benefits of collaborating with family, community resources, and planning

intentional learning experiences to increase mastery and application of phonics skills.

EDU 325 - TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS (A: P-5, B: 5-9) (1)

Students will study the theoretical base, current research, and particular methods and materials for teaching the language

arts.

EDU 326 - TEACHING SOCIAL STUDIES (A: P 5, B: 5-9) (1)

The historical and research base for social studies classroom practices, procedures, and materials are studied.

EDU 327 - TEACHING SCIENCE (A: P-5, B: 5-9, C: P-5, D: 5-9) (1)

A seminar examining differentiated instructional strategies, media and materials for pupil experimentation, investigation,

and discovery.

EDU 328 - TEACHING MATHEMATICS (A: P-5, B: 5-9, C: P-5, D: 5-9) (1)

Students will study how children learn mathematics and the techniques, activities, and materials required for teaching

mathematics.

EDU 329 - SECONDARY METHODS (2)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU 312, EDU 314

Basic principles, methods, curriculum trends and materials for teaching secondary education to children in grades 8-12, EDU

329 is an examination of contemporary trends and issues in secondary education. The focus includes historical, pedagogical,

and research-based information as well as content appropriate for children ages 14-18. Topics are inclusive of, but not limited

to, professional growth activities including content; secondary education processes, concepts; inquiry; curriculum;

interdisciplinary issues. The course is designed to build fundamental knowledge of secondary teaching and learning including

standards-based curriculum design and research-based teaching strategies.

EDU 332 - FOUNDATIONS OF READING INSTRUCTION (3)

Course Requirement: A minimum of 15 hours of filed work

An investigation of the theories and psychology of reading and the teaching of reading from theory to practice. Students

will learn a developmental approach to teaching reading through appropriate methods based on current research and best

instructional practices.

EDU 336 - TEACHING READING AND WRITING IN THE CONTENT AREAS: 5 – 12 (3)

Prospective middle and secondary teachers will learn methods, theories, and pedagogy for improving student content

acquisition using literary strategies. The course focuses on student-centered lesson development with specific instructional

strategies for improving understanding through reading and writing.

146 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

EDU 340 - TEACHING STUDENTS WITH SPECIAL NEEDS IN THE GENERAL EDUCATION CLASSROOM (3)

This course focuses on establishing a classroom that attempts to address the learning needs of all P-12 students in the

general education classroom, including students with special needs. Emphases are placed on research-based instructional

strategies, co-teaching practices, and effective collaboration with educators, parents, and other stakeholders in the

educational field.

EDU 341 - METHODS AND STRATEGIES IN BEHAVIOR MANAGEMENT (3)

This course focuses on effective behavioral management techniques to help the diverse group of children with disabilities

succeed inside and outside of the classroom. It emphasizes the study of management techniques based on applied

behavioral analysis principles of modifying inappropriate behaviors and maintaining appropriate behaviors of students with

exceptionalities. Teacher candidates will identify observable behaviors, perform task analysis, conduct a functional

behavioral assessment (FBA), develop a behavior intervention plan (BIP) per the FBA, select and implement positive

behavioral interventions and support (PBIS) strategies as part of an applied behavior analysis (ABA), and utilize methods for

monitoring behavior changes.

This course presents vital knowledge to assist candidates in passing the required test for Kentucky certification as a teacher

of students with learning and behavior disorders (LBD), the PRAXIS Subject Assessment: Special Education: Core Knowledge

and Mild to Moderate Applications.

EDU 342 - LEARNING AND BEHAVIOR DISORDERS METHODS AND COLLABORATION (3)

This course focuses on effective instruction, assessment, and collaboration in academic areas of reading, writing, language

and math via Kentucky Academic Standards for children and youth experiencing learning and behavior disabilities. Course

content activities include designing lesson plans and academic objectives for IEP’s; using RtI models to identify disabilities;

analyzing and acting upon assessment data; utilizing effective and research-supported instructional strategies; designing

transition strategies for students preparing for alternative settings; and planning effective management of classroom time,

space and instruction.

This course presents vital knowledge to assist candidates in passing the required test for Kentucky certification as a teacher

of students with learning and behavior disorders (LBD), the PRAXIS Subject Assessment: Special Education: Core Knowledge

and Mild to Moderate Applications.

EDU 343 - SPECIAL EDUCATION ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION (3)

This course focuses on an overview of assessments, terminology, instructional strategies, and interventions related to

identification, instructional practices, assessment, and interventions of students in special and general education. This

course presents vital knowledge that will appear on the PRAXIS Subject Assessment: Special Education: Core Knowledge

and Mild to Moderate Applications.

EDU 344 – DIAGNOSIS/REMEDIATION OF READING DIFFERENCES (3)

Students will survey the design and implementation of reading assessment. They will practice using data literacy to analyze

and diagnose reading differences. Students will create intervention programs to address identified differences and address

specific areas of need. They will understand the intervention process for core through special education and the use of data

and intervention for decision making at each stage. This course provides an overview of the history and its impact on

student learning as it relates to reading specifically for young children within the context of the family. Students will analyze

how growth areas and individual and family background factors must be synthesized into a view of the whole child to

choose non-biased assessment and design effective intervention.

EDU 345 - SECONDARY EDUCATION SPECIAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS (3)

This course focuses on instructional and interventional strategies and assessments to enable success of students with

disabilities; i.e., individualized, differentiated, and inclusive UDL instruction and adaptations; co-teaching methods;

strategies instruction; research supported assessments; and collaboration with families and educational professionals. Field

experiences will be provided.

This course presents important knowledge and applications that will appear on the PRAXIS Subject Assessment: Special

Education: Core Knowledge and Mild to Moderate Applications.

EDU 350 - ELEMENTARY WITH SPECIAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM SEMINAR I (2)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU 351

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 147

A seminar integrating theory into practice that develops the professional skills in instructional and classroom management.

EDU 350/351 and EDU 359/361 are structured as a two-semester sequence.

EDU 351 - ELEMENTARY WITH SPECIAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM FIELD EXPERIENCE I (1)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU 350

This course provides field experience integrating theory into practice that develops the professional skills in instructional

and classroom management. EDU350/351 and either EDU362/363 (middle grades) or EDU364/365 (secondary) are

structured as a two-semester sequence. Teacher candidates will observe, participate, and gain beginning general education

and special education experience under the cooperating teacher and the faculty observer.

EDU 352 - MIDDLE GRADES WITH SPECIAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM SEMINAR I (2)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU 353

A seminar integrating theory into practice that develops the professional skills in instructional and classroom management.

EDU 352/353 and EDU 359/361 or EDU 364/365 are structured as a two-semester sequence.

EDU 353 - MIDDLE GRADES WITH SPECIAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM FIELD EXPERIENCE I (1)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU352

Field experience integrating theory into practice that develops the professional skills in instructional and classroom

management. The middle grades / special education teacher candidate has a placement of at least 60 hours in each of two

consecutive semester placements: EDU353 this semester, and EDU351 (P-5) or EDU355 (8-12) in the spring. Teacher

candidates will observe, participate, and gain beginning general education and special education experience under the

cooperating teacher and the faculty observer.

EDU 354 - SECONDARY WITH SPECIAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM SEMINAR I (2)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU 355

A seminar integrating theory into practice that develops the professional skills in instructional and classroom management.

EDU 354/355 and EDU 350/351 or EDU352/353 are structured as a two-semester sequence.

EDU 355 - SECONDARY WITH SPECIAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM FIELD EXPERIENCE I (1)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU352

Field experience integrating theory into practice that develops the professional skills in instructional and classroom

management. The middle grades / special education teacher candidate has a placement of at least 60 hours in each of two

consecutive semester placements: EDU353 this semester, and EDU351 (P-5) or EDU355 (8-12) in the spring. Teacher

candidates will observe, participate, and gain beginning general education and special education experience under the

cooperating teacher and the faculty observer.

EDU 359 - ELEMENTARY WITH SPECIAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM SEMINAR II (2)

Prerequisite: EDU350 and EDU351

Concurrent Requisite: EDU 361

A seminar integrating theory into practice that develops the professional skills in instructional and classroom management.

EDU 350/351 and EDU 359/361 are structured as a two-semester sequence.

EDU 361 - ELEMENTARY WITH SPECIAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM FIELD EXPERIENCE II (1)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU359

Field experience integrating theory into practice that develops the professional skills in instructional and classroom

management. EDU 359/361 and either EDU 352/353 (middle grades) or EDU 354/355 (secondary) are structured as a two-

semester sequence. Teacher candidates will observe, participate, and gain beginning general education and special education

experience under the cooperating teacher and the faculty observer.

EDU 362 - MIDDLE GRADES WITH SPECIAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM SEMINAR II (2)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU 363

A seminar integrating theory into practice that develops the professional skills in instructional and classroom management.

EDU 362/363 (middle grades) and EDU 350/351 (elementary) or EDU 354/355 (secondary) are structured as a two-semester

sequence.

148 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

EDU 363 - MIDDLE GRADES WITH SPECIAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM FIELD EXPERIENCE II (1)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU 362

Field experience integrating theory into practice that develops the professional skills in instructional and classroom

management. EDU 362/363 and either EDU 350/351 (elementary) or EDU 354/355 (secondary) are structured as a two-

semester sequence. Teacher candidates will observe, participate, and gain beginning general education and special education

experience under the cooperating teacher and the faculty observer.

EDU 364 - SECONDARY WITH SPECIAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM SEMINAR II (2)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU 365

A seminar integrating theory into practice that develops the professional skills in instructional and classroom management.

EDU 364/365 (secondary) and EDU 350/351 (elementary) or EDU 352/353 (middle grades) are structured as a two-semester

sequence.

EDU 365 - SECONDARY WITH SPECIAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM FIELD EXPERIENCE II (1)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU 364

Field experience integrating theory into practice that develops the professional skills in instructional and classroom

management. EDU 364/365 and either EDU 350/351 (elementary) or EDU 352/353 (middle) are structured as a two-semester

sequence. Teacher candidates will observe, participate, and gain beginning general education and special education

experience under the cooperating teacher and the faculty observer.

EDU 407 - STUDENT TEACHING AND SEMINAR (A: P 5, B: 5 9) (12)

Students will observe, participate, and gain teaching experience under the direction of the cooperating teacher and the

supervisor of student teaching. For A: P-5, students will complete two consecutive assignments, each for a half semester, in

non-adjacent levels. For B: 5-9, students will complete a full semester assignment.

EDU 408 - BAES INTERNSHIP & SEMINAR (3-9)

Concurrent Requisite: EDU 407-A and EDU 407-B

Students will observe, participate, and gain actual educative experience under the direction of the cooperating partner and

education faculty.

EDU 417 - SECONDARY STUDENT TEACHING AND SEMINAR (12)

Students will observe, participate, and gain actual teaching experience under the direction of the cooperating teacher and

the supervisor of student teaching. Students will complete a full semester assignment.

EDU 418 - STUDENT TEACHING AND SEMINAR: P – 12 (12)

For students in P – 12 programs, students will observe, participate, and gain actual teaching experience under the direction

of cooperating teachers and the supervisor of student teaching. Placements include two of three levels: elementary, middle

school, high school. The first of two consecutive assignments last eight weeks; the second, seven weeks.

EDU 422 - PRINCIPAL CONCEPTS OF ASSESSMENT PRACTICES (3)

Education majors will learn the skills necessary to design and interpret assessment instruments used in schools to inform

instruction. The course will focus on gathering and preparing pre-assessment data, formative assessment data, summative

assessment data, and the feedback process for student learning.

EDU 425 - INTEGRATIVE SEMINAR (3)

An examination of educational philosophies, school law and management, and school related social issues. Students will

clarify their own attitudes and values.

EDU 426 - INTEGRATIVE CAPSTONE (3)

Based in a targeted introduction to research and assessment, the Integrative Capstone involves an inquiry investigation

conducted by a BAES student as a capstone to his or her program, a product that reaches beyond the existing curriculum to

make an original, relevant, timely contribution to the field being engaged by the student.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 149

EDU 430 - ELEMENTARY WITH SPECIAL EDUCATION CLINCIAL FIELD EXPERIENCE (12)

Teacher candidates will observe, participate, and gain teaching experience under the cooperating teacher and the

supervisor of clinical practice. Clinical placements require 75 days in two consecutive placements: 8 weeks in a P-5

placement and 7 weeks in a special education placement.

EDU 431 - MIDDLE GRADES WITH SPECIAL EDUCATION CLINICAL FIELD EXPERIENCE (12)

Teacher candidates will observe, participate, and gain teaching experience under the cooperating teacher and the

supervisor of clinical practice. Clinical placements require 75 days in two consecutive placements: 8 weeks in a middle

grades (5-9) placement and 7 weeks in a special education placement.

EDU 432 - SECONDARY WITH SPECIAL EDUCATION CLINCIAL FIELD EXPERIENCE (12)

Teacher candidates will observe, participate, and gain teaching experience under the cooperating teacher and the

supervisor of clinical practice. Clinical placements require 75 days in two consecutive placements: 8 weeks in a secondary

(8-12) placement and 7 weeks in a special education placement.

EDU 455 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

PHE 105 - HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3)

Prerequisite: EDU 201; admission to the Teacher Education Program

Course will include elements of hygiene, nutrition, application of health knowledge, methods of teaching health, supervision

of and participation in physical activities.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING

EDM 511 - HUMAN DEVELOPMENT, BEHAVIOR AND LEARNING (2)

This course entails development through the life span: physical, cognitive, social, emotional, and personal development.

Special emphasis is given to these areas as they relate to children in school and to the adults who influence them. Requires

5 hours of clinical experience.

EDM 512 - METHODS OF EFFECTIVE CLASSROOM INSTRUCTION (3)

In this course students learn about effective classroom methods, instructional strategies with a concentration on applying

research-based instruction. Using research-based strategies, students will learn how to design lessons, plan units, align

assessments with outcomes, and implement best practices. Students will learn how to address instructional needs of all

students and examine data driven decision making in local school districts. Candidates will shadow teachers in their content

area and reflect upon various strategies being covered. Requires 15 hours of clinical experience.

EDM 512A - FIELD EXPERIENCE (0)

This course will allow students in the Master of Arts in Teaching Program, Traditional Track II, who are pursuing their initial

teaching certificate, to associate the field experience hours they accumulate for the purpose of the EPSB 200 hours

requirement under 16 KAR 5:040 Section 3. This is a supplement to the hours required for EDM 512, 515, and 551 and will

cover all additional hours acquired during the summer and during the second year of the program. To fulfill requirements,

the candidates can participate in the following: engagement with diverse populations of students, observation and assisting

in schools and related agencies, student tutoring, interaction with families of students, attendance at school board and

school-based council meetings, participation in a school-based professional learning community, opportunities to assist

teachers or other school professionals, or other approved field experience(s) which complies with 16 KAR 5:040, Section 3.

EDM 515 - CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT AND DISCIPLINE (3)

This course explores recent research and theory related to planning, organizing, and managing student learning and behavior

in the classroom. Candidates will demonstrate effective classroom management and disciplinary teachings and will develop

a comprehensive classroom management plan. Requires 15 hours of clinical experience.

150 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

EDM 517 - EXCEPTIONALITIES AND SCHOOLING (2)

An overview of identification, evaluation, and placement procedures for exceptional learners. Other topics will include the

principles and procedures for adapting educational programs to accommodate the integration of exceptional children in the

regular classroom, the identification of educationally relevant special education methods and materials, modification of the

curriculum and classroom environment and utilization of supportive sources and personnel, including teachers. Legal

requirements are addressed.

EDM 518 - MULTICULTURAL EDUCATION (3)

This course addresses the role cultural identity plays in students’ experiences in schools and how theories of prejudice,

feminism, and cultural diversity can help explain patterns of behavior in schools. Candidates are encouraged to self-assess

values, attitudes, and dispositions. Candidates will examine curricular changes necessary to address inclusion of all students

in today’s schools. Candidates will review professional literature that is current (within the last 5 years).

EDM 520 - TEACHING WRITING AND READING ACROSS THE DISCIPLINES (3)

This course introduces prospective middle and high school teachers to the theories, practices, and approaches for improving

content acquisition (primarily through non-fiction) using literacy strategies. The course focuses on reading and writing best

practice, assignment and lesson developments, and strategies for improving understanding through reading and writing.

EDM 525 - LEADERSHIP IN EDUCATION (3)

In this course students will examine the field of teaching as a profession and of schooling as it currently functions in the United

States. The topics of School of Law, School Finance and Governance, Effective Teaching, and School Safety will be discussed

in conjunction with inquiry into contemporary educational theory and practice, educational philosophy, and historical context

around American education. Students will examine important issues facing the educator in a complex society by clarifying

attitudes and values of different educational approaches in order to enable each candidate to attain a more comprehensive

perspective of his/her profession and professional responsibility.

EDM 528 - CURRICULUM DESIGN AND ASSESSMENT (3)

This course applies principles and strategies for effective middle/secondary teaching. Candidates will study methods of

research and assessment including Kentucky’s Common Core State Standards and state assessment process. Course content

will address varied assessment procedures including testing, measurement, and statistics.

EDM 530 - ACTION RESEARCH (3)

This course emphasizes action research in the classroom. Candidates will be introduced to action research and will apply

action research methods in a classroom setting using data collected during the current semester. They will develop a final

project to share their research findings.

EDM 535 - SUPERVISED TEACHING EXPERIENCE (6)

This class is designed for MAT candidates in the Traditional Program who are engaged in the student teaching experience. It

utilizes a seminar format where candidates share their actual teaching experience and finalize their professional portfolio.

Candidates observe, participate, and gain actual teaching experience under the direction of the cooperating teacher and the

supervisor of student teaching. Candidates will complete a full semester assignment, which is comprised of 15 weeks, which

is a non-paid teaching experience.

EDM 536 - MENTORED TEACHING I (3)

Option 6 candidates who have a teaching position participate in this class which utilizes a seminar format. Candidates will be

mentored by an experienced teacher who will model and demonstrate effective skills in working with students, serve as a

mentor/coach, and assist TMU faculty in monitoring the progress of the candidate’s teaching skills. This section of Mentored

Teaching occurs during the first semester of the program for Track I candidates and provides additional time with an

experienced MAT faculty member to reflect upon their teaching experience and to practice effective teaching strategies.

EDM 537 - MENTORED TEACHING II (3)

This is a continuation of the mentored teaching experience for Option 6 candidates in Track I who are in their final semester

who are continuing their teaching positions. Candidates continue to be mentored by an experienced teacher who will model

effective teaching skills, serve as a mentor/coach, and assist TMU faculty in monitoring the progress of the candidate’s overall

effectiveness as a teacher. This section of Mentored Teaching occurs during the final semester of the program for Option 6

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 151

candidates and provides additional time with an experienced MAT faculty member to reflect upon their teaching experience

and to continue practice of effective teaching strategies.

EDM 551 - FIELD STUDIES COMPONENT (2)

This is a practicum course and provides practice in planning and implementing instructional strategies with middle/secondary

level students. Requires 30 hours of clinical experience.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: ENGLISH

ENG 100 - BASIC COMPOSITION (3)

A course designed to strengthen basic skills in syntax, grammar, punctuation, and spelling. Students will build on these basic

skills by planning, writing, and revising essays, and experiencing writing and reading as a multi-step process. In short, this

course provides instruction and practice in the fundamental writing skills required in college, emphasizing written

assignments that employ critical thinking to support synthesis analysis and argument. Instructors require a minimum of 3

formal essays across the semester.

ENG 150 - LITERATURE, WRITING AND RESEARCH (3)

Core Area: English 150

A reading and writing intensive course topical in nature, with multiple topics offered each semester. The course invites

students to explore literature as a meaningful and complex expression of human experience. Students will learn to identify

literary strategies and to articulate critical issues raised by texts. An integral component of the course will be a research essay

incorporating MLA format.

ENG 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

ENG 212 - ADOLESCENT LITERATURE FOR TEACHERS (3)

Prerequisite: EDU 201

Core Area: Upper-Level English

A reading- and writing-intensive course focusing on developing strategies for reading and analyzing adolescent literature, and

for teaching such material in middle school contexts with a strong focus on pedagogical strategies and curricular

development. *This course is required for Education Middle School majors with an English-Communication teaching

specialty. Due to the emphasis on pedagogy, this course is not recommended for students fulfilling English core requirements.

Cross-listed as EDU 212.

ENG 240 - LITERATURE AND FILM (3)

Recommended Prerequisite: ENG 150

Core Area: Upper-Level English

Students will study how to read a film, with particular emphasis on the art of translation of novels into films. Students

explore the relationship between two highly developed art forms (especially in terms of artistic elements,

authorial/cinematic approaches to content, and cultural and societal impact), through critical reading/viewing.

ENG 250 - EXPLORING TRENDING TITLES

Prerequisite: ENG 150

Core Area: Upper-Level English

This course provides a more singular experience for students who have just completed ENG 150 by 1) providing a study of

“Great Books” of our times to explore literature as a meaningful and complex expressions of the human experience and 2)

build upon critical thinking, research and writing skills.

ENG 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Core Area: Upper-Level English

Writing-intensive topical literature courses will be offered under this number as English electives.

ENG 255CW - SPECIAL TOPICS: CREATIVE WRITING (3)

Core Area: Upper-Level English or Fine Art

152 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Creative writing courses will be offered under this number as English electives.

ENG 295 - THE LITERARY STUDIO (3)

Core Area: Upper-Level English

Course Requirement: English or English-Secondary Education students.

A course taken during the first-year. Students will develop multiple strategies for reading and interpreting a variety of texts;

analyze styles, genres, themes, trends, and rhetorical devices that writers utilize; explore the cultural forces and historical

contexts that surround literary works; learn to apply an understanding of literary elements and theory; enhance invention,

writing, research and citation skills; and contemplate the nature of English as an academic discipline. A portion of the course

will incorporate career-research and feature targeted interactions with English alums.

ENG 298 - ENGLISH INTERNSHIP (variable credit)

An on- or off campus experience, often in a business, usually in a position requiring the use of written communications or

research skills.

ENG 300 - INDEPENDENT STUDY (3)

Independent study courses are student initiated and based on interest and ability with direct supervision of an English

Department faculty member. Topics may include writing, creative writing, linguistics, or literature.

ENG 301CW - POETRY (3)

Recommended prerequisite: ENG 150 or equivalent.

Core Area: Upper-Level English or Fine Art

This workshop style course offers students the opportunity to refine and develop writing, primarily with regard to the genre

of poverty. Because becoming a better writer requires mastering technique, students will work to develop a critical awareness

of traditional and/or experimental poetic techniques by studying the works of a broad range of published authors. As the

semester progresses, students will continue to build and apply poetic technique as they submit works-in-progress and

participate actively in poetry critique/workshop sessions. Ultimately, the course offers students an opportunity to understand

themselves as young artists in critical dialogue with each other and the communities for whom they write.

ENG 302CW - FICTION (3)

Recommended prerequisite: ENG 150 or equivalent.

Core Area: Upper-Level English or Fine Art

This workshop-style course offers students the opportunity to refine and develop writing, primarily with regard to the genre

of fiction. Because becoming a better writer requires mastering technique, students will work to develop a critical awareness

of traditional and/or experimental fictional techniques by studying the works of a broad range of published authors. As the

semester progresses, students will continue to build and apply fictional technique and they submit works-in-progress and

participate actively in fiction-based critique/workshop sessions. Ultimately, the course offers students an opportunity to

understand themselves as young artists in critical dialogue with each other and the communities for whom they write.

ENG 303CW - NON-FICTION (3)

Recommended prerequisite: ENG 150 or equivalent.

Core Area: Upper-Level English or Fine Art

This workshop style course offers students the opportunity to refine and develop writing, primarily with regard to the genre

of creative non-fiction and the subgenres classified as such: memoir writing, travel writing, sports writing, essay writing, etc.

Because becoming a better writer requires mastering technique, student will work to develop a critical awareness of

traditional and/or experimental creative non-fiction techniques by studying the works of a broad range of published authors.

As the semester progresses, students will continue to build and apply fictional technique as they submit works-in-progress

and participate actively in non-fiction-based critique/workshop sessions. Ultimately, the course offers students an

opportunity to understand themselves as young artists in critical dialogue with each other and the communities for whom

they write.

ENG 304CW - DIGITAL WRITING AND PERSONAL “BRAND BUILDING” (3)

Recommended prerequisite: ENG 150 or equivalent.

Core Area: Upper-Level English or Fine Art

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 153

This course offers students the opportunity to explore key concepts in digital literacy. Workshop-focused sessions will provide

students with an opportunity to practice skills needed to compose creative documents for professional pathways. Active

participation in critique/workshop sessional will allow students an opportunity to strengthen and polish documents to

promote career readiness. Ultimately, the course offers students an opportunity to understand themselves as young artists

in critical dialogue with each other and the communities for whom they write.

ENG 305CW - WRITING SCRIPTS (3)

Recommended prerequisite: ENG 150 or equivalent.

Core Area: Upper-Level English or Fine Art

This workshop style course offers students the opportunity to refine and develop writing, primarily with regard to the

development of script as it is featured in playwriting, screenwriting, or game, an emerging genre referred to as “ludic” writing.

Because becoming a better writer requires mastering technique, students will work to develop a critical awareness script

techniques by studying the works of a broad range of writer. As the semester progresses, students will continue to build and

apply technique as they submit works-in-progress and participate actively in critique/workshop sessions. Ultimately, the

course offers students an opportunity to understand themselves as young artists in critical dialogue with each other and the

communities for whom they write.

ENG 311 - GENRES AND PERIODS (3)

Recommended prerequisite: ENG 150 or equivalent.

Core Area: Upper-Level English

A reading and writing intensive course, ENG 311 builds upon the critical thinking, research and writing initiated in ENG 105.

Emphasis in this course will be, as indicated by the title, on texts from a particular time period or genre (e.g. a study of science

fiction or gothic literature or even a student of a particular period of the literary canon such as the Elizabethan period or the

Romantic period.) Student will read textual selections closely to appreciate the use of various literary elements and to engage

in meaning-making. In addition, students should expect to contemplate the attributes that make literature important and

aesthetically impactful in the 21

century. Writing assignments will include a range of essays, formal and informal, and include

one of more research projects in which students apply and demonstrate mastery of an academic documentation format.

ENG 312 - ALTERNATIVE AND DIVERSE VOICES (3)

Recommended prerequisite: ENG 150 or equivalent.

Core Area: Upper-Level English

A reading and writing intensive course, ENG 312 builds upon the critical thinking, research and writing skills initiated in ENG

150. Emphasis in this course will be, as indicated by the title, on literature characterized as not-traditionally considered

canonical (i.e. ranging from any configurations of literature produced by a geocultural “other” such as “Southern” literature,

“Appalachian” literature, “Caribbean” literature or even “Latinx” literature to literature characterized by social or political

protest such as “Postcolonial” literature, or various adumbrations of “emerging Voices” literature.) Students will read textual

selections closely to appreciate the use of various literary elements and to engage in meaning-making. In addition, students

should expect to contemplate the attributes that make literature important and aesthetically impactful in the 21

century.

Writing assignments will include a range of essays, formal and informal, and include one or more research projects in which

students apply and demonstrate mastery of an academic documentation format.

ENG 313 - IDENTITY AND RELATIONSHIPS (3)

Recommended prerequisite: ENG 150 or equivalent.

Core Area; Upper-Level English

A reading and writing intensive course, ENG 313 builds upon the critical thinking, research and writing skills initiated in ENG

150. Emphasis in this course will be, as indicated by the title, on literature that explores identity-formation as well as the

individual’s relationship(s) with other, particularly across the interstices of race, class, gender and sexuality. Students will

read textual selections closely to appreciate the use of various literary elements and to engage in meaning-making. In

addition, students should expect to contemplate the attributes that make literature important and ascetically impactful in

the 21

century. Writing assignments will include a range of essays, formal and informal, and include one or more research

projects in which students apply and demonstrate mastery of an academic documentation format.

ENG 314 - DRAMATIC LITERATURE (3)

Recommended prerequisite: ENG 150 or equivalent.

Core Area: Upper-Level English

154 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

A reading and writing intensive course, ENG 314 builds upon the critical thinking, research and writing skills initiated in ENG

150. Emphasis in this course will be, as indicated by the title, on dramatic literature. More particularly, students will explore

plays categorized by one or more sub-genres, authors or periods. The collection of plays covered in this course will help

students to appreciate dramatic literature as a living artifact – one that may serve to commemorate a particular

movement/achievement, to unite diverse audiences, to question social norms, to galvanize citizenry to realize political

change or to merely delight and entertain. Possible focus areas for the course include the student of a particular

classification of dramatic writing (i.e., “Comedy,” “Tragedy,” or “History” plays) or more specialized courses on the range of

plays by a particular author (i.e., Henrik Ibsen or Tennessee Williams) or period-based classifications of drama (i.e.

Shakespeare/Elizabethan or Twentieth Century Realism and Expressionism).

Students will read textual selections closely appreciate the use of various literary elements and to engage in meaning-

making. In addition, students should expect to contemplate the attributes that make literature important and aesthetically

impactful in the 21

century. Writing assignments will include a range of essays, formal and informal, and include one or

more research projects in which students apply and demonstrate mastery of an academic documentation format.

ENG 315 - LITERARY MYTH (3)

Recommended prerequisite: ENG 150 or equivalent.

Core Area: Upper-Level English

A reading and writing intensive course, ENG 315 builds upon the critical thinking, research and writing skills initiated in ENG

150. Emphasis in this course will be, as indicated by the title, on the study of literary myths, material that is believed to

wield an influence on belief and behavior across the ages. The focus of this course may be on classical myth, with some

attention to the origins and cultural significance of the myth; alternately, the course might feature a blend of the study of

classical myths in modern writing. Still yet, the course might focus on the role of myth in “fairy” tales or even the role of

myth in popular contemporary texts. Ultimately, this course will provide students with a foundation for appreciating the

kinds and functions of myth and major mythic archetypes and themes.

Consonant with the other courses in the 300+ literary-based courses, students will read textual selections closely to

appreciate the use of various literary elements and to engage in meaning-making. In addition, students should expect to

contemplate the attributes that make mythic literature important and aesthetically impactful. Writing assignments will

include a range of essays, formal and informal, and include one or more research projects in which students apply and

demonstrate mastery of an academic documentation format.

ENG 316 - THE EXAMINED LIFE: ETHICAL AND MORAL QUESTIONS IN LITERATURE (3)

Recommended prerequisite: ENG 150 or equivalent.

Core Area: Upper-Level English

A reading and writing intensive course, ENG 316 builds upon the critical thinking, research and writing skills initiated in ENG

150. As Socrates in believed to have stated, “The unexamined life is not worth living.” ENG 316 is a course designed to

provide students with the literacy exploration that Socrates himself might have endorsed as a pathway for the pursuit of

truth and wisdom: in this course, students study poems, short stories, drama and/or novels with the intention of probing

both the literary merit of these texts and the ethical and moral questions embedded within them.

Consonant with the other courses in the 300+ literary-based courses, students will read textual selections closely to

appreciate the use of various literary elements and to engage in meaning-making. In addition, students should expect to

contemplate the attributes that make mythic literature important and aesthetically impactful. Writing assignments will

include a range of essays, formal and informal, and include one or more research projects in which students apply and

demonstrate mastery of an academic documentation format.

ENG 355 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Core Area: Upper-Level English

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

ENG 395 - EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING PRACTICUM (3)

Recommended prerequisite: ENG 150 or equivalent

Co-Requisite (must be completed prior to at the same time): ENG 200+

This course offers students traditional academic work, professional training and supervised experience to fulfill the

Experiential Learning (EL) requirement. In addition to project-based work, students will generate reflective writing as an

integral component of the learning process. Primary focus areas for the practicum include the following: 1) the

development of marketing materials for programs and events*, 2) hands-on experience related to the editing/publishing of

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 155

literary journals such as the department’s literary magazine Words, and 3) an exploration of the current principles and

strategies for working with diverse writers and assignments in a variety of contexts to support Writing Center work. Student

project development may vary according to student interest and will be assessed as a portfolio of project(s) as well as

metawriting about the project(s) from start to completion.

*“Programs and Events” may include internal promotional materials (hard copy and digital) related to campus resources,

speakers, campaigns, etc.

ENG 400 - INDEPENDENT STUDY (3)

Independent study credit is offered when students wish to explore a specific issue of English literature or writing that falls

outside the parameters of the established departmental curriculum. Independent studies are subject to departmental

approval and entail direct supervision of a departmental faculty member.

ENG 495 - SENIOR SEMINAR (3)

Recommended prerequisite: ENG 295

Co-Requisite (must be completed prior to at the same time): ENG 395

Consistent with the goals of the English Department and the University’s core curriculum, the purpose of Senior Seminar is

to provide a capstone experience for the major so that students have the opportunity to synthesize the range of skills

developed across literary studies and creative writing courses. The final artifact produced in this class is the portfolio

project; through the successful completion of the portfolio, students create a bridge into professional lives as writers,

artists, scholars, editors and content creators. This revised course (formerly ENG 405) also offers students practical

exercises for career-readiness including the crafting of a LinkedIn profile, a cover letter and/or statement of intent for

graduate school, and personal “brand-building” for a range of media.

*The portfolio element is a graduation requirement, and will be assessed by all English faculty. It must be considered

“passing” prior to a student’s graduation.

ENG 455 - ADVANCED SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Core Area: Upper-Level English

An intense, focused study of a topic of special interest to the faculty, usually requiring extensive reading and research.

ENG 455CW - ADVANCED SPECIAL TOPICS: CREATIVE WRITING (3)

Core Area: Upper-Level English or Fine Art

An intense, focused study of a topic of special interest to the faculty.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

ENV 214 - ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (4)

ENV 214L - ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE LABORATORY

Core Area: Natural Science - Biology, Natural Science - Lab

Course requirement: Environmental Science majors

The core course for environmental science majors, which provides an interdisciplinary approach to the study of human

impacts on local, regional, national, and global environments. Both the lecture and laboratory work stress solutions to

environmental problems. Laboratory techniques and survey of literature basic to further study in environmental science are

emphasized.

ENV 215 - CURRENT TOPICS AND METHODS IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (3)

Prerequisite: BIO 101, BIO 102

Designed to review the broad range of topics that fall under the field of environmental science. Further, the course covers

basic experimental design and sampling methods in the field of environmental science. It complements ENV 214 and

combines ideas from the natural sciences (biology, chemistry, and geology) and the social sciences (economics, politics, and

ethics) to obtain a general notion of how natural systems function and what our role in these systems should be.

ENV 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

156 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

ENV 316 - ENVIRONMENTAL GEOSCIENCES (3)

Prerequisite: BIO 101, BIO 102; ENV 214

A study of the natural processes that have shaped the Earth, including those that occur in the Earth, on its surface, and within

the atmosphere and oceans. The study of how humans interact with these processes; i.e. the impact of human activities on

the environment and the environment’s impact on human activities. The study of how human activities modify the natural

environment, including pollution, global warming, water resources, soils, and mineral resources. The study of geologic time

as it relates to human time scales vs. the rates of geologic processes and how these different time frames affect our

perception of human influence on the earth.

ENV 400 - INDEPENDENT STUDY AND RESEARCH (1-4)

Students can earn credit in an independent study supervised by a departmental faculty member. This course is recommended

for juniors and seniors.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT AND ETHICAL LEADERSHIP

ELS 115 - INTRODUCTION TO LEADERSHIP PRACTICES (3)

This course introduces the core elements that compromise leadership, the internal workings of the organization from a

leadership perspective, and in-depth review of the major concepts, elements, and terminology of leadership. Students will

engage in discussions and review of current literature pertaining to leadership and ethical behaviors.

ELS 150 PEER LEADERSHIP (1)

The Peer Leadership course is a collaborative effort within the Institute for Organizational Management and Ethical

Leadership and Interdisciplinary Studies in conjunction with the First Year Experience course. This course is designed as a

practical experience for students who serve as a peer leader for the First Year Experience course. Cross-listed with FYE 250.

ELS 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

ELS 210 - PRACTICUM (1)

Course Requirement: Sophomore standing

This one-credit practicum will prepare students to engage ethical leadership with a more in-depth perspective and

understanding.

ELS 230 - LODGING OPERATIONS AND RESORT OPERATIONS (3)

Prerequisite: ACC 101

Examines the day to day operation of a lodging facility including the systems necessary in today’s fast paced business

environment. Topics covered include reservations, front office reservations, managing the guest experience, hotel

accounting, security, safety and housekeeping, as well as issues related to coordination with other hotel departments.

ELS 250 - LOGISTICS (3)

Operational issues, management techniques and technology applied to distribution operations. Focus is on the integration

of logistics operations of all firms within the supply chain. This course will cover the management of commercial air, truck,

rail and water transportation, including the history of transportation, regulation, Department of Transportation (DOT)

guidelines, tariffs, hazardous materials handling, routing and warehousing.

ELS 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

ELS 270 - MEETING AND CONVENTION PLANNING (3)

Overview of the meeting and conventions industry from both supplier and buyer sides will be explored. The course will

investigate venues and terminology as well as the management necessary to orchestrate successful group functions. This

course will discuss the roles of convention and visitors bureaus, destination management companies, service contractors

and accommodations.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 157

ELS 302 - ETHICAL LEADERSHIP BIOGRAPHY (3)

Biographies provide an opportunity to examine ethical leadership, or the lack thereof, in real-world scenarios. This course

examines public figures and the decisions they make within an ethical framework. Additionally, the leadership styles of the

figures studied will be analyzed.

ELS 315 - LEADING CHANGE (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 115

Every organization needs individuals who are able to lead change. The purpose of this course is to educate students in the

skills and knowledge needed to lead organizational change. Students will be required to complete an organizational change

initiative.

ELS 325 - LEADERSHIP AND IDENTITY (3)

Identity information is a building block for leadership style and growth. This course will examine cultural constructs and

intersectionality connected to identity formation. Students will have the opportunity to reflect on their own identity

formation with particular emphasis on personal values and leadership style.

ELS 330 - REVENUE MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 230; CIS 111

Overview of revenue management for the hotel industry including both the analytical skills and the practical techniques used

in the industry today. Hotel revenue management is a systematic process for the purpose of increasing revenue by monitoring

demand and apply appropriate selling strategies to a perishable product.

ELS 350 - SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 250

Focuses on all facets of supply chain management including customer service, business to business e-commerce, location

analysis, and just-in-time inventory systems.

ELS 355 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

ELS 370 - EVENT AND MEETING OPERATIONS (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 270

This course deals with the issues and topics necessary for the management of meetings and conventions. Topics of discussion

will include meeting site selection, planning functions, program planning, budgeting, housing, food and beverage

arrangements, transportation, and actual management of the event as it unfolds. Evaluation of the event and venue will also

be discussed.

ELS 390 - INTERNSHIP (1-3)

Course Requirement: Junior Standing, 2.5 or higher cumulative G.P.A.

This course provides the student the opportunity for practical application of skills and concepts discussed in class in a real-

world setting. Student will assist in developing unique learning objectives that relate to their career goals. The project for

this internship will concentrate on problem solving and critical thinking. The internship must be arranged during the semester

prior to enrollments and must be approved by the supervising faculty and program director. Repeatable.

ELS 420 - STRATEGIC LEADERSHIP (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 115, ELS 315

The formulation, implementation, and evaluation of strategy in an important process that is critical to organizational success.

Strategic leadership and specific course topics are addressed in a capstone format that promotes synthesis of previous

courses.

ELS 430 - LODGING SIMULATION (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 330

Provides students with a managerial view of the lodging industry. The student will be exposed to the unique characteristics

of managing a service-based lodging product that is delivered by a diverse employee profile as well as an equally diverse

consumer profile. Fundamentally the course will develop an understanding of the human as well as financial and operational

158 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

operations of a lodging firm and the decisions necessary to promote value creation. Some of the operational analysis will be

achieved through simulation.

ELS 450 - QUALITY PRINCIPLES IN LOGISTICS (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 350

Review and study of Quality principles ranging from a history up to modern quality practices such as six sigma. Key issues will

be explored including international standards such as ISO Quality Management Systems. Specific quality tools will be

discussed. It will bridge fundamental subject areas such as strategy, organization, human factors and the need for data to

make quality decisions.

ELS 455 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

ELS 470 - TRADE SHOW OPERATIONS (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 370

Covers the management of tradeshows and exhibitions, including design construction and execution. Logistics and

management of the show itself will also be discussed along with risk management and current issues facing the industry. The

topic will be examined from both a facility, planner and trade show manager’s perspective as well as the benefits and value

of the use of trade shows in marketing today.

ELS 600 - FOUNDATION AND PRINCIPLES OF LEADERSHIP (3)

Understanding the foundation and basic principles of leadership as an academic discipline is necessary for the application of

ethical leadership. This course is the groundwork for further study in leadership.

ELS 610 - GLOBAL LEADERSHIP (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 600

This course examines leadership from a global perspective with a focus on the role culture plays in leadership formulation.

ELS 620 - LEADERSHIP IN CULTURE AND ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 600

Consulting and leading change are critical aspects of leadership. This course teaches students the skills needed to effectively

design an efficient organization.

ELS 630 - ETHICS FOR LEADERS (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 600

This course will clarify major terms in ethical debate as well as a broad range of ethical theories, examining especially their

strengths and weaknesses. Particular emphasis will be given to understanding how leaders influence the ethical thought and

behavior of their followers. Cases will be explored to build the students’ ethical imagination and ethical voice in confronting

the challenges leaders face in a variety of groups and organizations.

ELS 640 - STRATEGIC LEADERSHIP IN THE 21

CENTURY (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 600

Strategic Planning focuses on the formulation, implementation, and evaluation of an organization’s planning process. Special

attention is paid to the leader’s role in the process.

ELS 645 - LEADING HIGH PERFORMING TEAMS (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 600

Teamwork is an essential component of organizational life. This class focuses on the skills, behavior, and personal

development needed to effectively lead high performance teams.

ELS 660 - NON-PROFIT LEADERSHIP (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 600

This course examines the skills required to effectively lead non-profit organizations. Special attention will be paid to strategy,

fundraising, volunteer services, and mission and vision statements. An overview of financial tools to support operations will

be explored.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 159

ELS 665 - RESEARCH METHODS (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 600

Research methods will focus on a variety of skills needed to effectively conduct quantitative and qualitative research. The

course will culminate with a significant research project designed in consultation with the student’s faculty/employer input.

ELS 670 - ORGANIZATIONAL TECHNOLOGY (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 600

Technological advances impact almost every aspect of daily life. Leaders (students) must understand technology and how it

can be used to benefit organizations. This course examines the role technology plays in organizational growth and message

dissemination while improving organizational efficiency.

ELS 680 - LEADERSHIP TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 600

Organizations need competent and committed employees. Training and professional development are necessary aspects of

continuous improvement within organizations. This course examines training and development techniques within a

leadership framework.

ELS 690 - LEADING A DIVERSE WORKFORCE (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 600

A diverse workforce is needed for an organization to maximize its potential. This course examines the impact a leader can

have on diversity within an organization. A review of the diversity climates and their impact on the workplace environment

will be examined and critiqued.

ELS 700 - LEADERS ROLE IN THE DESIGN OF QUALITY PRACTICES AND PROJECTS (3)

Prerequisite: ELS 600

The capstone course provides an opportunity for students to conduct an employer-based research project and presentation

or a faculty approved program initiative involving elements and functions of a dynamic leadership program. This should be

taken in the student’s last term.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: EXERCISE SCIENCE

EXS 105 - FOUNDATIONS OF EXERCISE SCIENCE (3)

This course introduces the student to various workplace settings as well as the various certification and licenses available in

the health and fitness industry. In addition, this course will provide and introduction to exercise program design through

review of general principles for designing exercise programs.

EXS 150 - PRINCIPLES OF HEALTH AND WELLNESS (3)

Core Area: Natural Science - Exercise Science

This course is designed to assist students when making intelligent decisions throughout life in order to achieve an optimal

level of wellness. Emphasis will be placed on the wellness concept and its relationship to fitness, nutrition, self-esteem, and

stress management.

EXS 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

EXS 205 - FOUNDATIONS OF SPORTS MANAGEMENT (3)

This class emphasized the key concepts and issues in various disciplines of the athletic/sports industry, and the relationship

between areas of the athletic/sports industry. The course will investigate financial, ethical, marketing and legal management

principles and apply those topics to amateur, professional, and lifestyle sports settings.

EXS 210 – ORTHOPEDIC SKELETAL ANATOMY AND RADIOLOGY FOR ORTHOPEDIC TECHNOLOGY (3)

This course will examine the musculoskeletal system in relationship to positioning for casting, and x-ray imaging. Students

will learn the muscular system, skeletal system, body movements, fracture types and x-ray technology.

160 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

EXS 215 - ORTHOPEDIC CASTING TECHNIQUES FOR THE ORTHOPEDIC TECHNOLOGIST (3)

Prerequisite: EXS 210

Orthopedic casting techniques allows students to demonstrate the basic casting skills necessary to function independently in

the cast room. The course focuses on proper technique and safe use of casting application materials and removal

instrumentation.

EXS 220 - FOUNDATIONS OF SPORTS NUTRITION (2)

This course introduces the functions of major nutrients and food sources of each. The course content includes principles of

caloric, energy balance, and food choice.

EXS 224 - SPORT NUTRITION (3)

Prerequisite: EXS 220

This course covers the main aspects of nutrition as related to exercise and physical performance. These include the energy

systems in exercise, nutritional aspects of substrate utilization (digestion, absorption, metabolism, etc.), assessment of

nutritional needs and diet modification. Dietary development for weight loss, body composition changes and performance

will be covered from a nutritional view.

EXS 250 - KINESIOLOGY (3)

This course provides the student with an understanding of the human musculoskeletal system’s anatomy and kinetic function.

Laws of mechanics are discussed as well as the application of physics to the movement of the human body.

EXS 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

EXS 260 - MOTOR LEARNING AND BEHAVIOR (3)

Prerequisite: EXS 250

This course combines the elements of motor learning and behavior. Students will learn how motor skills are acquired,

controlled, and developed.

EXS 301 - SPORTS PUBLIC RELATIONS (3)

The foundation of this course is to provide students with a first-hand experience of the dynamics of the working environment

in the world of sports, and to provide them with an insight into the critical nature of sports public relations at the high school,

amateur, professional and collegiate level. There are many varied facets that comprise sports public relations, and the goal I

to give the students a broad overview of what’s required of today’s sports public relations professional and to teach them

practical skills that they can utilize in the workplace.

EXS 305 - SPORT VENUE MANAGEMENT (3)

This course is designed to allow students to understand planning and managing different types of sports facilities. Topics

include understanding the complexity of conceptualizing, constructing, promoting, managing and maintaining modern sports

stadiums, arenas, domes, and multi-purpose facilities. This will include all areas of current issues of sports venue

management.

EXS 310 - PRINCIPLES OF BIOMECHANICS (4)

Prerequisite: EXS 250 or BIO 211, MAT 124 or higher

This course introduces students to concepts of mechanics as they apply to human movement, particularly those pertaining

to exercise, sport, and physical activity. The student should gain an understanding of the mechanical and anatomical

principles that govern human motion and develop the ability to link the structure of the human body with its function from

a mechanical perspective.

EXS 315 - ADVANCED TREATMENT OF FRACTURES (3)

Prerequisite: EXS 215

Orthopedic casting techniques allows students to demonstrate advanced casting skills needed in the case of emergency care

situations. Examples include, but are not limited to, club foot, traction, post-surgical, and body casts.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 161

EXS 320 - BIOMECHANICS (4)

Prerequisite: PHY 121 and PHY 121L

Students in this course will use qualitative and quantitative analysis to understand the biomechanics of human movement.

This course will focus on biomechanics in sports and how biomechanical evaluation can improve performance and prevent

injuries. Through the use of videos, laboratory equipment and personal observations, students will learn to apply

mathematical equations to various sports skills to develop an understanding of how the laws of physics affect performance.

Linear and angular kinematics and kinetics will be applied to sport skills.

EXS 330 - SPORTS PHARMACOLOGY (3)

Prerequisite: CHE 104 or CHE 113: BIO 212 or NSB 209

This course is designed to educate the allied health and exercise professional on the effects of prescription, non-prescription,

performance-enhancing, and street drugs on the performance of physically active persons. In addition, banned drugg lists

from various national governing bodies will be discussed.

EXS 350 - TECHNIQUES IN STRENGTH AND CONDITIONING (3)

Prerequisite: EXS 250

This course will provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to design strength training and conditioning

programs for individuals of all ages and health status. Proper exercise techniques and safety will be discussed for stretching,

warm-up, resistance training, plyometrics, speed, agility, and endurance programs. The course will also address facility

design, scheduling, policies and procedures, maintenance, and risk management concerns.

EXS 355 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

EXS 380 - EXERCISE ADAPTATIONS FOR FITNESS PROFESSIONALS (4)

Prerequisite: CHE 104 or 113; MAT 124 or higher

Co-requisite: NSC209 or BIO212.

This course provides an overview of the physiological responses acute and chronic exercise training. Topics will include oxygen

delivery and utilization, energy systems, training adaptations in different environments. We will also focus on the demands

of exercise and how routine exercise (i.e., exercise training) affects health and performance. The lab portion of this class will

focus on the standard measurements in exercise physiology. This course does not fulfill the exercise physiology requirement

for exercise science majors.

EXS 400 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Prerequisite: EXS 350

Co-requisite: EXS 380 or EXS 430

This course is designed to introduce students to the American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) guidelines for exercise

prescription in special populations. Topics will include exercise prescription for cardiac patients, pulmonary patients,

children, elderly, and pregnant women. The influence of medicines and medical conditions such as obesity and diabetes will

also be addressed.

EXS 430 - EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY WITH LAB (4)

Prerequisite: BIO 212 and EXS 350

An in-depth survey of the neuromuscular, metabolic cardiorespiratory and hormonal responses to acute exercise and the

physiological adaptations to chronic exercise. This course builds upon the foundational sciences of chemistry, anatomy,

physiology, and physics. Topics will include oxygen delivery and utilization, energy systems, and training adaptations in

different environments. We will also focus on how the metabolic neuromuscular, cardiovascular, and respiratory systems

respond to the demands of exercise and how routine exercise (i.e., exercise training) modifies these systems, and the

significance of these effects for health and performance. The lab portion of this class will focus on the standard

measurements in exercise physiology.

EXS 455 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Current topics in sport performance, sports medicine, and fitness will be discussed through the lens of peer-reviewed

literature.

162 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

EXS 460 - EXERCISE PRESCRIPTION (3)

Prerequisite: EXS 350, 380 or 430

This course allows students to apply physiological concepts of exercise and develop various programs that will enhance

metabolic, musculoskeletal, and cardiopulmonary systems throughout the lifespan. Topics will include health screenings,

exercise risk assessment, methods of exercise testing, ergometer spirometer energy expenditure, and body composition.

EXS 480 - RESEARCH METHODS (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 205 or PSY 201

This course will introduce students to the basic concepts of research in the field of exercise science. Students should be able

to apply these concepts to develop high quality healthcare research student and to evaluate research conducted by others.

The course will provide the skills necessary to develop their research project requirement in EXS 491.

EXS 490 - INTERNSHIP I (3)

Prerequisite: EXS 350

Co-requisite: EXS 380 or 430

This course provides the student with and initial clinical experience in the exercise science field. Students will be placed with

a clinical preceptor (i.e. personal trainer, exercise physiologist, etc.) The clinical experience can take place in a variety of

settings including but not limited to off-campus health clubs or fitness centers, on-campus locations, community programs

and outpatient physical therapy clinics. Students are required to complete 15 hours per week.

EXS 491 - INTERNSHIP II (3)

Prerequisite: EXS 490

Senior, Exercise Science students only. This course provides the student with an immersed clinical experience in the exercise

science field. Students will be placed with a clinical preceptor (i.e. personal trainer, exercise physiologist, etc.). The clinical

experience can take place in a variety of settings including but not limited to off-campus health clubs or fitness centers, on-

campus locations, community programs, and outpatient physical therapy clinics. Students are also required to complete a

research forum on the campus of Thomas More University. Students are expected to complete 30 hours per week.

PHE 110 – SPORTS OFFICIATING – BASKETBALL (3)

Sports Officiating will provide students with instruction in rules, interpretation, and mechanics of officiating basketball. The

course will prepare students to become certified by the National Federation of High School Sports and their respective state

organization (i.e. Kentucky High School Athletic Association, KHSAA) to officiate the sport of basketball at the high school

level.

PHE 115 – SPORTS OFFICIATING – BASEBALL (3)

Sports Officiating will provide students with instruction in rules, interpretation, and mechanics of officiating baseball. The

course will prepare students to become certified by the National Federation of High School Sports and their respective state

organization (i.e. Kentucky High School Athletic Association, KHSAA) to officiate the sport of baseball at the high school level.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING

Experiential Learning, designated as EXP, is necessary to meet the experiential learning graduation requirement to the

satisfaction of the student’s department of major study.

EXP 200 - EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING (1-3)

Experiential Learning credit can be earned for any of the options listed in the catalog under Experiential Learning. Students

must complete the requirements for that option. All courses require documented learning outcomes that connect classroom

content to the experiential learning activities. Thomas More University faculty will oversee all academic components.

Students will work with faculty to establish individual learning outcomes. Up to 12 credit hours may be earned through

Experiential Learning.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 163

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: FINANCE

FIN 318 - PERSONAL FINANCE (3)

Personal Finance is a specialized subset of the Finance discipline. This course will apply concepts from the finance world as

it applies to personal decision-making. This course explores the nature of financial planning, the nature of credit management,

the concepts of asset protection, the world of investing and planning for retirement, and it looks at estate planning. The

course is segmented into these major components.

FIN 340 - SHORT-TERM FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 321, ACC102 or ACC 201

Short-term Financial Management is the primary task of the financial manager. This course will explore cash management,

including the receipt and disbursement of cash. It will explore methods of managing inventory and accounts receivable. It will

also explore the ways managers acquire short-term funds for the company. Students will develop tools for analysis. They will

explore methods research, analysis, presentation of findings, and writing reports of said research and analysis.

FIN 350 - PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 325

Portfolio Management is a critical tool for all financial studies. Understanding the development of diversifying assets, the

creation of effective portfolios, and evaluation the performance of those portfolios is critical to the investment process. From

the corporate perspective, understanding the pricing of assets and how they can be used for returns and risk reduction is an

essential skill.

FIN 421 - INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 321

Intermediate Finance is the second course in corporate finance. Problems involving asset valuation and risk

assessment will be explored with greater complexity. Additional topics of mergers and bankruptcies will be explored.

An overview of derivative securities and risk management will be introduced.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: FIRST YEAR EXPEREINCE

FYE 150 FIRST YEAR EXPEREINCE (1)

In small classroom settings, FYE will help new students make a positive transition to Thomas More University by offering

information and activities to help students adjust to academic and student life. Students will develop relationships with their

classmates, a faculty or staff instructor, and a peer advisor to foster an inclusive and welcoming community. To learn more

about themselves, the TMU community, and Northern Kentucky, students will participate in meaningful discussions, personal

reflections, and engaging activities both in and out of the classroom.

FYE 250 PEER LEADERSHIP (1)

The Peer Leadership course is a collaborative effort within the Institute for Ethical Leadership and Interdisciplinary Studies in

conjunction with the First Year Experience course. This course is designed as a practical experience for students who serve

as a peer leader for the First Year Experience course. Cross-listed with ELS 150.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: FRENCH

FRE 101/102 - FRENCH LEVEL I (3, 3)

Core Area: Foreign Language

Basic French courses, emphasizing all four language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing) fully integrated with a

multicultural Francophone perspective. FRE 101 is intended for students who have never studied French before. FRE 102 is

intended for those who have had less than two years of previous French language instruction in high school.

FRE 201/202 - FRENCH LEVEL II (3, 3)

Core Area: Foreign Language

Prerequisite: FRE 102 or equivalent

164 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Students will continue the development of French language skills and vocabulary, integrated with short stories and

contemporary readings which emphasize Francophone culture. There will be an increased attention to self-expression. FRE

201 is intended for students who have had two or three years of high school instruction in French.

FRE 252 - ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION (3)

Prerequisite: FRE 202 or equivalent

A course focusing on speaking and writing French through reading articles from print and electronic media, CD-ROM

programs, the Internet, and French language chat groups. The course will include personal and business letter writing.

FRE 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Core Area: Foreign Language

Courses of a practical nature will be available to allow for special interest development.

FRE 301 - SURVEY OF FRENCH CIVILIZATION (3)

Prerequisite: FRE 202 or equivalent

A historical study of the many ways in which France has contributed to world culture through architecture, painting, sculpture,

music, literature, folklore, science, philosophy, and education.

FRE 302 - SURVEY OF FRENCH AND FRANCOPHONE CIVILIZATION II (3)

Prerequisite: FRE 202 or equivalent

An examination of selected sociological, political, cultural, and economic issues of contemporary France and Francophone

areas.

FRE 305 - FRENCH FILM (3)

Prerequisite: FRE 202 or equivalent

A study of French film integrated with culture, language, and literature. Students will study a variety of cinematic works, with

an emphasis on multiculturalism and marginalization.

FRE 352 - FRENCH BUSINESS AND TECHNOLOGY (3)

Prerequisite: FRE 202 or equivalent

Students will study the economic aspects of France and Francophone countries, key French institutions and companies,

business culture, and terminology. Students will have the opportunity to take the exam leading to the Certificate Pratique

de Français des Affaires, an international Business French diploma granted by the Paris Chamber of Commerce and Industry.

FRE 355 - SURVEY OF FRENCH AND FRANCOPHONE LITERATURE (3)

Prerequisite: FRE 202 or equivalent

A survey of the important literature written in French throughout the ages and across cultures. Students learn the

terminology of literary criticism.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: GENERAL COLLEGE

No GEC course can be used to fulfill University core requirements, unless otherwise stated.

GEC 101 - COLLEGE SURVIVAL SKILLS (1)

Students will gain an extended orientation to the personnel, services, and facilities of Thomas More University. This course

aids students in meeting the challenges of making the transition from high school to college.

GEC 102 - STUDY SKILLS (3)

A course to help students develop good reading, study, and examination skills while the student is also taking the HIS 101,

World Civilizations: Global Perspectives I course. This course is required for ACHIEVE program students. For others,

permission of the Student Support Services Director is required before enrolling in this course.

GEC 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (1-3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 165

GEC 165 - COLLEGE READING (1-3)

A review of reading techniques stressing speed, comprehension, critical reading, and vocabulary skills. The student also learns

to apply the acquired reading flexibility to assignments in other classes.

GEC 206 - SERVICE LEARNING (1-3)

This course can serve as a stand-alone experience or as a complement to another academic course with permission of

instructor. In both cases, students must complete a minimum of 45 hours of field work or other direct contact with the

community partner. For EXP 206 taken as a stand-alone course, additional academic work that complements the service

work must be undertaken and must meet the requirements for standard academic credit. Students work with faculty to

establish individualized learning outcomes. See the description of service learning in the catalog under experiential learning

for additional information

GEC 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

GEC 270 - CAREER EXPLORATION (1)

A course designed to engage the student in individual career planning activities including self-assessment and occupational

and academic major exploration. No matter where students are in their own career development, this course can help them

develop and implement their own career action plan.

GEC 276 - EMPLOYMENT AND PROFESSIONAL SKILLS (1)

A course designed to help individuals understand the process involved in effective career planning and the skills necessary

for obtaining and maintaining employment. Exercises will concern skills identification, résumés, cover letter writing, and

interviewing techniques.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: GEOGRAPHY

Although Thomas More University has no Department of Geography, it offers the following service course under the auspices

of the History Department.

GEO 201 - INTRODUCTORY GEOGRAPHY (3)

A survey course examining world geography and some of the problems generated by the diversity of the human condition,

with stress upon critical areas in current events. This course is especially designed for Education and International Studies

majors.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: GERMAN

GER 101/102 - GERMAN LEVEL I (3, 3)

Core Area: Foreign Language

Introductory courses to provide students with the fundamentals of grammar, pronunciation, reading, and conversation. The

course is based on an individualized approach. GER 101 is intended for students who have never studied German before;

GER 102 is for those students who have studied German for less than two years.

GER 201/202 - GERMAN LEVEL II (3, 3)

Students will continue to develop German language skills and vocabulary in this course. The course includes readings and

focuses on self-expression. The German Level II sequence is normally for students who have had two to three years of high

school instruction in German.

GER 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

166 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT

The following courses are offered under the auspices of the Business Department.

HCM 330 - MANAGERIAL EPIDEMIOLOGY (3)

In the context of epidemiology as a tool for analyzing health problems in a managerial setting, students will learn the

theoretical basis and underlying key aspects of the analysis and interpretation of epidemiologic studies. Measures of disease

frequency and statistical significance relative to variables affecting disease trends will be examined.

HCM 370 - PRINCIPLES OF HEALTHCARE SERVICES (3)

Prerequisite: BUA 302, BUA 311, BUA 321

Exploration of the infrastructure of the healthcare services delivery system in the United States and the effects of legislation

and policymaking on communities and stakeholders. Cross-listed as BUA 370.

HCM 410 - HEALTH CARE INDICATORS AND QUALITY (3)

The critical principles underlying quality management and outcomes assessment will be examined. Qualitative and

quantitative continuous quality improvement tools, essential for outcomes improvement in health care organizations, will be

provided.

HCM 420 - HEALTH INFORMATICS (3)

The history and current status of information systems in health care organizations will be provided in this course. Areas of

focus include information architecture, administrative and clinical applications, strategic planning, security, and benefits

realization.

HCM 480 - HEALTH CARE POLICY AND ISSUES (3)

The historical development of the U.S. health care system establishes the foundation for analysis of current and future policy

as well as implementation at the local, state, and federal levels.

HCM 498 - SENIOR SEMINAR (3)

Strategic management, health care and business policy concepts are used to integrate the health care and business core

courses. Case analysis, professional literature review, and a major presentation are required.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: HISTORY

HIS 101/102 - WORLD CIVILIZATIONS I & II (3, 3)

Core Area: History

A two-semester multicultural survey investigating the major civilizations of the world from ancient to modern times, divided

at 1500. These courses are designed to serve as the integrating elements of the core curriculum.

HIS 114/115 - UNITED STATES HISTORY I, II (3, 3)

Core Area: History

A two-semester introductory survey of United States history divided at 1877.

HIS 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

HIS 201 - ANCIENT WESTERN CIVILIZATION (3)

Core Area: History

Ancient civilization covers the Near East, Greece, and Rome from earliest times to the beginning of the Christian era.

HIS 202 - MEDIEVAL EUROPE (3)

Core Area: History

Medieval civilization covers Europe and the Near East from the early Christian era to the Renaissance.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 167

HIS 203/204 - MODERN EUROPE I, II (3, 3)

Core Area: History (204)

A two-semester survey of European history beginning with the Renaissance and divided at 1815.

HIS 215 - HISTORY OF NURSING (3)

A survey of the practices and conditions from which contemporary nursing has evolved.

HIS 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

HIS 301 - COLONIAL AND REVOLUTIONARY AMERICA (3)

A survey of the Indian and Colonial background of the United States, followed by an examination of the American Revolution

and Confederation to 1789.

HIS 302 - EARLY REPUBLIC AND CIVIL WAR ERAS IN THE UNITED STATES (3)

An investigation of the republican government, westward expansion, cultural change, and sectional conflict, 1789-1877.

HIS 303 - THE RISE OF THE UNITED STATES, 1877-1945 (3)

A course covering the industrialization, political centralization, shift to interventionism, and cultural changes that led the

United States to world power.

HIS 308 - AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY (3)

A study of the accomplishments and challenges of African Americans from the colonial period to the present.

HIS 326 - THE RENAISSANCE AND THE REFORMATION (3)

A survey of the cultural and religious developments of the fourteenth, fifteenth, and sixteenth centuries.

HIS 327 - THE ENLIGHTENMENT (3)

Prerequisite: HIS 102, 203

This class will examine the social, political, and intellectual developments in Europe and America from the late 17th century

to the beginning of the French Revolution. In tracing the path to modernity, careful attention will be given to the British,

French, and American enlightenment movements. Aspects of the Ancient Regime will be discussed in order to better grasp

the spirit of criticism that emerged from the educated elite, or what Jefferson called, the “natural aristocracy.” Close

examination will be given to political theories, which provides the context for the American Revolution, together with the

contributions of figures such as Locke, Newton, Voltaire, Montesquieu, Rousseau, Jefferson, Adams, and others.

HIS 328 - THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON (3)

An exploration of the origins, developments, and effects of the French Revolution from the Age of Louis XIV to the end of the

Napoleonic Era.

HIS 329 - GERMANY AND THE EUROPEAN UNION: A HISTORICAL AND CULTURAL APPROACH (3)

Prerequisite: HIS 102

An examination of 20th century German History with emphasis on post-1945 developments. The study unfolds against the

backdrop of the formation and contemporary developments within the European Union. Topics include contemporary

German politics and culture; together with Germany’s broader role in the E.U.

HIS 330 - THE CHURCH IN THE THIRD REICH (3)

This class explores the complex relationship between the Christian churches – both Protestant and Catholic – in the period

prior and during the Nazi Regime. This class will also deal with the complexities of the rise of Hitler and the Third Reich.

The student will be challenged to confront an uncomfortable past in Church, State, and Social relations. The course seeks

to help develop critical thinking and writing, along with providing the student with historical-critical tool to responsibly

evaluate past sources and contemporary issues in order to better make crucial, independently based decisions in today’s

world. A firm foundation for the future can only be found in a responsible grasp of past and present realities.

168 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

HIS 336 - CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPING WORLD (3)

The developing and emerging world has been an area of great academic focus since the 1960s. In today’s world, over one-

third of the people on earth live in poverty. For a variety of reasons, they have inadequate diets, health care, and shelter.

Since the publication of the Millennium Goals by the United Nations in 2000, must great attention have been paid to reducing

poverty, along with improving education, health and nutrition, and life expectancy. This course will examine the all-to-

common problems faced by developing countries, and the attempt by these nations, as well as the global community, to

enhance their quality of life. Each student will write a research paper on a particular developing country which they will share

with the class.

HIS 340 - HAPSBURG MONARCHY & EASTERN EUROPE SINCE 1618 (3)

An introduction to Hapsburg Austria and Eastern Europe from 1618 to the present.

HIS 349 - WORLD ECONOMIC HISTORY (3)

A global survey of the evolution of economic systems from World War I to the present. Cross-listed as ECO 349.

HIS 355 - TOPICS IN UNITED STATES HISTORY (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics in United States history not included in the established curriculum.

HIS 393/394 - HISTORIOGRAPHY I, II (3, 3)

Prerequisite: HIS 101, HIS 102, HIS 114, HIS 115, a speech course, and minimum 2.0 GPA in History courses

A two-semester seminar examining the discipline's development and historical issues. These courses emphasize research,

writing and speaking skills.

HIS 400 - INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3)

Students may complete a departmentally approved independent study in a selected area of history under the supervision of

a member of the history faculty.

HIS 425 - AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY (3)

A study of the United States Constitution from its antecedents to the present with an emphasis on major Supreme Court

cases. Cross-listed as POS 425.

HIS 431 - ENGLAND TO 1689 (3)

The development of English civilization and its impact on Western culture to 1689 are studied.

HIS 432 - TUDOR AND STUART ENGLAND (3)

A history of England from the Battle of Bosworth Field to the accession of George I.

HIS 433 - MODERN BRITAIN (3)

An investigation of the political, constitutional, and cultural highlights of the History of England from 1689 to the present.

HIS 434 - HISTORY OF IRISH NATIONALISM, 1798-1926 (3)

This class explores the controversial years in the History of Ireland between 1798-1926 that led to the current division

between the Irish Republic and what is known today as Northern Ireland which still remains as part of the British Empire. The

focus of the course will be on the historical giants that reflect that period’s struggle for Irish Nationalism.

HIS 435 - HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA (3)

A survey course covering the historic, political, cultural, social, and economic trends of Latin America. Cross-listed as POS

435.

HIS 440 - RISE AND FALL OF 20th CENTURY FASCISM (3)

This course will trace the rise of 20th century fascism, primarily in Europe, with special emphasis on Italian and German

fascism. It will examine how this movement served to ignite World War II, leading to millions of deaths, both on and away

from the battlefield. The course will also look at Fascist and Neo-Fascist movements in the contemporary world, particularly

those which have emerged in several European countries since the end of the Cold War. Cross-listed as POS 440.

HIS 442 - RECENT RUSSIA (3)

The major aspects of political and social development in recent Russia are examined. Cross-listed as POS 442.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 169

HIS 452 - MODERN CHINA (3)

A survey of the political and cultural History of China since 1800. Cross-listed as POS 452.

HIS 455 - EUROPEAN STUDIES (1-3)

An investigation of a specific period, theme, or problem in the development of European civilization.

HIS 461 - TRADITIONAL EAST ASIA (3)

The objective of this course is to study the history, government and culture of China, Japan and Korea from prehistoric times

to 1800.

HIS 462 - MODERN EAST ASIA (3)

A study of the government and culture of China, Japan, and Korea from 1800 to the present.

HIS 465 - ASIAN STUDIES (3)

A focus upon a specific period, theme or problem in the development of Asian civilization. Cross-listed as POS 465.

HIS 475 - HISTORICAL TOPICS (1-3)

A special topics course on a historical subject related to an issue, event, or trend of significance.

HIS 497 - HISTORY SENIOR SEMINAR (3)

Prerequisite: HIS 101, HIS 102, HIS 114, HIS 115; a speech course, and minimum 2.0 GPA in History courses.

A senior integrating seminar focusing on historical issues of significance. This course emphasizes research, writing and

speaking skills.

HIS 498 - INTERNSHIP IN LOCAL HISTORY (variable credit)

Students may intern at a local historical society, museum, or archive.

HIS 530 - THE CHURCH IN THE THIRD REICH (3)

This class explores the complex relationship between the Christian churches – both Protestant and Catholic – in the period

prior and during the Nazi Regime. This class will also deal with the complexities of the rise of Hitler and the Third Reich.

The student will be challenged to confront an uncomfortable past in Church, State, and Social relations. The course seeks

to help develop critical thinking and writing, along with providing the student with historical-critical tool to responsibly

evaluate past sources and contemporary issues in order to better make crucial, independently based decisions in today’s

world. A firm foundation for the future can only be found in a responsible grasp of past and present realities.

HIS 534 - HISTORY OF IRISH NATIONALISM, 1798-1926 (3)

This class explores the controversial years in the History of Ireland between 1798-1926 that led to the current division

between the Irish Republic and what is known today as Northern Ireland which still remains as part of the British Empire. The

focus of the course will be on the historical giants that reflect that period’s struggle for Irish Nationalism.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: HONORS PROGRAM

HON 201 - HONORS SEMINAR (3)

Course Requirement: St. Thomas More Honors Scholars

Seminars conducted by faculty from all academic divisions of the University and the topics differ each semester. Required of

St. Thomas More Scholars.

HON 202 - HONORS LEADERSHIP (1-3)

The focus of this course will be on the nature of leadership and its importance as a concept and field of study. The course

will be repeatable and will always include a component on Dr. Stephen Covey’s approach to “principle-centered leadership”

and the basics on other approaches to leadership. This course is required for Honors Program participation.

HON 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (1-3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

170 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

IDS 150 - INTRODUCTION TO INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES (1)

One credit workshop or orientation with advisor that focuses on how the student’s inquiry areas are situated in relationship

to contemporary notions of disciplinary thinking. Addresses two major questions: what is interdisciplinary thinking? How do

the student’s inquiry areas reflect and reform interdisciplinary thinking?

IDS 355 - INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING (1-3)

Co-Requisite: IDS 150; 60 hours of course work completed

One credit experiential learning that focuses on how the student’s SEO in relationship to practical dimensions of the focus

area including areas which shed light on addressing (solving, remedying, understating, etc.) the focus area.

IDS 450 - INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES CAPSTONE (3)

Co-Requisite: IDS 355; 90 hours of course work completed

Workshop serves as a culmination of the major that focuses on reestablishing the student’s inquiry areas, taking into

consideration the changes as a result of insights gained that may have adjusted the inquiry areas, and how the students

finalized inquiry areas are situated in relationship to contemporary notions of interdisciplinary thinking. Challenges the

student to critically articulate answers to tow major questions: what is interdisciplinary thinking? How do the student’s

inquiry areas reflect and reform interdisciplinary thinking?

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

Thomas More University students have the opportunity to study abroad through CCSA (Cooperative Center for Study Abroad)

courses offered in various countries, including those listed below among others, service learning trips offered at Thomas

More University, currently to Jamaica and Mexico, the three sister schools Thomas More University has relationships with,

or by completing an internship abroad. Full and part-time students in good academic standing can participate in these

programs. Please see the Director of Study Abroad for more information.

INT 155 - STUDY ABROAD: SPECIAL TOPICS

INT 300 - STUDY ABROAD: MARY IMMACULATE COLLEGE, IRELAND (3–15)

INT 301 - STUDY ABROAD: KATHOLISCHE UNIVERSITÄT EICHSTÄETT, GERMANY (3–15)

INT 302 - STUDY ABROAD: UNIVERSIDAD DEL SAGRADO CORAZÓN, PUERTO RICO (3–15)

INT 303 - STUDY ABROAD: UNIVERSITE d’ANGERS, FRANCE (3-15)

INT 305 - STUDY ABROAD: CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF ST. TERESA OF AVILA, SPAIN (3-15)

INT 310 - STUDY ABROAD: CCSA LONDON (3-6)

INT 312 - STUDY ABROAD: CCSA LONDON/DUBLIN (3)

INT 320 - STUDY ABROAD: CCSA SCOTLAND/ENGLAND (3)

INT 330 - STUDY ABROAD: CCSA IRELAND (3)

INT 340 - STUDY ABROAD: CCSA AUSTRALIA (3)

INT 341 - STUDY ABROAD: CCSA BELIZE (3)

INT 360 - INTERNSHIP IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (3)

A non-paid learning opportunity at an international organization or business.

INT 361 - STUDY ABROAD: CCSA INTERNSHIP (3)

INT 393 - STUDY ABROAD: CCSA INDIA (3)

INT 400 - SENIOR SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES: THE CONTEMPORARY WORLD (3)

A seminar focusing on the historical, political, social, economic, and cultural trends in the world since 1945. The course

emphasizes research, writing, and speaking skills.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 171

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: LATIN

LAT 101/102 - LATIN LEVEL I (3, 3)

Core Area: Foreign Language

An introductory course concentrating on the acquisition of a basic vocabulary as well as an awareness of the elementary

grammar and syntax needed for use of the language in basic research contexts.

LAT 201/202 - LATIN LEVEL II (3, 3)

Prerequisite: LAT 102

Core Area: Foreign Language (201)

An intermediate level course presupposing that the student has acquired the basic elements of the language and is

prepared to work more intensively with actual texts. The texts used here will be chosen from writers of the Christian era to

acquaint the student with the linguistic usages of Christian authors.

LAT 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: LAW

LAW 105 - INTRODUCTION TO LAW (3)

Core Area: Social Science

An introduction to various aspects of the legal profession, such as exploring a legal career, applying to law school, career

options, basic legal terminology, and the court system.

LAW 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

LAW 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

LAW 310 - LEGAL RESEARCH AND WRITING (3)

This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of legal research and writing, including the reading and

briefing of cases, application of valid legal sources, and analyze legal issues through the development of these skills.

LAW 312 - PSYCHOLOGY AND THE LAW (3)

Core Area: Social Science

A course examining psychology and the legal system. Topics include eyewitness testimony, the insanity defense, theories of

crime, lie detection and confession, jury decision making, the psychology of rape, serial killers, punishment, and sentencing.

Cross-listed as PSY 302.

LAW 315 - LAWS AND ECONOMICS (3)

Prerequisite: ECO 105

An introduction to the economic analysis of the law. Economic analysis will be used to shed light on property, tort, and

contract law. Cross-listed as ECO 310.

LAW 320 - CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PROCEDURE (3)

Prerequisite: LAW 105

This course is designed to provide students with the fundamental concepts and proceedings that are essential to the

interpretation and application of both civil and criminal law.

LAW 355 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

LAW 380 - LEGAL ISSUES IN SPORTS AND ENTERTAINMENT MARKETING (3)

172 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Prerequisite: BUA 291, Must be a Junior or Senior, minimum GPA 2.5

An investigation into the plethora of legal issues facing the sports and entertainment industries. The course will analyze

legislation that has affected the development and operation of these industries. Landmark and seminal cases will be reviewed

to ascertain the rights and restrictions of those operating within the industries. Also included as a point of study will be

controversial issues where legal precedents have not yet been set.

LAW 420 - ADMINISTRTIVE LAW AND POLICY (3)

Prerequisite: LAW 105

This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of administrative law as a source of law, and how it is

applied in business and industry contexts. Students will examine and categorize administrative law policy in order to interpret

and discuss its purpose and impact.

LAW 455 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

LAW 497 - INTRO TO INTERNSHIP (3)

Prerequisite: LAW 105, LAW 310 or LAW 320, Must be a Junior or Senior

This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to prepare for their intended career through resume and

cover letter creation, mock interviews, and application to internships for their senior year. This course will prepare students

for the practical aspects of job searching and working in the industry and/or in their application or pursuit of graduate school

or law school.

LAW 498 - INTERNSHIP IN LAW (3)

Prerequisite: LAW 105, LAW 310 or LAW 320, LAW 420, Must be a Senior

Interns work within organizations or other settings gaining experience in a specific area of law or another related field.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

MIS 113 - COMPUTER APPLICATIONS AND HARDWARE (3)

A review of the history and need for information processing, the basic information processing cycle and functions, the

processing capabilities of computers, system development, and program development. Key application areas in business,

including word processing, data base management systems, spreadsheets, and web page design will be examined in some

depth. The hardware associated with a computer will be discussed and examined. Hands-on use of a microcomputer for at

least an introductory acquaintance with each application will be required. Installation of hardware and software will also be

covered. Cross-listed as CIS 113.

MIS 114 - INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING (3)

MIS 114L - INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING LAB (1)

Co-Requisite: MIS 113

Introduction to basic programming techniques and fundamental structures and methodologies of modern programming

languages. Topics include basic program structure, variables, scope, decision structures, and loops. The course involves

multiple programming projects. Prerequisites: MIS 113. Cross-listed as CIS 114.

MIS 150 - PROGRAMMING I (3)

Prerequisite: MIS 114

Introduction to visual object-oriented computer programming. Basic concepts such as data types, decisions, looping, arrays,

files, and databases will be introduced. Present day object-oriented language will be used.

MIS 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

MIS 211 - PROGRAMMING II (3)

Prerequisite: MIS 150

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 173

Introduction to elementary object-oriented programming concepts and methodologies. Topics include types, decisions,

loops, methods, arrays, and classes. An emphasis is placed on object-oriented design and problem-solving. The course

involves multiple programming projects. Cross-listed as: CIS 211.

MIS 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

MIS 320 - DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (3)

Prerequisite: MIS 150

This course is designed to provide students with the fundamental concepts of relational databases and their applications.

Students will learn about conceptualizing data using ERD, designing and normalizing tables, designing and running SQL scripts.

The course will also discuss non-relational databases. Cross-listed as CIS267.

MIS 341 - WEB PROGRAMMING I (3)

Prerequisite: MIS 150

An introductory course in web programming and application development. This course will cover design and development

of interactive web applications including client-side and server-side programming, database interaction. Basic website

security vulnerabilities will also be highlighted. Cross-listed as CIS 341.

MIS 342 - WEB PROGRAMMING II (3)

Prerequisite: MIS 320, MIS 341

A continuation of Web Programming I. This course will build upon concepts from Web Programming I by adding

Authentication and Authorization, Web Services, and Mobile Web Development. Students will be required to complete one

hands-on, large scale web development project. Cross-listed as CIS342

MIS 350 - MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3)

Prerequisite: MIS 320

The course explores various topics in Information Systems, including categories of Information Systems, and their applications

in business and industry. The course will also present various hardware, operating systems, and communication models.

Other topics highlighted include data warehousing, mining, decision making, and ethics.

MIS 355 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

MIS 390 - BUSINESS STIMULATION (3)

Prerequisite: MIS 350; BUA 249, BUA 341

Essential concepts of computer-based simulation and model building are explored. Models for solving real-world business

and industry problems will be created. A General-purpose simulation tool, such as Microsoft Excel will be utilized.

MIS 405 - IT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (3)

Prerequisite: MIS 350; BUA 204

Designed to introduce the basic pillars of Project Management and applying it in real-life business applications. Details all

nine areas in project management using the PMBOK (Project Management Book of Knowledge). Provides students with the

required skill set for managing IT projects. The course will use MS Project as a tool.

MIS 415 - DATA MINING, WAREHOUSING, AND BIG DATA (3)

Prerequisite: MIS 350; BUA 249

The course examines three fundamental areas of Information Systems; Data Mining, Data Warehousing, and Big Data. Each

one of these areas is pivotal to any decision-making process for a business or industry. The course will cover the basics of

each area in depth.

MIS 450 - BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE (3)

Prerequisite: MIS 350, MIS 415; BUA 249

174 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

An introduction to business intelligence (BI). Students will acquire the analytical knowledge required to tools such as

dashboards and scorecards. The course will explore how Business Intelligence plays a central role in the decision-making

process.

MIS 455 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

MIS 460 - INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SECURITY (3)

Prerequisite: MIS 350

The course is designed to provide students with an understanding of Information Security. Topics discussed cover

methodologies for building and managing information security systems, along with the required components and techniques.

MIS 462 - DECISION SUPPORT USING ADVANCED EXCEL (3)

Prerequisite: MIS 350; BUA 341

The course provides theoretical knowledge of Decision Support Systems and their applications. Real-world business case

studies will be used to demonstrate the application of advanced tools in Excel such as what-if analysis, Goal Seek, Scenario

Manager, and Solver in problem solving.

MIS 463 - ETHICS IN IT (3)

Prerequisites MIS 350

This course presents a survey of IT history, current events, and ethics in IT. It stimulates a critical thinking process by

presenting challenging issues such as social networking, government surveillance, and intellectual property. Prepares

students to practice ethical discipline in their future IT careers.

MIS 490 - SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN (3)

Prerequisites: Senior status; MIS 405

A capstone course in the MIS Major. Provides the in-depth knowledge and training required to analyze and design information

systems in order to solve business problems. Detail all of the phases of the SDLC (System Development Life Cycle). Explores

a range of methodologies used in Systems Analysis and Design such as the O.O.

MIS 495 - INTERNSHIP (1-3)

This course provides the student with the field of Information Technology. Students will be employed by a business or non-

profit in an IT role including but not limited to developer, analyst, infrastructure support, or administrator. Students are

required to work 45 hours per credit hour received. This course includes multiple reflection papers and an evaluation from

your employer.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION: MATHEMATICS

MAT 093/094 - BEGINNING ALGEBRA A, B (0, 0)

This two-course sequence is equivalent to the single course MAT 096. All of the algebraic topics of MAT 096 are covered, but

at a slower pace. MAT 093 is a prerequisite for MAT 094. These courses use the remedial grading system and do not count

toward the minimum 120 credit hours needed for graduation or satisfy any core requirement.

MAT 096 - BEGINNING ALGEBRA (0)

A carefully guided approach to basic mathematics, primarily algebra, with emphasis on understanding and skills rather than

abstraction and formalism. Topics include, but are not limited to arithmetic review, integers, exponents, linear and quadratic

equations, inequalities, factoring, graphing, algebraic fractions, and word problems. This course uses the remedial grading

system and does not count toward the minimum 120 credit hours needed for graduation or satisfy any core requirement.

MAT 115 - PRECALCULUS (3)

Prerequisite: Minimum 18 ACT Score

An introductory course covering the topics from algebra and trigonometry needed for the study of calculus. This course does

not satisfy the core requirement in college level mathematics.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 175

MAT 121/122 - CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS I, II (3, 3)

Prerequisite: MAT 121 is a prerequisite for MAT 122

Course Requirement: Elementary and Middle School Education majors

Core Area: Mathematics (121)

A course covering logical reasoning, sets and relations, structure of number systems, systems of numeration, problem solving

and topics from theory of numbers.

MAT 123 - GAME THEORY (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 093/094 or MAT 096 or minimum ACT Math score of 18 or minimum Math SAT score of 550 or minimum

score of 70% on KYOTE exam

Core Area: Mathematics

Course in game theory with a primary focus on applications to business, sociology, philosophy and scientific issues. Most

games will be two person, but both Zero-Sum and Non-Zero-Sum games will be considered. Topics in N-person games will

be addressed as time permits. It will reinforce writing skills, mathematical reasoning and critical thinking through in-class

testing, homework, and possible special projects. Review topics in Algebra will be address as needed.

MAT 124 - LINEAR PROGRAMMING (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 093/094 or MAT 096 or minimum ACT Math score of 18 or minimum Math SAT score of 430 or minimum

score of 70% on KYOTE exam

Core Area: Mathematics

A self-contained introduction to linear programming for liberal arts students. Topics include formulation of linear programs,

graphing and solving small systems of linear equations and inequalities, a detailed overview of the simplex method, and some

sensitivity analysis.

MAT 125 - INFORMAL GEOMETRY (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 093/094 or MAT 096 or minimum ACT Math score of 18 or minimum Math SAT score of 550 or minimum

score of 70% on KYOTE exam

Core Area: Mathematics

A course emphasizing the discovery approach to mathematics and is designed for both liberal arts students and education

majors. Topics may include tessellations, topology, isometrics, polyhedra, the fourth dimension, and number patterns in

geometry.

MAT 143 - ELEMENTS OF CALCULUS (4)

Prerequisite: MAT 115 with C- or better or Minimum ACT Math of 22, minimum SAT Math of 550 or completion or acceptable

score on the placement exam

Core Area: Mathematics

MAT 143 is elementary and integral and differential calculus, in one variable, for the life sciences and business. Critical

thinking and realistic problems are emphasized. This course assumes adequate preparation in algebra, but the exponential

and logarithmic transcendental functions will be developed. Trigonometric functions are not included, it incorporates

necessary precalculus topics as they arise. This course may not be taken if credit has been received for MAT 151.

MAT 151 - CALCULUS ANALYTIC GEOMETRY I (4)

Prerequisite: MAT 115 or a satisfactory score on the precalculus placement exam or an ACT mathematics sub score of 23 or

higher. Students not meeting this requirement must pass a departmental entrance exam for the course. Appointments are

made with the chair of the department.

Core Area: Mathematics

Topics will include, but not be limited to, the following topics: Limits, Continuity, Chain, Product and Quotient rules, 1st and

2nd Derivative Tests, Relative Extrema and Curve Sketching, Word Problems and Optimization, Implicit Differentiation,

Related Rates, Anti-Differentiation, the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, Areas and Integration by Substitution. Additional

topics may include Differentials, Riemann Sums, and Integration by Parts. Calculators with Computer Algebra Systems (CAS)

(that is, those that do symbolic calculus, etc.) will not be permitted.

MAT 152 - CALCULUS ANALYTIC GEOMETRY II (4)

Prerequisite: MAT 151

176 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The techniques of one-dimensional calculus developed in MAT 151 are extended. Course topics include transcendental

functions, inverse trigonometric functions, hyperbolic functions, advanced integration techniques including parts,

trigonometric substitutions, rational integrands, and quadratic expressions. Also included are indeterminate forms and

improper integrals, infinite sequences and series, Taylor’s series and polynomials and the binomial series.

MAT 155 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

MAT 201 - CALCULUS ANALYTIC GEOMETRY III (4)

Prerequisite: MAT 096 or a minimum ACT Math score of 18

A course in calculus in several dimensions. Course topics include plane curves, polar coordinates, vectors, surfaces, vector

valued functions, partial differentiation and Lagrange techniques, multiple integrals, cylindrical and spherical coordinates,

change of variable, vector fields, line integrals, Gree, Stokes and Divergence Theorems.

MAT 202 - DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (4)

Prerequisite: MAT 152 and MAT 201

Students will study solutions, properties of solutions and applications for first order, first degree equations and for linear

equations of arbitrary order, higher order and higher degree equations, simultaneous linear differential equations, series

solutions and laplace transforms.

MAT 205 - INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 093/094 or MAT 096 or minimum ACT Math score of 18 or minimum Math SAT score of 550 or minimum

score of 70% on KYOTE exam

Core Area: Mathematics

An investigation of graphic methods, frequency distributions, percentiles, central tendency, variability, standard scores,

normal and binomial distributions, hypothesis testing, and correlation. May not be taken if credit has been received for MAT

208.

MAT 206 - SURVEY OF GEOMETRY (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 151; MAT 231 or MAT 220

An examination of Euclidian and non-Euclidian geometries and a detailed study from an advanced viewpoint of foundations

and theorems pertinent to secondary school geometry.

MAT 207 - NUMBER THEORY (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 151 or MAT 143

A course covering prime and composite numbers, divisibility, Diophantine equations, congruencies, and number theoretic

functions. Cross-listed as CIS 227.

MAT 208 - STATISTICS FOR THE BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 093/094 or MAT 096 or minimum ACT Math score of 18 or minimum Math SAT score of 550 or minimum

score of 70% on KYOTE exam

Core Area: Mathematics

Topics covered in this course will include frequency distributions, percentiles, central tendency, variability, standard scores,

normal distribution, probability, correlation, linear regression, hypothesis testing and sampling. May not be taken if credit

has been received for MAT 205. Cross-listed as PSY 201.

MAT 210 - INTRODUCTION TO COMBINATORICS (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 143 or MAT 151

An introduction to counting arguments and combinatorial proofs. Topics include elementary counting principles,

permutations and combinations, binomial and multinomial coefficients, generating functions, Stirling numbers, and graphs.

MAT 231 - FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 151

A study of logical reasoning, methods of proof, partitions and counting, math modeling, probability theory, linear

programming, and game theory.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 177

MAT 240 - HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 231

A survey of the history of mathematics from ancient to modern times. Topics include Greek mathematics, the development

of calculus, the emergence of major branches of modern mathematics (e.g. analysis, algebra, statistics), and the advancement

of mathematical thought in different cultures around the world. Emphasis will be placed on how notation and mathematical

arguments have evolved over time. An appreciation of mathematical proof is required.

MAT 255 - SPECIAL TOPICS (1-3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics in Mathematics that are not included in the established curriculum.

MAT 303 - NUMERICAL ANALYSIS (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 201, CIS 114

Numerical analysis covers finite differences, solution of nonlinear (algebraic and transcendental) equations, zeros of

polynomials, matrix methods, systems of linear equations, interpolation, estimation of parameters by least squares,

numerical integration and solutions of ordinary differential equations. Cross-listed as CIS 303.

MAT 306 - ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 201; MAT 231 or MAT 220

Covers the basic theory of groups, rings, ideals, and fields.

MAT 310 - PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 201, MAT 202, MAT 220

An introductory course in partial differential equations with an emphasis on applications. Emphasis will be on linear

equations, Fourier series and Fourier transforms, orthogonal series with Legendre, Hermite and Laguerre polynomials and

their generating functions. Boundary and initial value problems for the heat, wave, and Laplace equations. Bessel functions

and their applications in Sturm-Louisville problems will also be investigated. If time permits, calculus of variations may be

presented.

MAT 315 - READINGS IN MATHEMATICS (1-3)

Mathematics courses not ordinarily offered by the department or more advanced topics in areas already offered.

MAT 320 - LINEAR ALGEBRA (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 151

Topics include matrix algebra, systems of linear equations, Gaussian elimination, vector spaces, determinants, linear

transformations, orthogonality, and eigenvalues.

MAT 340 - PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS FOR SCIENTISTS (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 201

Co-requisite: MAT 231 or MAT 220

Course will examine probability and statistical hypothesis testing from a calculus perspective and is suitable for scientists,

engineers, and mathematicians. Topics to be covered will include: Sample spaces, random variables, discrete and continuous

distributions, including binomial, exponential, Poisson, normal and the approximation of the binomial with the normal. The

Neyman-Pearson lemma and its use to justify hypothesis testing for means and proportions will be a course goal. Other

topics such as continuous conditional probabilities, the t-distribution, ANOVA and additional hypothesis testing will be

covered at the discretion of the instructor.

MAT 345 - TOPOLOGY (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 231

Introduction to point-set Topology. Specific topics include metric spaces, continuity, open and closed sets, general topological

spaces, homeomorphisms, products, connectedness, compactness, and some advanced topics such as basic homotopy

theory.

MAT 355 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics not included in the established curriculum.

178 | COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

MAT 400 - INDEPENDENT STUDY (3)

Independent study credit is offered when students wish to explore a specific issue of mathematics that falls outside the

parameters of the established departmental curriculum. Independent studies are subject to departmental approval and

entail direct supervision of a departmental faculty member.

MAT 405 - SPECIAL TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 231 and MAT 202

Special topics course consisting of advanced content in pure or applied mathematics as determined by instructor. Possible

topics include, but are not limited to, the following: topology, complex analysis, and optimization.

MAT 406 - ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 306

A continuation of Abstract Algebra I. Topics include vector spaces, basic field theory, finite fields, extension fields, splitting

fields, Sylow Theorems, and additional advanced topics as time allows (such as generators and relations or Burnside’s

Theorem).

MAT 411 - ADVANCED CALCULUS I (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 201

A course covering advanced topics including limits, continuity, and differentiation.

MAT 412 - COMPLEX ANALYSIS (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 201

Students will study analytic functions, transformation of elementary functions, integrals, power series, residues and poles,

conformal mapping, and applications.

MAT 421 - ADVANCED CALCULUS II (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 411

A continuation of Advanced Calculus I. Topics include differentiation, the Riemann Integral, sequences of functions, and

infinite series.

MAT 430 - MATRIX ANALYSIS (3)

Prerequisite: MAT 201, MAT 220, MAT 411

This course addresses matrix algebra, fundamental properties of finite dimensional vector spaces, linear transformations and

projections, and matrix decompositions. The main topics include but are not limited to: matrix operations, determinants and

their properties, rank, matrix inverse and solving linear equations, algebraic and geometric properties of vector spaces,

norms, inner products and orthogonality, eigensystems and spectrum properties of matrices and linear transformations. The

course will also study spectral decomposition, singular-value decomposition, Jordan canonical form, orthogonal projections,

idempotent matrices, quadratic forms, extrema of quadratic forms, non-negative definite and positive definite matrices, and

matrix derivatives. Students will be expected to do proofs. This course will equip students with important matrix techniques

to be useful in a wide range of pure and applied mathematics, such as algebra, differential equations, scientific computing,

optimization, statistics, as well as in the field of computer science, engineering, and economics.

MAT 455 - SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

Special topics courses are offered periodically for topics in Mathematics that are not included in the established curriculum.

MAT 475 - ADVANCED TOPICS IN MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

An in-depth investigation of a current issue in mathematical physics using the tools previously developed in the program. The

issue will be selected from topics such as functional integration, introduction to quantum field theory, differential geometry,

general relativity, solitons, applications of non-linear PDEs, and representation theory, among others. Cross-listed as PHY

475.

MAT 490 - INTERNSHIP (1-3)

Interns work within organizations or other settings gaining experience in a specific area.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

| 179

MAT 495 - MATHEMATICS HONORS RESEARCH (1-3)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

MAT 498 -SENIOR MATHEMATICS RESEARCH I (2)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

The senior research project represents the culmination of the student’s work in mathematics. Emphasis will be on

understanding curriculum, and of interest to the mathematics and/or physics communities and on developing effective oral

and written presentation. Each student will work with a faculty member on a research topic of the faculty member’s choice.

Each student will be required to complete both a written and an oral report. The written report will include bibliographical

reference in a professional format. Both the written and oral report will be reviewed by the entire department. Computer

programming may also be required.

MAT 499 -SENIOR MATHEMATICS RESEARCH II (1)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

The senior research project represents the culmination of the student’s work in mathematics. Emphasis will be on

understanding a relevant research topic in mathematics in an area that is unfamiliar to the student, beyond the

undergraduate curriculum, and of interest to the mathematics and/or physics communities and on developing effective oral

and written presentation. Each student will work with a faculty member on a research topic of the faculty member’s choice.

Each student will be required to complete both a written and an oral report. The written report will include bibliographical

references in a professional forum. Both the written and oral report will be reviewed by the entire department. Computer

programming may also be required.

MAT 530 - MATRIX ANALYSIS (3)